







 
   
     
       
         The compleat gamester, or, Instructions how to play at billiards, trucks, bowls, and chess together with all manner of usual and most gentile games either on cards or dice : to which is added the arts and mysteries of riding, racing, archery, and cock-fighting.
         Cotton, Charles, 1630-1687.
      
       
         
           1674
        
      
       Approx. 240 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 125 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2003-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A34637
         Wing C6382
         ESTC R23124
         12240145
         ocm 12240145
         56740
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A34637)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 56740)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 136:12)
      
       
         
           
             The compleat gamester, or, Instructions how to play at billiards, trucks, bowls, and chess together with all manner of usual and most gentile games either on cards or dice : to which is added the arts and mysteries of riding, racing, archery, and cock-fighting.
             Cotton, Charles, 1630-1687.
          
           [15], 232 p.
           
             Printed by A.M. for R. Cutler and to be sold by Henry Brome ...,
             London :
             1674.
          
           
             Attributed to C. Cotton. Cf. BM.
             Reproduction of original in Harvard University Libraries.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Games -- Early works to 1800.
           Gambling -- Early works to 1800.
           Great Britain -- Social life and customs -- 17th century.
        
      
    
     
        2002-09 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2002-11 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2002-12 Rina Kor
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2002-12 Rina Kor
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2003-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
           The
           Explanation
           of
           the
           Frontispiece
           .
        
         
           BIlliards
           from
           Spain
           at
           first
           deriv'd
           its
           name
           ,
        
         
           Both
           an
           ingenious
           ,
           and
           a
           cleanly
           Game
           .
        
         
           One
           Gamester
           leads
           (
           the
           Table
           green
           as
           grass
           )
        
         
           And
           each
           like
           Warriers
           strive
           to
           gain
           the
           Pass
           .
        
         
           But
           in
           the
           contest
           ,
           e're
           the
           Pass
           be
           won
           ,
        
         
           Hazzards
           are
           many
           into
           which
           they
           run
           .
        
         
           Thus
           whilst
           we
           play
           on
           this
           
             Terrestrial
             Stage
          
           ,
        
         
           Nothing
           but
           Hazzard
           doth
           attend
           each
           age
           .
        
         
           Next
           here
           are
           Hazzards
           play'd
           another
           way
           ,
        
         
           By
           Box
           and
           Dice
           ;
           't
           is
           Hazzard
           is
           the
           Play.
        
         
           The
           Bully-Rock
           with
           mangy
           fist
           ,
           and
           Pox
           ,
        
         
           Iustles
           some
           out
           ,
           and
           then
           takes
           up
           the
           Box.
        
         
           He
           throws
           the
           Main
           ,
           and
           crys
           ,
           Who
           comes
           at
           Seven
           ?
        
         
           Thus
           with
           a
           
             dry
             fist
             nicks
          
           it
           with
           Eleven
           .
        
         
           If
           out
           ,
           he
           raps
           out
           Oaths
           I
           dare
           not
           tell
           ,
        
         
           Hot
           ,
           piping
           out
           ,
           and
           newly
           come
           from
           Hell.
        
         
           Old-Nick
           
             o're-hearing
             ,
             by
             a
          
           Palming-trick
        
         
           Secures
           the
           Gamester
           ;
           thus
           the
           
             Nickers
             nickt
          
           .
        
         
           Now
           t'
           Irish
           ,
           or
           Back-Gammoners
           we
           come
           ,
        
         
           Who
           wish
           their
           money
           ,
           with
           their
           men
           safe
           home
           ;
        
         
           But
           as
           in
           War
           ,
           so
           in
           this
           subtle
           Play
           ,
        
         
           The
           stragling
           men
           are
           ta'ne
           up
           by
           the
           way
           .
        
         
           By
           entring
           then
           ,
           one
           reinforceth
           more
           ,
        
         
           It
           may
           be
           to
           be
           lost
           ,
           as
           those
           before
           .
        
         
           By
           
             Topping
             ,
             Knapping
          
           ,
           and
           foul
           play
           some
           win
           ;
        
         
           But
           those
           are
           losers
           ,
           who
           so
           gain
           by
           sin
           .
        
         
           After
           these
           three
           the
           Cock-pit
           claims
           a
           name
           ;
        
         
           A
           sport
           gentile
           ,
           and
           call'd
           a
           
             Royal
             Game
          
           .
        
         
           Now
           see
           the
           Gallants
           crowd
           about
           the
           Pit
           ,
        
         
           And
           most
           are
           stockt
           with
           Money
           more
           than
           Wit
           ;
        
         
           Else-sure
           they
           would
           not
           ,
           with
           so
           great
           a
           stir
           ,
        
         
           Lay
           ten
           to
           one
           on
           a
           Cocks
           faithless
           Spur.
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           observe
           the
           Women
           with
           what
           grace
        
         
           They
           sit
           ,
           and
           look
           their
           Partners
           in
           the
           face
           .
        
         
           Who
           from
           their
           eyes
           shoot
           Cupids
           fiery
           Darts
           ;
        
         
           Thus
           make
           them
           lose
           at
           once
           their
           Game
           and
           Hearts
           .
        
         
           Their
           white
           soft
           hands
           ,
           (
           when
           e're
           the
           Cards
           they
           cut
           )
        
         
           Make
           the
           men
           wish
           to
           change
           the
           Game
           to
           Putt
           .
        
         
           The
           Women
           knew
           their
           thoughts
           ,
           then
           cry'd
           ,
           Enough
           ,
        
         
           Le
           ts
           leave
           off
           Whist
           ,
           and
           go
           to
           Putt
           ,
           or
           Ruff.
        
         
           Ladies
           don't
           trust
           your
           secrets
           in
           that
           hand
           ,
        
         
           Who
           can't
           their
           own
           (
           to
           their
           great
           grief
           )
           command
           .
        
         
           For
           this
           I
           will
           assure
           you
           ,
           if
           you
           do
           ,
        
         
           In
           time
           you
           'l
           lose
           your
           Ruff
           and
           Honour
           too
           .
        
         
         
           
             
               THE
               COMPLEAT
               GAMESTER
               :
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
         
           THE
           COMPLEAT
           Gamester
           :
           OR
           ,
           INSTRUCTIONS
           How
           to
           play
           at
           BILLIARDS
           ,
           TRUCKS
           ,
           BOWLS
           ,
           and
           CHESS
           .
        
         
           Together
           with
           all
           manner
           of
           usual
           and
           most
           Gentile
           Games
           either
           on
           CARDS
           or
           DICE
           .
        
         
           To
           which
           is
           added
           ,
           The
           ARTS
           and
           MYSTERIES
           OF
           RIDING
           ,
           RACING
           ,
           ARCHERY
           ,
           and
           COCK-FIGHTING
           .
        
         
           LONDON
           :
           Printed
           by
           
             A.
             M.
          
           for
           
             R.
             Cutler
          
           ,
           and
           to
           be
           sold
           by
           
             Henry
             Brome
          
           at
           the
           Gun
           at
           the
           West-end
           of
           St.
           Pauls
           .
           1674.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           The
           Epistle
           to
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           
             READER
             ,
          
        
         
           I
           Was
           once
           resolv'd
           to
           have
           let
           this
           ensuing
           Treatise
           to
           have
           stept
           naked
           into
           the
           World
           ,
           without
           so
           much
           as
           the
           least
           rag
           of
           an
           Epistle
           to
           defend
           it
           a
           little
           from
           the
           cold
           welcome
           it
           may
           meet
           with
           in
           its
           travails
           ;
           but
           knowing
           that
           not
           only
           custom
           expects
           but
           necessity
           requires
           it
           ,
           give
           me
           leave
           to
           show
           you
           the
           motives
           inducing
           to
           this
           present
           publication
           .
        
         
           It
           is
           not
           (
           I
           'le
           assure
           you
           )
           any
           private
           interest
           of
           my
           own
           that
           caus'd
           me
           to
           adventure
           
           on
           this
           subject
           ,
           but
           the
           delight
           and
           benefit
           of
           every
           individual
           person
           ;
           Delight
           to
           such
           who
           will
           pass
           away
           their
           spare
           minuts
           in
           harmless
           recreation
           if
           not
           abus'd
           ;
           and
           Profit
           to
           all
           ,
           who
           by
           inspecting
           all
           manner
           of
           Games
           may
           observe
           the
           cheats
           and
           abuses
           ,
           and
           so
           be
           arm'd
           against
           the
           injuries
           may
           accrue
           thereby
           .
        
         
           Certainly
           there
           is
           no
           man
           so
           severe
           to
           deny
           the
           lawfulness
           of
           Recreation
           ;
           There
           was
           never
           any
           Stoick
           found
           so
           cruel
           ,
           either
           to
           himself
           ,
           or
           nature
           ,
           but
           at
           some
           time
           or
           
           other
           he
           would
           unbend
           his
           mind
           ,
           and
           give
           it
           liberty
           to
           stray
           into
           some
           more
           pleasant
           walks
           ,
           than
           the
           miry
           heavy
           ways
           of
           his
           own
           sowr
           ,
           willful
           resolutions
           .
           You
           may
           observe
           the
           Heathen
           Sages
           of
           the
           first
           world
           founded
           with
           their
           Laws
           their
           Feasts
           ,
           with
           their
           Labours
           their
           Olympicks
           ,
           with
           their
           Warfare
           their
           Triumphs
           .
           Nay
           ▪
           at
           this
           day
           the
           severest
           
           Dionysian-Pedagogue
           will
           give
           his
           Scholars
           their
           Play-days
           ,
           &
           Breakin
           gs
           up
           with
           a
           
             Horum
             miserere
             laborum
             ▪
             fessum
             quies
             plurimum
             
             juvat
             .
          
           And
           the
           most
           covetous
           Masters
           will
           tye
           their
           servants
           but
           to
           certain
           hours
           ;
           every
           toyl
           exacting
           as
           
             ex
             officio
          
           ,
           or
           out
           of
           duty
           some
           time
           for
           Recreation
           .
           I
           my self
           have
           observed
           in
           the
           course
           of
           many
           men
           of
           exceeding
           strict
           lives
           and
           conversation
           ,
           to
           whom
           although
           severity
           of
           profession
           ,
           infirmity
           of
           body
           ,
           extremity
           of
           age
           ,
           or
           such
           like
           ,
           have
           taken
           away
           all
           actual
           recreation
           ,
           yet
           have
           their
           minds
           begot
           unto
           themselves
           some
           habits
           or
           customs
           of
           delight
           ,
           which
           have
           in
           as
           large
           measure
           
           given
           them
           contentment
           whether
           they
           were
           their
           own
           ,
           or
           borrowed
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           had
           been
           the
           sole
           actors
           of
           the
           same
           .
           Furthermore
           ,
           Recreation
           is
           not
           only
           lawful
           but
           necessary
           :
           
             
               Interpone
               tuis
               inter
               dum
               ga●dia
               curis
               ,
            
             
               Vt
               possis
               animo
               quemvis
               sufferre
               laborem
               .
            
             
               So
               intermix
               your
               care
               with
               joy
               ,
               you
               may
            
             
               Lighten
               your
               labour
               by
               a
               little
               play
               .
            
          
           Now
           what
           Recreation
           this
           should
           be
           I
           cannot
           prescribe
           ,
           nor
           is
           it
           requisite
           to
           confine
           any
           to
           one
           sort
           of
           pleasure
           ,
           since
           herein
           Nature
           taketh
           to
           her self
           an
           especial
           Prerogative
           ,
           for
           what
           to
           one
           is
           most
           pleasant
           ,
           to
           another
           is
           most
           
           offensive
           ;
           Some
           seeking
           to
           satisfie
           the
           Mind
           ,
           some
           the
           Body
           ,
           and
           others
           both
           in
           a
           joint
           motion
           .
           To
           this
           end
           I
           have
           laid
           before
           you
           what
           variety
           of
           Pastimes
           I
           could
           collect
           for
           the
           present
           ,
           leaving
           the
           rest
           (
           as
           you
           like
           these
           )
           to
           be
           suppli'd
           hereafter
           .
           Mistake
           me
           not
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           my
           intention
           to
           make
           Gamesters
           by
           this
           Collection
           ,
           but
           to
           inform
           all
           in
           part
           how
           to
           avoid
           being
           cheated
           by
           them
           :
           If
           I
           am
           imperfect
           in
           my
           discoveries
           ,
           imp●te
           it
           to
           my
           being
           no
           profest
           Gamester
           ,
           and
           the
           hatred
           
           〈◊〉
           bear
           that
           Hellish
           society
           ;
           by
           whom
           I
           know
           I
           shall
           be
           ●aught
           at
           ,
           and
           with
           whom
           if
           ●
           should
           converse
           ,
           I
           might
           sooner
           by
           my
           study
           come
           to
           ●e
           Nature's
           Secretary
           ,
           and
           ●nriddle
           all
           her
           
           Arcana's
           ,
           ●han
           collect
           from
           them
           any
           new
           unpractised
           secret
           ,
           by
           which
           they
           bubble
           ignorant
           credulity
           ,
           and
           purchase
           money
           and
           good
           apparel
           with
           everlasting
           shame
           and
           infamy
           .
        
         
           To
           conclude
           ,
           let
           me
           advise
           you
           ,
           if
           you
           play
           (
           when
           your
           business
           will
           permit
           )
           let
           
           not
           a
           covetous
           desire
           of
           winning
           another's
           money
           engage
           you
           to
           the
           losing
           your
           own
           ;
           which
           will
           not
           only
           disturb
           your
           mind
           ,
           but
           by
           the
           disreputation
           of
           being
           a
           Gamester
           ,
           if
           you
           lose
           not
           your
           estate
           ,
           you
           will
           certainly
           lose
           your
           credit
           and
           good
           name
           ,
           than
           which
           there
           is
           nothing
           more
           valuable
           .
           Thus
           hoping
           you
           will
           be
           thus
           advis'd
           ,
           and
           will
           withal
           excuse
           my
           Errors
           ,
           I
           shall
           ever
           study
           how
           to
           serve
           you
           ,
           and
           subscribe
           my self
           a
           well-willer
           to
           all
           men
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Contents
           .
        
         
           
             OF
             Gaming
             in
             general
             ;
             or
             an
             Ordinary
             described
             .
             pag.
             1.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             1.
             
             Of
             Billiards
             .
             p.
             23.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             3.
             
             Of
             Trucks
             .
             p.
             39.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             4.
             
             Of
             Bowling
             .
             p.
             47.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             5.
             
             
               Of
               a
               Game
               at
            
             Chess
             .
             p.
             51.
             
          
        
         
           
             Principal
             Games
             at
             Cards
             .
          
           
             Ch.
             6.
             
             Of
             Picket
             .
             p.
             81.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             7.
             
             
               The
               Game
               at
            
             Gleek
             .
             p.
             90.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             8.
             
             L'Ombre
             ,
             
               a
               Spanish
               Game
            
             .
             p.
             97.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             9.
             
             
               The
               Game
               at
            
             Cribbidge
             .
             p.
             106.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             10.
             
             
               A
               Game
               at
            
             All-Fours
             .
             p.
             111.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             11.
             
             English
             Ruff
             and
             Honours
             ,
             and
             Whist
             .
             p.
             114.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             12.
             
             French-Ruff
             .
             p.
             121.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             13.
             
             Five-Cards
             .
             p.
             123.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             14.
             
             
               Of
               a
               Game
               called
            
             Costly-Colours
             .
             p.
             125.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             15.
             
             Bone-Ace
             .
             p.
             129.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             16.
             
             Of
             Put
             
               and
               the
            
             High-Game
             .
             p.
             131.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             17.
             
             Wit
             and
             Reason
             ,
             
               a
               Game
               so
               called
            
             .
             p.
             138.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             18.
             
             
               A
               Pastime
               called
            
             ,
             The
             Art
             of
             Memory
             .
             p.
             141.
             
          
           
             
             Ch.
             19.
             
             
               A
               Game
               called
            
             Plain-dealing
             .
             p.
             142.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             20.
             
             
               A
               Game
               called
            
             Queen
             Nazareen
             .
             p.
             143.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             21.
             
             Lanterloo
             .
             p.
             144.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             22.
             
             
               A
               Game
               called
            
             Penneech
             .
             p.
             148.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             23.
             
             Post
             and
             Pair
             .
             p.
             150.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             24.
             
             Bankasalet
             .
             p.
             152.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             25.
             
             Beast
             .
             p.
             153.
             
          
        
         
           
             Games
             within
             the
             Tables
             .
          
           
             Ch.
             26.
             
             Of
             Irish.
             p.
             154.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             27.
             
             Of
             Back-Gammon
             .
             p.
             156.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             28.
             
             Of
             Tick-tack
             .
             p.
             158.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             29.
             
             Dubblets
             .
             p.
             161.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             30.
             
             Sice-Ace
             .
             p.
             162.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             31.
             
             Ketch-Dolt
             .
             p.
             163.
             
          
        
         
           
             Games
             without
             the
             Tables
             .
          
           
             Ch.
             32.
             
             Of
             Inn
             and
             Inn.
             p.
             164.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             33.
             
             Of
             Passage
             .
             p.
             167.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             34.
             
             Of
             Hazzard
             .
             p.
             168.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             35.
             
             
               The
               Art
               and
               Mystery
               of
            
             Riding
             ,
             
               Whether
               the
               great
               Horse
               or
               any
               other
               .
            
             p.
             174.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             36.
             
             Of
             Racing
             .
             p.
             194.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             37.
             
             Of
             Archery
             .
             p.
             203.
             
          
           
             Ch.
             38.
             
             Of
             Cock-fighting
             .
             p.
             205.
             
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           Of
           Gaming
           in
           General
           ,
           or
           an
           Ordinary
           described
           .
        
         
           GAming
           is
           an
           enchanting
           witchery
           ,
           gotten
           betwixt
           Idleness
           and
           Avarice
           :
           An
           itching
           Disease
           ,
           that
           makes
           some
           scratch
           the
           head
           ,
           whilst
           others
           ,
           as
           if
           they
           were
           bitten
           by
           a
           Tarantula
           ,
           are
           laughing
           themselves
           to
           death
           :
           Or
           lastly
           ,
           it
           is
           a
           paralytical
           distemper
           ,
           which
           seizing
           the
           arm
           the
           man
           cannot
           chuse
           but
           shake
           his
           elbow
           .
           It
           hath
           this
           ill
           property
           above
           all
           other
           Vices
           ,
           that
           it
           renders
           a
           man
           incapable
           of
           prosecuting
           any
           serious
           action
           ,
           and
           makes
           him
           always
           unsatisfied
           with
           his
           own
           condition
           ;
           he
           is
           either
           lifted
           up
           to
           the
           top
           of
           mad
           joy
           with
           success
           ,
           or
           plung'd
           to
           the
           bottom
           of
           despair
           by
           misfortune
           ,
           always
           in
           extreams
           ,
           always
           in
           a
           storm
           ;
           this
           minute
           the
           Gamester's
           countenance
           is
           so
           serene
           and
           calm
           ,
           that
           one
           would
           think
           nothing
           could
           disturb
           it
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           minute
           so
           stormy
           and
           tempestuous
           that
           it
           threatens
           destruction
           to
           it self
           and
           others
           ;
           and
           as
           he
           is
           
           transported
           with
           joy
           when
           he
           wins
           ,
           so
           losing
           he
           is
           tost
           upon
           the
           billows
           of
           a
           high
           swelling
           passion
           ,
           till
           he
           hath
           lost
           sight
           both
           of
           sense
           and
           reason
           .
        
         
           I
           have
           seen
           some
           Dogs
           bite
           the
           stones
           which
           boys
           have
           thrown
           at
           them
           ,
           not
           regarding
           whence
           they
           were
           flung
           ;
           so
           I
           have
           seen
           a
           losing
           Gamester
           greedily
           gnawing
           the
           innocent
           Box
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           tearing
           it
           to
           pieces
           as
           an
           accessary
           to
           his
           throwing
           out
           ;
           nor
           must
           the
           Dice
           go
           unpunished
           for
           not
           running
           his
           chance
           ,
           and
           therefore
           in
           rage
           are
           thrown
           on
           the
           ground
           to
           be
           kickt
           to
           and
           fro
           by
           every
           body
           ;
           and
           at
           last
           lookt
           upon
           no
           other
           than
           the
           fit
           companions
           of
           every
           saucy
           Skip-jack
           .
        
         
           Then
           fresh
           Dice
           are
           called
           for
           ,
           as
           thinking
           they
           will
           prove
           more
           kind
           than
           the
           former
           ,
           or
           as
           if
           they
           believed
           that
           some
           were
           good
           natur'd
           ,
           others
           bad
           ,
           and
           that
           every
           Bale
           produced
           a
           different
           disposition
           .
           If
           these
           run
           cross
           too
           ,
           the
           Box-keeper
           shall
           not
           go
           without
           a
           horrid
           execration
           ,
           if
           for
           nothing
           else
           but
           that
           he
           lookt
           strictly
           to
           the
           cast
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           conceiving
           that
           his
           very
           eyes
           were
           capable
           of
           making
           them
           
           turn
           to
           his
           disadvantage
           .
           This
           restless
           man
           (
           the
           miserable
           Gamester
           )
           is
           the
           proper
           subject
           of
           every
           mans
           pity
           .
           Restless
           I
           call
           him
           ,
           because
           (
           such
           is
           the
           itch
           of
           play
           )
           either
           winning
           or
           losing
           he
           can
           never
           rest
           satisfied
           ,
           if
           he
           wins
           he
           thinks
           to
           win
           more
           ,
           if
           he
           loses
           he
           hopes
           to
           recover
           :
           To
           this
           mans
           condition
           the
           saying
           of
           Hannibal
           to
           Marcellus
           may
           be
           fitly
           applied
           ,
           that
           
             nec
             bonam
             ,
             nec
             malam
             fortunam
             ferre
             potest
             ,
          
           he
           could
           not
           be
           quiet
           either
           Conqueror
           or
           Conquered
           .
           Thus
           have
           I
           heard
           of
           some
           who
           with
           five
           pounds
           have
           won
           four
           hundred
           pounds
           in
           one
           night
           ,
           and
           the
           next
           night
           have
           lost
           it
           to
           a
           sum
           not
           half
           so
           much
           ;
           others
           who
           have
           lost
           their
           estates
           and
           won
           them
           again
           with
           addition
           ,
           yet
           could
           not
           be
           quiet
           till
           they
           lost
           them
           irrecoverably
           .
        
         
           And
           therefore
           fitly
           was
           that
           question
           propounded
           ,
           
             Whether
             men
             in
             Ships
             at
             Sea
             were
             to
             be
             accounted
             among
             the
             living
             or
             the
             dead
             ,
             because
             there
             were
             but
             few
             inches
             betwixt
             them
             and
             drowning
             .
          
           The
           same
           quaere
           may
           be
           made
           of
           great
           Gamesters
           ,
           though
           their
           estates
           
           be
           never
           so
           considerable
           ,
           Whether
           they
           are
           to
           be
           esteemed
           poor
           or
           rich
           ,
           since
           there
           are
           but
           few
           Casts
           at
           Dice
           betwixt
           a
           rich
           man
           (
           in
           that
           circumstance
           )
           and
           a
           beggar
           .
        
         
           Now
           since
           speculation
           will
           not
           be
           convincing
           ,
           unless
           we
           shew
           somewhat
           of
           the
           modern
           practice
           ;
           we
           must
           therefore
           lay
           our
           Scene
           at
           an
           Ordinary
           ,
           and
           proceed
           to
           action
           :
           Where
           note
           ,
           an
           Ordinary
           is
           a
           handsom
           house
           ,
           where
           every
           day
           ,
           about
           the
           hour
           of
           twelve
           ,
           a
           good
           Dinner
           is
           prepared
           by
           way
           of
           Ordinary
           ,
           composed
           of
           variety
           of
           dishes
           ,
           in
           season
           ,
           well-drest
           ,
           with
           all
           other
           accommodations
           fit
           for
           that
           purpose
           ,
           whereby
           many
           Gentlemen
           of
           great
           Estates
           and
           good
           repute
           ,
           make
           this
           place
           their
           resort
           ,
           who
           after
           Dinner
           play
           a
           while
           for
           recreation
           ,
           both
           moderately
           and
           commonly
           ,
           without
           deserving
           reproof
           :
           But
           here
           is
           the
           mischief
           ,
           the
           best
           Wheat
           will
           have
           Tares
           growing
           amongst
           it
           ,
           Rooks
           and
           Daws
           will
           sometimes
           be
           in
           the
           company
           of
           Pigeons
           ;
           nor
           can
           r●al
           Gentlemen
           now
           adays
           so
           seclude
           themselves
           from
           the
           society
           of
           such
           as
           are
           pr●tendedly
           so
           ,
           but
           that
           they
           oftentim●s
           mix
           company
           ,
           
           being
           much
           of
           the
           same
           colour
           and
           feather
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           eye
           undistinguishable
           .
        
         
           〈…〉
        
         
           Th●se
           Rooks
           can
           do
           little
           harm
           in
           the
           day
           time
           at
           an
           Ordin●ry
           ,
           being
           forc'd
           to
           play
           upon
           the
           S●uare
           ,
           although
           now
           and
           then
           they
           m●ke
           an
           advantage
           ,
           when
           the
           
             Box-keeper
             goes
             with
             him
          
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           Knave
           and
           Rascal
           will
           violate
           his
           trust
           for
           profit
           ,
           and
           lend
           him
           (
           when
           he
           sees
           good
           )
           a
           Tickler
           shall
           do
           his
           business
           ;
           but
           if
           discovered
           ,
           the
           Box-keeper
           ought
           to
           be
           soundly
           kickt
           for
           his
           pains
           :
           Such
           practices
           ,
           and
           sometimes
           the
           Box-keepers
           connivances
           ,
           are
           so
           much
           us'd
           of
           late
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           nothing
           
           near
           that
           fair
           play
           in
           an
           Ordinary
           ,
           as
           formerly
           .
        
         
           The
           day
           being
           shut
           in
           ,
           you
           may
           properly
           compare
           this
           place
           to
           those
           Countries
           which
           lye
           far
           in
           the
           North
           ,
           where
           it
           is
           as
           clear
           at
           midnight
           as
           at
           noon-day
           :
           And
           though
           it
           is
           a
           house
           of
           Sin
           ,
           yet
           you
           cannot
           call
           it
           a
           house
           of
           Darkness
           ,
           for
           the
           Candles
           never
           go
           out
           till
           morning
           ,
           unless
           the
           sudden
           fury
           of
           a
           losing
           Gamester
           make
           them
           extinct
           .
        
         
           This
           is
           the
           time
           (
           when
           ravenous
           beasts
           usually
           seek
           their
           prey
           )
           wherein
           comes
           shoals
           of
           
             Huffs
             ,
             Hectors
             ,
             Setters
             ,
             Gilts
             ,
             Pads
             ,
             Biters
             ,
             Divers
             ,
             Lifters
             ,
             Filers
             ,
             Budgies
             ,
             Droppers
             ,
             Crossbyters
             ,
             &c.
          
           and
           these
           may
           all
           pass
           under
           the
           general
           and
           common
           appellation
           of
           Rooks.
           And
           in
           this
           particular
           ,
           an
           Ordinary
           serves
           as
           a
           Nursery
           for
           Tyburn
           ;
           for
           if
           any
           one
           will
           put
           himself
           to
           the
           trouble
           of
           observation
           ,
           he
           shall
           find
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           seldom
           a
           year
           wherein
           there
           are
           not
           some
           of
           this
           Gang
           hang
           as
           
             pretious
             Iewels
          
           in
           the
           ear
           of
           Tyburn
           :
           Look
           back
           and
           you
           will
           find
           a
           great
           many
           gone
           already
           ,
           God
           knows
           how
           many
           are
           to
           follow
           .
        
         
         
           These
           Rooks
           are
           in
           continual
           motion
           ,
           walking
           from
           one
           Table
           to
           another
           ,
           till
           they
           can
           discover
           some
           unexperienc'd
           young
           Gentleman
           ,
           Casheer
           or
           Apprentice
           ,
           that
           is
           come
           to
           this
           
             School
             of
             Virtue
          
           ,
           being
           unskill'd
           in
           the
           quibbles
           and
           devices
           there
           practised
           ;
           these
           they
           call
           Lambs
           ,
           or
           Colls
           :
           Then
           do
           the
           Rooks
           (
           more
           properly
           called
           Wolves
           )
           strive
           who
           shall
           fasten
           on
           him
           first
           ,
           following
           him
           close
           ,
           and
           engaging
           him
           in
           some
           advantageous
           Bets
           ,
           and
           at
           length
           worries
           him
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           gets
           all
           his
           money
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           Rooks
           (
           Rogues
           I
           should
           have
           said
           )
           laugh
           and
           grin
           ,
           saying
           ,
           
             the
             Lamb
             is
             bitten
          
           .
        
         
           Some
           of
           these
           Rooks
           will
           be
           very
           importunate
           to
           borrow
           money
           of
           you
           without
           any
           intention
           to
           pay
           you
           ;
           or
           to
           go
           with
           you
           seven
           to
           twelve
           half
           a
           Crown
           or
           more
           ,
           whereby
           without
           a
           very
           great
           chance
           (
           ten
           to
           one
           or
           more
           )
           he
           is
           sure
           to
           win
           :
           If
           you
           are
           sensible
           hereof
           ,
           and
           refuse
           his
           proposition
           ,
           they
           will
           take
           it
           so
           ill
           ,
           that
           if
           you
           have
           not
           an
           especially
           care
           they
           will
           pick
           your
           pocket
           ,
           nim
           your
           gold
           or
           silver
           buttons
           off
           your
           Cloak
           or
           Coat
           ;
           or
           it
           
           may
           be
           draw
           your
           silver-hilted
           Sword
           out
           of
           your
           belt
           without
           discovery
           ,
           especially
           if
           you
           are
           eager
           upon
           your
           Cast
           ,
           which
           is
           done
           thus
           ;
           the
           silver
           buttons
           are
           strung
           ,
           or
           run
           upon
           Cats
           guts
           fastned
           at
           the
           upper
           and
           nether
           end
           ;
           now
           by
           ripping
           both
           ends
           very
           ingeniously
           (
           as
           they
           call
           it
           )
           give
           it
           the
           gentile
           pull
           ,
           and
           so
           rub
           off
           with
           the
           buttons
           ;
           and
           if
           your
           Cloak
           be
           loose
           't
           is
           ten
           to
           one
           they
           have
           it
           .
        
         
           But
           that
           which
           will
           most
           provoke
           (
           in
           my
           opinion
           )
           any
           mans
           rage
           to
           a
           just
           satisfaction
           ,
           is
           their
           throwing
           many
           times
           at
           a
           good
           Sum
           with
           a
           
             dry
             fist
          
           (
           as
           they
           call
           it
           ,
           )
           that
           is
           ;
           if
           they
           nick
           you
           ,
           't
           is
           theirs
           ;
           if
           they
           lose
           ,
           they
           owe
           you
           so
           much
           with
           many
           other
           quillets
           :
           some
           I
           have
           known
           so
           abominably
           impudent
           ,
           that
           they
           would
           snatch
           up
           the
           Stakes
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           instantly
           draw
           ,
           saying
           ,
           if
           you
           will
           have
           your
           money
           you
           must
           fight
           for
           it
           ;
           for
           he
           is
           a
           Gentleman
           and
           will
           not
           want
           :
           however
           ,
           if
           you
           will
           be
           patient
           ,
           he
           will
           pay
           you
           another
           time
           ;
           if
           you
           are
           so
           tame
           to
           take
           this
           ,
           go
           no
           more
           to
           the
           Ordinary
           ;
           for
           then
           the
           whole
           Gang
           will
           be
           ever
           and
           anon
           
           watching
           an
           opportunity
           to
           make
           a
           Mouth
           of
           you
           in
           the
           like
           nature
           .
           If
           you
           nick
           them
           ,
           't
           is
           odds
           ,
           if
           they
           wait
           not
           your
           coming
           out
           at
           night
           and
           beat
           you
           :
           I
           could
           produce
           you
           an
           hundred
           examples
           in
           this
           kind
           ,
           but
           they
           will
           ●arely
           adventure
           on
           the
           attempt
           unless
           they
           are
           backt
           with
           some
           Bully-Huffs
           ,
           and
           Bully-Rocks
           ,
           with
           others
           whose
           for●unes
           are
           as
           desperate
           as
           their
           own
           .
           We
           need
           no
           other
           testimony
           to
           confirm
           the
           danger
           of
           associating
           with
           these
           Anthropo-phagi
           or
           Man-Eaters
           ,
           than
           Lincolns
           -
           Inn-Fields
           whilst
           
             Speerings
             Ordinary
          
           was
           kept
           in
           Bell-yard
           ,
           and
           that
           you
           need
           not
           want
           a
           pair
           of
           Witnesses
           for
           the
           proof
           thereof
           ,
           take
           in
           also
           Covent-Garden
           .
        
         
           Neither
           is
           the
           House
           it self
           to
           be
           exempted
           ,
           every
           night
           almost
           some
           one
           or
           other
           ,
           who
           either
           heated
           with
           Wine
           ,
           or
           made
           cholerick
           with
           the
           loss
           of
           his
           Money
           ,
           raises
           a
           quarrel
           ,
           swords
           are
           drawn
           ,
           box
           and
           candlesticks
           thrown
           at
           one
           anothers
           head
           ,
           Tables
           overthrown
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           House
           in
           such
           a
           Garboyl
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           the
           perfect
           Type
           of
           Hell.
           Happy
           is
           the
           man
           now
           that
           can
           make
           the
           
           frame
           of
           a
           Table
           or
           Chimney-corner
           his
           Sanctuary
           ;
           and
           if
           any
           are
           so
           fortunate
           to
           get
           to
           the
           Stair-head
           ,
           they
           will
           rather
           hazard
           the
           breaking
           of
           their
           own
           necks
           than
           have
           their
           Souls
           pusht
           out
           of
           their
           bodies
           in
           the
           dark
           by
           they
           know
           not
           whom
           .
        
         
           I
           once
           observed
           one
           of
           the
           Desperadoes
           of
           the
           Town
           (
           being
           half
           drunk
           )
           to
           press
           a
           Gentleman
           very
           much
           (
           at
           play
           )
           to
           lend
           him
           a
           Crown
           ,
           the
           Gentleman
           refus'd
           him
           several
           times
           ,
           yet
           still
           the
           Borrower
           persisted
           ,
           and
           holding
           his
           head
           somewhat
           too
           near
           the
           Casters
           elbow
           ,
           it
           chanced
           to
           hit
           his
           nose
           ,
           the
           other
           thinking
           it
           to
           be
           affront
           enough
           to
           be
           denied
           the
           loan
           of
           Money
           without
           this
           slight
           touch
           of
           the
           nose
           ,
           drew
           ,
           and
           stepping
           back
           (
           unawares
           to
           the
           Gentleman
           )
           made
           a
           full
           pass
           at
           him
           ,
           intending
           to
           have
           run
           him
           through
           the
           body
           ;
           but
           his
           drunkenness
           ●i●guided
           his
           hand
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           ra●
           him
           ●nly
           through
           the
           arm
           :
           this
           put
           the
           house
           into
           so
           great
           a
           confusion
           and
           fright
           ,
           that
           some
           fled
           thinking
           the
           Gentleman
           slain
           .
           This
           wicked
           Miscreant
           thought
           not
           this
           sufficient
           ,
           but
           tripping
           up
           his
           heels
           ,
           
           pinn'd
           him
           as
           he
           thought
           to
           the
           floor
           ;
           and
           after
           this
           ,
           takes
           the
           Gentlemans
           silver
           sword
           ,
           leaving
           his
           in
           the
           wound
           ,
           and
           with
           a
           
             Grand-Iury
             of
             Dammees
          
           (
           which
           may
           hereafter
           find
           him
           guilty
           at
           the
           
             Great
             Tribunal
          
           )
           bid
           all
           stand
           off
           if
           they
           lov'd
           their
           lives
           ,
           and
           so
           went
           clear
           off
           with
           sword
           and
           liberty
           ;
           but
           was
           notwithstanding
           (
           the
           Gentleman
           recovering
           )
           compel'd
           to
           make
           what
           satisfaction
           he
           was
           capable
           of
           making
           ,
           besides
           a
           long
           imprisonment
           ;
           and
           was
           not
           long
           abroad
           hefore
           he
           was
           apprehended
           for
           Burglary
           committed
           ,
           condemned
           ,
           and
           justly
           executed
           .
        
         
           —
           Fatebere
           tandem
        
         
           Nec
           Surdum
           ,
           nec
           Tiressam
           quenquam
           esse
           Deorum
           .
        
         
           But
           to
           proceed
           on
           as
           to
           play
           :
           late
           at
           night
           when
           the
           Company
           grows
           thin
           ,
           and
           your
           eyes
           dim
           with
           watching
           ,
           false
           Dice
           are
           frequently
           put
           upon
           the
           ignorant
           ,
           or
           they
           are
           otherwise
           cheated
           by
           
             Topping
             ,
             Slurring
             ,
             Stabbing
          
           ,
           &c.
           and
           if
           you
           be
           not
           careful
           and
           vigilant
           ,
           the
           Box-keeper
           shall
           score
           you
           up
           double
           
           or
           treble
           Boxes
           ,
           and
           though
           you
           have
           lost
           your
           money
           ,
           dun
           you
           as
           severely
           for
           it
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           the
           justest
           debt
           in
           the
           World.
           
        
         
           The
           more
           subtile
           and
           gentiler
           ●ort
           of
           Rooks
           (
           as
           aforesaid
           )
           you
           shall
           not
           distinguish
           by
           their
           outward
           demeanor
           from
           persons
           of
           condition
           ;
           these
           will
           sit
           by
           a
           whole
           evening
           ,
           and
           observe
           who
           wins
           ;
           if
           the
           Winner
           be
           bubbleable
           ,
           they
           will
           insinuate
           themselves
           into
           his
           company
           by
           applauding
           his
           success
           ,
           advising
           him
           to
           leave
           off
           whilst
           he
           is
           well
           ;
           and
           lastly
           ,
           by
           civilly
           inviting
           him
           to
           drink
           a
           glass
           of
           Wine
           ,
           where
           having
           well
           warm'd
           themselves
           to
           make
           him
           more
           than
           half
           drunk
           they-wheadle
           him
           in
           to
           play
           ;
           to
           which
           if
           he
           condescend
           he
           shall
           quickly
           have
           no
           money
           left
           him
           in
           his
           Pocket
           ,
           unless
           perchance
           a
           Crown
           the
           Rooking-winner
           lent
           him
           in
           courtesie
           to
           bear
           his
           charges
           homewards
           .
        
         
           This
           they
           do
           by
           false
           Dice
           ,
           as
           High-Fullams
           4
           ,
           5
           ,
           6.
           
           Low-Fullams
           1
           ,
           2
           ,
           3.
           
           By
           Bristle-Dice
           ,
           which
           are
           fitted
           for
           their
           purpose
           by
           sticking
           a
           Hogs-bristle
           so
           in
           the
           corners
           ,
           or
           otherwise
           in
           the
           
           Dice
           ,
           that
           they
           shall
           run
           high
           or
           low
           as
           they
           please
           ;
           this
           bristle
           must
           be
           strong
           and
           short
           ,
           by
           which
           means
           the
           bristle
           bending
           ,
           it
           will
           not
           lie
           on
           that
           side
           ,
           but
           will
           be
           tript
           over
           ;
           and
           this
           is
           the
           newest
           way
           of
           making
           a
           high
           or
           low
           Fullam
           :
           the
           old
           ways
           are
           by
           drilling
           them
           and
           loading
           them
           with
           Quicksilver
           ;
           but
           that
           cheat
           may
           be
           easily
           discovered
           by
           their
           weight
           ,
           or
           holding
           two
           corners
           between
           your
           forefinger
           and
           thumb
           ,
           if
           holding
           them
           so
           gently
           between
           your
           fingers
           they
           turn
           ,
           you
           may
           then
           conclude
           them
           false
           ;
           or
           you
           may
           try
           their
           falshood
           otherwise
           by
           breaking
           or
           splitting
           them
           :
           others
           have
           made
           them
           by
           filing
           and
           rounding
           ;
           but
           all
           these
           ways
           fall
           short
           of
           the
           Art
           of
           those
           who
           make
           them
           :
           some
           whereof
           are
           so
           admirably
           skilful
           in
           making
           a
           Bale
           of
           Dice
           to
           run
           what
           you
           would
           have
           them
           ,
           that
           your
           Gamesters
           think
           they
           never
           give
           enough
           for
           their
           purchase
           if
           they
           prove
           right
           .
           They
           are
           sold
           in
           many
           places
           about
           the
           Town
           ;
           price
           current
           (
           by
           the
           help
           of
           a
           friend
           )
           eight
           shillings
           ,
           whereas
           an
           ordinary
           Bale
           is
           sold
           for
           six
           pence
           ;
           for
           my
           part
           I
           
           shall
           tell
           you
           plainly
           ,
           I
           would
           hav●
           those
           Bales
           of
           false
           Dice
           to
           be
           sold
           a●●
           the
           price
           of
           the
           ears
           of
           such
           destructiv●
           Knaves
           that
           made
           them
           .
        
         
           Another
           way
           the
           Rook
           hath
           to
           cheat
           ,
           is
           first
           by
           Palming
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           he
           puts
           one
           Dye
           into
           the
           Box
           ,
           and
           keep●
           the
           other
           in
           the
           hollow
           of
           his
           little
           finger
           ,
           which
           noting
           what
           is
           uppermost
           when
           he
           takes
           him
           up
           ,
           the
           same
           shall
           be
           when
           he
           throws
           the
           other
           Dye
           ,
           which
           runs
           doubtfully
           any
           cast
           .
           Observe
           this
           ,
           that
           the
           bottom
           and
           top
           of
           all
           Dice
           are
           seven
           ,
           so
           that
           if
           it
           be
           4
           above
           ,
           it
           must
           be
           a
           3
           at
           bottom
           ;
           so
           5
           and
           2.
           6
           and
           1.
           
           Secondly
           ,
           by
           Topping
           ,
           and
           that
           is
           when
           they
           take
           up
           both
           Dice
           and
           seem
           to
           put
           them
           in
           the
           Box
           ,
           and
           shaking
           the
           Box
           you
           would
           think
           them
           both
           there
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           the
           ratling
           occasioned
           with
           the
           screwing
           of
           the
           Box
           ,
           whereas
           one
           of
           them
           is
           at
           the
           top
           of
           the
           Box
           between
           his
           two
           forefingers
           ,
           or
           secur'd
           by
           thrusting
           a
           forefinger
           into
           the
           Box.
           Thirdly
           ,
           by
           slurring
           ,
           that
           is
           by
           taking
           up
           your
           Dice
           as
           you
           will
           have
           them
           advantageously
           lie
           in
           your
           hand
           ,
           placing
           the
           one
           a
           top
           the
           other
           ,
           not
           caring
           if
           the
           
           ●ppermost
           run
           a
           Mill-stone
           (
           as
           they
           use
           ●o
           say
           )
           if
           the
           undermost
           run
           without
           ●urning
           ,
           and
           therefore
           a
           smooth-table
           is
           ●ltogether
           requisite
           for
           this
           purpose
           ;
           on
           a
           rugged
           rough
           board
           it
           is
           a
           hard
           ●atter
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           whereas
           on
           a
           smoothable
           (
           the
           best
           are
           rub'd
           over
           with
           ●ees
           wax
           to
           fill
           up
           all
           chinks
           and
           cre●ises
           )
           it
           is
           usual
           for
           some
           to
           slur
           a
           Dye
           ●wo
           yards
           or
           more
           without
           turning
           .
           Fourthly
           ,
           by
           knapping
           ,
           that
           is
           when
           you
           strike
           a
           Dye
           dead
           that
           it
           shall
           not
           stir
           ,
           this
           is
           best
           done
           within
           the
           Tables
           ;
           where
           note
           there
           is
           no
           securing
           but
           of
           o●e
           Dye
           ,
           although
           there
           are
           some
           who
           boast
           of
           securing
           both
           :
           I
           have
           seen
           some
           so
           dexterous
           at
           Knapping
           ,
           that
           they
           have
           done
           it
           through
           the
           handle
           of
           a
           quart
           Pot
           ,
           or
           over
           a
           Candle
           and
           Candlestick
           :
           but
           that
           which
           I
           most
           admired
           ,
           was
           throwing
           through
           the
           same
           less
           than
           Ames
           Ace
           with
           two
           Dice
           upon
           a
           Groat
           held
           in
           the
           left
           hand
           on
           the
           one
           side
           of
           the
           handle
           a
           foot
           distance
           ,
           and
           the
           Dice
           thrown
           with
           the
           right
           hand
           on
           the
           other
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           by
           stabbing
           ,
           that
           is
           having
           a
           Smooth
           Box
           ,
           and
           small
           in
           the
           bottom
           ,
           
           you
           drop
           in
           both
           your
           Dice
           in
           such
           manner
           as
           you
           would
           have
           them
           sticking
           therein
           by
           reason
           of
           its
           narrowness
           ,
           the
           Dice
           lying
           one
           upon
           another
           ;
           so
           that
           turning
           up
           the
           Box
           ,
           the
           Dice
           never
           tumble
           ;
           if
           a
           smooth
           Box
           ,
           if
           true
           ,
           but
           little
           ;
           by
           which
           means
           you
           have
           bottoms
           according
           to
           the
           tops
           you
           put
           in
           ;
           For
           example
           ,
           if
           you
           put
           in
           your
           Dice
           so
           that
           two
           fives
           or
           two
           fours
           lie
           a
           top
           ,
           you
           have
           in
           the
           bottom
           turn'd
           up
           two
           two's
           ,
           or
           two
           treys
           ;
           so
           if
           six
           and
           an
           Ace
           a
           top
           ,
           a
           Six
           and
           an
           Ace
           at
           bottom
           .
        
         
           Now
           if
           the
           Gentleman
           be
           past
           that
           Classis
           of
           Ignoramusses
           ,
           then
           they
           effect
           their
           purpose
           by
           Cross-byting
           ,
           or
           some
           other
           dexterity
           ,
           of
           which
           they
           have
           variety
           imaginable
           .
           A
           friend
           of
           mine
           wondring
           at
           the
           many
           slights
           a
           noted
           Gamster
           had
           to
           deceive
           ,
           and
           how
           neatly
           and
           undiscoverably
           he
           managed
           his
           tricks
           ,
           wondring
           withall
           he
           could
           not
           do
           the
           like
           himself
           ,
           since
           he
           had
           the
           same
           Theory
           of
           them
           all
           ,
           and
           knew
           how
           they
           were
           done
           ;
           O
           young
           man
           ,
           replied
           the
           Gamester
           ,
           there
           is
           nothing
           to
           be
           attain'd
           without
           pains
           ;
           
           wherefore
           had
           you
           been
           as
           laborious
           as
           my self
           in
           the
           practice
           hereof
           ,
           and
           had
           sweated
           at
           it
           as
           many
           cold
           winter
           mornings
           in
           your
           shirt
           as
           I
           have
           done
           in
           mine
           ,
           undoubtedly
           you
           would
           have
           arrived
           at
           the
           same
           perfection
           .
        
         
           Here
           you
           must
           observe
           ,
           that
           if
           these
           Rooks
           think
           they
           have
           met
           with
           a
           sure
           Bubble
           ,
           they
           will
           purposely
           lose
           some
           small
           sum
           at
           first
           ,
           that
           they
           may
           engage
           him
           the
           more
           freely
           to
           bleed
           (
           as
           they
           call
           it
           )
           which
           may
           be
           at
           the
           second
           ,
           if
           not
           beware
           of
           the
           third
           meeting
           ,
           which
           under
           the
           notion
           of
           being
           very
           merry
           with
           wine
           and
           good
           cheer
           ,
           they
           will
           make
           him
           pay
           for
           the
           roast
           .
        
         
           Consider
           the
           further
           inconveniences
           of
           Gaming
           as
           they
           are
           rank'd
           under
           these
           heads
           .
        
         
           First
           ,
           if
           the
           House
           find
           you
           free
           to
           the
           Box
           and
           a
           constant
           Caster
           ,
           you
           shall
           be
           treated
           with
           Suppers
           at
           night
           ,
           and
           a
           Cawdle
           in
           the
           morning
           ,
           and
           have
           the
           honour
           to
           be
           stiled
           a
           Lover
           of
           the
           House
           ,
           whilst
           your
           money
           lasts
           ,
           which
           certainly
           cannot
           be
           long
           ;
           for
           here
           you
           shall
           be
           quickly
           destroy'd
           under
           pretence
           of
           kindness
           as
           men
           were
           by
           the
           
           Lamiae
           of
           old
           ;
           which
           you
           may
           easily
           gather
           if
           from
           no
           other
           consideration
           than
           this
           ;
           that
           I
           have
           seen
           three
           persons
           sit
           down
           at
           twelve
           penny
           
             In
             and
             In
          
           ,
           and
           each
           draw
           forty
           shillings
           a
           piece
           in
           less
           than
           three
           hours
           ,
           the
           Box
           hath
           had
           three
           pound
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           three
           Gamesters
           have
           been
           losers
           .
        
         
           Secondly
           ,
           consider
           how
           many
           persons
           have
           been
           ruined
           by
           play
           ,
           I
           could
           nominate
           a
           great
           many
           ,
           some
           who
           have
           had
           great
           estates
           have
           lost
           them
           ,
           others
           having
           good
           imployments
           have
           been
           forced
           to
           desert
           them
           and
           hide
           themselves
           from
           their
           Creditors
           in
           some
           foreign
           Plantation
           by
           reason
           of
           those
           great
           debts
           they
           had
           contracted
           through
           Play.
           
        
         
           Thirdly
           ,
           this
           course
           of
           life
           shall
           make
           you
           liable
           to
           so
           many
           affronts
           and
           manifold
           vexations
           ,
           as
           in
           time
           may
           breed
           destraction
           .
           Thus
           a
           young
           fellow
           not
           many
           years
           since
           ,
           had
           by
           strange
           fortune
           run
           up
           a
           very
           small
           sum
           to
           a
           thousand
           pounds
           ,
           and
           thereupon
           put
           himself
           into
           a
           garb
           accordingly
           ;
           but
           not
           knowing
           when
           he
           was
           well
           fell
           to
           play
           again
           ,
           fortune
           turn'd
           ,
           he
           lost
           all
           ,
           ran
           mad
           and
           so
           died
           .
        
         
         
           Fourthly
           ,
           is
           it
           not
           extreme
           folly
           for
           a
           man
           that
           hath
           a
           competent
           estate
           to
           play
           whether
           he
           or
           another
           man
           shall
           enjoy
           it
           ;
           and
           if
           his
           estate
           be
           small
           ,
           then
           to
           hazard
           even
           the
           loss
           of
           that
           ,
           and
           reduce
           himself
           to
           absolute
           beggery
           ;
           I
           think
           is
           madness
           in
           the
           highest
           degree
           .
           Besides
           ,
           it
           hath
           been
           generally
           observed
           that
           the
           loss
           of
           one
           hundred
           pounds
           shall
           do
           you
           more
           prejudice
           in
           disquieting
           your
           mind
           ,
           than
           the
           gain
           of
           two
           hundred
           pounds
           shall
           do
           you
           good
           were
           you
           sure
           to
           keep
           it
           .
        
         
           Lastly
           ,
           consider
           not
           only
           your
           loss
           of
           time
           which
           is
           invaluable
           ,
           
             Nulla
             major
             est
             jactura
             quam
             temporis
             omissio
             ,
          
           but
           the
           damage
           also
           the
           very
           watching
           brings
           to
           your
           health
           ,
           and
           in
           particular
           to
           the
           eyes
           ,
           confirmed
           by
           this
           Distick
           .
        
         
           
             Allia
             ,
             Vina
             ,
             Venus
             ,
             Fumus
             ,
             Faba
             ,
             Lumen
             &
             Ignis
             ,
          
           
             Ista
             nocent
             oculis
             ,
             sed
             vigilare
             magis
             .
          
        
         
           
             Garlick
             ,
             Wine
             ,
             Women
             ,
             Smoak
             ,
             Beans
             ,
             Fire
             and
             Light
          
           
             Do
             hurt
             the
             eyes
             ,
             but
             watching
             more
             the
             sight
             .
          
        
         
         
           I
           shall
           conclude
           this
           Character
           with
           a
           penitential
           Sonnet
           ,
           written
           by
           a
           Lord
           (
           a
           great
           Gamester
           a
           little
           before
           his
           death
           )
           which
           was
           in
           the
           year
           1580.
           
        
         
           
             
               
                 
                   By
                   loss
                   in
                   play
                   men
                   oft
                   forget
                
                 
                   The
                   duty
                   they
                   do
                   owe
                
                 
                   To
                   him
                   that
                   did
                   bestow
                   the
                   same
                   ,
                
                 
                   And
                   thousand
                   Millions
                   moe
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   l●ath
                   to
                   hear
                   them
                   swear
                   and
                   stare
                
                 
                   When
                   they
                   the
                   Main
                   have
                   lost
                   ;
                
                 
                   Forgetting
                   all
                   the
                   Byes
                   that
                   were
                
                 
                   With
                   God
                   and
                   Holy
                   Ghost
                   :
                
                 
                   By
                   wounds
                   and
                   nails
                   they
                   think
                   to
                   win
                   ,
                
                 
                   But
                   truly
                   't
                   is
                   not
                   so
                   ;
                
                 
                   For
                   all
                   their
                   ●rets
                   and
                   fumes
                   in
                   sin
                
                 
                   They
                   moniless
                   must
                   go
                   .
                
                 
                   There
                   is
                   no
                   Wight
                   that
                   us'd
                   it
                   more
                
                 
                   Than
                   he
                   who
                   wrote
                   this
                   Verse
                   ,
                
                 
                   Who
                   cries
                   peccavi
                   n●w
                   therefore
                   ,
                
                 
                   His
                   Oaths
                   his
                   heart
                   do
                   pierce
                   ;
                
                 
                   Therefore
                   example
                   take
                   by
                   me
                
                 
                   That
                   curse
                   the
                   luckless
                   time
                   ,
                
                 
                   That
                   ever
                   Dice
                   mine
                   eyes
                   did
                   see
                   ,
                
                 
                   Which
                   bred
                   in
                   me
                   this
                   crime
                   .
                
                 
                   Lord
                   pardon
                   me
                   for
                   what
                   is
                   past
                   ,
                
                 
                   I
                   will
                   offend
                   no
                   more
                   ,
                
                 
                   In
                   this
                   most
                   vile
                   and
                   sinful
                   cast
                
                 
                   Which
                   I
                   will
                   still
                   abhor
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             The
             Character
             of
             a
             Gamester
             .
          
           
             SOme
             say
             he
             was
             born
             with
             Cards
             in
             his
             hands
             ,
             others
             that
             he
             will
             die
             so
             ;
             but
             certainly
             it
             is
             all
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             whether
             he
             sleeps
             or
             wakes
             he
             thinks
             of
             nothing
             else
             .
             He
             speaks
             the
             language
             of
             the
             Game
             he
             ●lays
             at
             ,
             better
             than
             the
             language
             of
             hi●
             Country
             ;
             and
             can
             less
             in●ure
             a
             sol●cism
             in
             that
             than
             this
             :
             he
             knows
             no
             Judge
             but
             the
             Groom-porter
             ,
             no
             Law
             but
             that
             of
             the
             Game
             at
             which
             he
             is
             so
             ex●ert
             all
             appeal
             to
             him
             ,
             as
             subordinate
             Judges
             to
             the
             supream
             ones
             .
             He
             loves
             Winter
             more
             than
             Summer
             ,
             because
             it
             affords
             more
             Gamesters
             ,
             and
             Christmas
             more
             th●n
             any
             other
             time
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             more
             gaming
             then
             .
             He
             gives
             more
             willingly
             to
             the
             Butler
             than
             to
             the
             Poors-box
             ,
             and
             is
             never
             more
             religious
             than
             when
             he
             prays
             he
             may
             win
             .
             He
             imagines
             he
             is
             at
             play
             when
             he
             is
             at
             Church
             ;
             he
             takes
             his
             Prayer-book
             for
             a
             Pack
             of
             Cards
             ,
             and
             thinks
             he
             is
             shuffling
             when
             he
             turns
             over
             the
             leaves
             .
             This
             man
             
             will
             play
             like
             Nero
             when
             the
             City
             is
             on
             fire
             ,
             or
             like
             Archimedes
             when
             it
             is
             sacking
             ,
             rather
             than
             interrupt
             his
             Game
             .
             If
             play
             hath
             reduced
             him
             to
             poverty
             ,
             then
             he
             is
             like
             one
             a
             drowning
             ,
             who
             fastens
             upon
             any
             thing
             next
             at
             hand
             .
             Amongst
             other
             of
             his
             shipwracks
             ,
             he
             hath
             happily
             lost
             shame
             ,
             and
             this
             want
             supplies
             him
             .
             No
             man
             puts
             his
             brain
             to
             more
             use
             than
             he
             ;
             for
             his
             life
             is
             a
             daily
             invention
             ,
             and
             each
             meal
             a
             new
             stratagem
             ,
             and
             like
             a
             flie
             will
             boldly
             sup
             at
             every
             mans
             cup.
             He
             will
             offer
             you
             a
             quart
             of
             Sack
             out
             of
             his
             joy
             to
             see
             you
             ,
             and
             in
             requital
             of
             this
             courtesie
             you
             can
             do
             no
             less
             than
             pay
             for
             it
             .
             His
             borrowings
             are
             like
             Subsidies
             ,
             each
             man
             a
             shilling
             or
             two
             ,
             as
             he
             can
             well
             dispend
             ,
             which
             they
             lend
             him
             not
             with
             the
             hope
             to
             be
             repaid
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             will
             come
             no
             more
             .
             Men
             shun
             him
             at
             length
             as
             they
             do
             an
             Infection
             ,
             and
             having
             done
             with
             the
             Aye
             as
             his
             cloaths
             to
             him
             ,
             hung
             on
             as
             long
             as
             he
             could
             ,
             at
             last
             drops
             off
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           
             CHAP.
             I.
             
          
           
             Of
             BILLIARDS
             .
          
           
             THe
             Gentile
             ,
             cleanly
             and
             most
             ingenious
             Came
             at
             Billiards
             had
             its
             first
             original
             from
             Italy
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             excellency
             of
             the
             Recreation
             is
             much
             approved
             of
             and
             plaid
             by
             most
             Nations
             in
             Europe
             especially
             in
             England
             there
             being
             few
             Towns
             of
             note
             therein
             which
             hath
             not
             a
             publick
             Billiard-Table
             ,
             neither
             are
             they
             wanting
             in
             many
             Noble
             and
             private
             Fam●●●es
             in
             the
             Country
             ,
             for
             the
             recreation
             of
             the
             mind
             and
             exercise
             of
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             The
             form
             of
             a
             Billiard-Table
             is
             oblong
             ,
             that
             is
             something
             longer
             than
             it
             is
             broad
             ;
             it
             is
             rail'd
             round
             ,
             which
             rail
             or
             ledge
             ought
             to
             be
             a
             little
             swel'd
             or
             stuft
             with
             fine
             flox
             or
             cotton
             :
             the
             superficies
             of
             the
             Table
             must
             be
             covered
             with
             green-cloth
             ,
             the
             finer
             and
             more
             freed
             from
             knots
             the
             better
             it
             is
             :
             the
             Board
             must
             be
             level'd
             as
             exactly
             as
             may
             be
             ,
             so
             that
             a
             Ball
             may
             run
             true
             upon
             
             any
             part
             of
             the
             Table
             without
             leaning
             to
             any
             side
             thereof
             ;
             but
             what
             by
             reason
             of
             ill-season'd
             boards
             which
             are
             subject
             to
             warp
             ,
             or
             the
             floar
             on
             which
             it
             stands
             being
             uneven
             ,
             or
             in
             time
             by
             the
             weight
             of
             the
             Table
             ,
             and
             the
             Gamesters
             yielding
             and
             giving
             way
             ,
             there
             are
             very
             few
             Billiard-Tables
             which
             are
             found
             true
             ;
             and
             therefore
             such
             which
             are
             exactly
             level'd
             are
             highly
             valuable
             by
             a
             good
             Player
             ;
             for
             at
             a
             false
             Table
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             him
             to
             show
             the
             excellency
             of
             his
             Art
             and
             Skill
             ,
             whereby
             Bunglers
             many
             times
             by
             knowing
             the
             windings
             and
             tricks
             of
             the
             Table
             have
             shamefully
             beaten
             a
             very
             good
             Gamester
             ,
             who
             at
             a
             true
             Table
             would
             have
             given
             him
             three
             in
             five
             .
          
           
             But
             to
             proceed
             in
             the
             description
             thereof
             ;
             at
             the
             four
             corners
             of
             the
             Table
             there
             are
             holes
             ,
             and
             at
             each
             side
             exactly
             in
             the
             middle
             one
             ,
             which
             are
             called
             Hazards
             ,
             and
             have
             hanging
             at
             the
             bottoms
             nets
             to
             receive
             the
             Balls
             and
             keep
             them
             from
             falling
             to
             the
             ground
             when
             they
             are
             hazarded
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             at
             some
             Tables
             Wooden
             
             Boxes
             for
             the
             hazards
             ,
             six
             of
             them
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             but
             they
             are
             nothing
             near
             so
             commendable
             as
             the
             former
             ,
             because
             a
             Ball
             struck
             hard
             is
             more
             apt
             to
             fly
             out
             of
             them
             when
             struck
             in
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             to
             the
             Table
             belonging
             an
             Ivory
             Port
             ,
             which
             stands
             at
             one
             end
             of
             the
             Table
             ,
             and
             an
             Ivory
             King
             at
             the
             other
             ,
             two
             small
             Ivory
             Balls
             and
             two
             Sticks
             ;
             where
             note
             if
             your
             Balls
             are
             not
             compleatly
             round
             you
             can
             never
             expect
             good
             proof
             in
             your
             play
             :
             your
             Sticks
             ought
             to
             be
             heavy
             ,
             made
             of
             
               Brasile
               ,
               Lignum
               vitae
            
             or
             some
             other
             weighty
             wood
             ,
             which
             at
             the
             broad
             end
             must
             be
             tipt
             with
             Ivory
             ;
             where
             note
             ,
             if
             the
             heads
             happen
             to
             be
             loose
             ,
             you
             will
             never
             strike
             a
             smart
             stroke
             ,
             you
             will
             easily
             perceive
             that
             defect
             by
             the
             hollow
             deadness
             of
             your
             stroak
             and
             faint
             running
             of
             your
             Ball.
             
          
           
             The
             Game
             is
             five
             by
             day
             light
             ,
             or
             seven
             if
             odds
             be
             given
             ,
             and
             three
             by
             Candle-light
             or
             more
             according
             to
             odds
             in
             houses
             that
             make
             a
             livelihood
             thereof
             ;
             but
             in
             Gentlemens
             houses
             there
             is
             no
             such
             restriction
             ;
             for
             the
             Game
             may
             justly
             admit
             of
             as
             many
             as
             the
             
             Gamesters
             please
             to
             make
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             Lead
             you
             are
             to
             stand
             on
             the
             one
             side
             of
             the
             Table
             opposite
             to
             the
             King
             ,
             with
             your
             Ball
             laid
             near
             the
             Cushon
             ,
             and
             your
             Adversary
             on
             the
             other
             in
             like
             posture
             ;
             and
             he
             that
             with
             his
             Stick
             makes
             his
             Ball
             come
             nearest
             the
             King
             leads
             first
             .
          
           
             The
             Leader
             must
             have
             a
             care
             that
             at
             the
             first
             stroke
             his
             Ball
             touch
             not
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Table
             leading
             from
             the
             King
             to
             the
             Port
             ,
             but
             after
             the
             first
             stroke
             he
             need
             not
             fear
             to
             do
             it
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             so
             lead
             that
             he
             may
             either
             be
             in
             a
             possibility
             of
             passing
             the
             next
             stroke
             ,
             or
             so
             cunningly
             lie
             that
             he
             may
             be
             in
             a
             very
             fair
             probability
             of
             hazarding
             his
             Adversaries
             Ball
             ,
             that
             very
             stroak
             he
             plaid
             after
             him
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             contest
             is
             who
             shall
             pass
             first
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             strife
             there
             are
             frequent
             opportunitities
             of
             hazarding
             one
             another
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             very
             pleasant
             to
             observe
             what
             policies
             are
             used
             in
             hindering
             one
             another
             from
             the
             pass
             ,
             as
             by
             turng
             the
             Port
             with
             a
             strong
             clever
             stroke
             ;
             for
             if
             you
             turn
             it
             with
             your
             Stick
             it
             must
             be
             set
             right
             again
             ;
             but
             
             indeed
             more
             properly
             he
             that
             doth
             it
             should
             lose
             one
             ;
             sometimes
             it
             is
             done
             (
             when
             you
             see
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             pass
             )
             by
             laying
             your
             Ball
             in
             the
             Port
             ,
             or
             before
             your
             Adversaries
             ,
             and
             then
             all
             he
             can
             do
             is
             to
             pass
             after
             you
             ;
             if
             he
             hath
             past
             and
             you
             dare
             not
             adventure
             to
             pass
             after
             him
             ,
             for
             fear
             he
             should
             in
             the
             interim
             touch
             the
             King
             and
             so
             win
             the
             end
             ,
             you
             must
             wait
             upon
             him
             and
             watch
             all
             opportunities
             to
             hazard
             him
             ,
             or
             King
             him
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             when
             his
             Ball
             lyeth
             in
             such
             manner
             that
             when
             you
             strike
             his
             Ball
             may
             hit
             down
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             win
             one
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             if
             you
             should
             King
             him
             ,
             and
             your
             Ball
             fly
             over
             the
             Table
             ,
             or
             else
             run
             into
             a
             hazard
             ,
             that
             then
             you
             lose
             one
             notwithstanding
             .
          
           
             The
             Player
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             curious
             eye
             ,
             and
             very
             good
             judgment
             when
             he
             either
             intends
             to
             King
             his
             Adversary's
             Ball
             ,
             or
             hazard
             ,
             in
             taking
             or
             quartering
             out
             just
             so
             much
             of
             the
             Ball
             as
             will
             accomplish
             either
             ;
             which
             observation
             must
             be
             noted
             in
             passing
             on
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             ,
             or
             corner
             of
             the
             
             Port.
             Some
             I
             have
             observed
             so
             skilful
             at
             this
             Recreation
             ,
             that
             if
             they
             have
             had
             less
             than
             a
             fifth
             part
             of
             a
             Ball
             they
             would
             rarely
             miss
             King
             or
             Hazard
             .
          
           
             As
             this
             is
             a
             cleanly
             pastime
             ,
             ●o
             there
             are
             Laws
             or
             Orders
             made
             against
             lolling
             slovingly
             Players
             ,
             that
             by
             their
             forfeitures
             they
             may
             be
             reduced
             to
             regularity
             and
             decency
             ;
             wherefore
             be
             careful
             you
             lay
             not
             your
             hand
             on
             the
             Table
             when
             you
             strike
             or
             let
             your
             sleeve
             drag
             upon
             it
             ,
             if
             you
             do
             it
             is
             a
             loss
             ;
             if
             you
             smoak
             and
             let
             the
             ashes
             of
             your
             Pipe
             fall
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             whereby
             oftentimes
             the
             Cloth
             is
             burned
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             forfeiture
             ,
             but
             that
             should
             not
             so
             much
             deter
             you
             from
             it
             as
             the
             hindrance
             piping
             is
             to
             your
             play
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             strike
             a
             long
             stroke
             ,
             hold
             your
             stick
             neatly
             between
             your
             two
             fore
             fingers
             and
             your
             thumb
             ,
             then
             strike
             smartly
             ,
             and
             by
             aiming
             rightly
             you
             may
             when
             you
             please
             either
             fetch
             back
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             when
             he
             lyeth
             fair
             for
             a
             pass
             ,
             or
             many
             times
             when
             he
             lyeth
             behind
             the
             King
             ,
             
             and
             you
             at
             the
             other
             end
             of
             the
             Table
             you
             may
             King
             him
             backward
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             lie
             close
             you
             may
             use
             the
             small
             end
             of
             your
             stick
             ,
             or
             the
             flat
             of
             the
             big
             end
             ,
             raising
             up
             one
             end
             over
             your
             shoulder
             ,
             which
             you
             shall
             think
             most
             convenient
             for
             your
             purpose
             .
          
           
             Have
             a
             care
             of
             raking
             ,
             for
             if
             it
             be
             not
             a
             forfeiture
             it
             is
             a
             fault
             hardly
             excusable
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             touch
             your
             Ball
             twice
             it
             is
             a
             loss
             .
          
           
             Beware
             when
             you
             jobb
             your
             Ball
             through
             the
             Port
             with
             the
             great
             end
             of
             your
             Stick
             that
             you
             throw
             it
             not
             down
             ,
             if
             you
             do
             it
             is
             a
             loss
             ,
             but
             do
             it
             so
             handsomly
             that
             at
             one
             stroke
             without
             turning
             the
             Port
             with
             your
             Stick
             you
             effect
             your
             purpose
             ;
             it
             is
             good
             play
             to
             turn
             the
             Port
             with
             your
             Ball
             ,
             and
             so
             hinder
             your
             Adversary
             from
             passing
             ;
             neither
             is
             it
             amiss
             if
             you
             can
             to
             make
             your
             Adversary
             a
             Fornicator
             ,
             that
             is
             having
             past
             your self
             a
             little
             way
             ,
             and
             the
             others
             Ball
             being
             hardly
             through
             the
             Port
             you
             put
             him
             back
             again
             ,
             and
             it
             may
             be
             quite
             out
             of
             pass
             .
          
           
             It
             argueth
             policy
             to
             lay
             a
             long
             Hazard
             
             sometimes
             for
             your
             Antagonist
             ,
             whereby
             he
             is
             often
             entrapped
             for
             rashly
             adventuring
             at
             that
             distance
             ,
             thinking
             to
             strike
             your
             Ball
             into
             the
             Hazard
             ,
             which
             lieth
             very
             near
             it
             ,
             he
             frequently
             runs
             in
             himself
             by
             reason
             of
             that
             great
             distance
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             great
             art
             in
             lying
             abscond
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             to
             lie
             at
             bo-peep
             with
             your
             Adversary
             ,
             either
             subtlely
             to
             gain
             a
             pass
             or
             hazard
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             if
             your
             Adversary
             hath
             not
             past
             and
             lyeth
             up
             by
             the
             King
             ,
             you
             may
             endeavour
             to
             pass
             again
             ,
             which
             if
             you
             do
             ,
             and
             touch
             the
             King
             ,
             it
             is
             two
             ,
             but
             if
             thrown
             down
             you
             lose
             :
             Some
             instead
             of
             a
             King
             use
             a
             string
             and
             a
             bell
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             need
             not
             fear
             to
             have
             the
             end
             ,
             if
             you
             can
             pass
             first
             ;
             this
             is
             in
             my
             judgment
             bungling
             play
             ,
             there
             being
             not
             that
             curious
             art
             of
             finely
             touching
             at
             a
             great
             distance
             a
             King
             that
             stands
             very
             ticklishly
             .
          
           
             For
             your
             better
             understanding
             of
             the
             Game
             ▪
             read
             the
             ensuing
             Orders
             .
             But
             there
             is
             no
             better
             way
             than
             practice
             to
             make
             you
             perfect
             therein
             .
          
           
             
             
               Orders
               to
               be
               observed
               by
               such
               who
               will
               play
               at
               Billiards
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               IF
               the
               Leader
               touch
               the
               end
               of
               the
               Table
               with
               his
               Ball
               at
               the
               first
               stroke
               he
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               If
               the
               Follower
               intend
               to
               hit
               his
               Adversaries
               Ball
               ,
               or
               pass
               at
               one
               stroke
               he
               must
               string
               his
               Ball
               ,
               that
               is
               ,
               lay
               it
               even
               with
               the
               King
               ,
               or
               he
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               through
               the
               Port
               hath
               the
               advantage
               of
               touching
               the
               King
               which
               is
               one
               if
               not
               thrown
               down
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               twice
               ,
               his
               Adversary
               having
               not
               past
               at
               all
               ,
               and
               toucheth
               the
               King
               without
               throwing
               him
               down
               wins
               two
               ends
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               not
               hath
               no
               other
               advantage
               than
               the
               Hazards
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               He
               that
               is
               a
               Fornicator
               (
               that
               is
               ,
               hath
               past
               through
               the
               back
               of
               the
               Port
               )
               he
               must
               pass
               twice
               through
               the
               fore
               part
               ,
               or
               he
               cannot
               have
               the
               advantage
               of
               passing
               that
               end
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               He
               that
               hits
               down
               the
               Port
               or
               King
               ,
               or
               hazards
               his
               own
               Ball
               ,
               or
               
               strikes
               either
               Ball
               over
               the
               Table
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               He
               that
               hazards
               his
               Adversary's
               Ball
               ,
               or
               makes
               it
               hit
               down
               the
               King
               winneth
               the
               end
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               If
               four
               play
               ,
               two
               against
               two
               ,
               he
               that
               mistakes
               his
               stroke
               loseth
               one
               to
               that
               side
               he
               is
               of
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               He
               that
               after
               both
               Balls
               plaid
               ,
               removes
               the
               Port
               without
               consent
               ,
               or
               strikes
               his
               Ball
               twice
               together
               ,
               or
               that
               his
               Adversaries
               Ball
               touch
               his
               Stick-hand
               ,
               Clothes
               ,
               or
               playeth
               his
               Adversaries
               Balls
               ,
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               He
               that
               sets
               not
               one
               foot
               upon
               the
               ground
               when
               he
               strikes
               his
               Ball
               shall
               lose
               an
               end
               ,
               or
               if
               he
               lay
               his
               hand
               or
               sleeve
               on
               the
               Cloth.
               
            
             
               12.
               
               A
               stander
               by
               though
               he
               betts
               shall
               not
               instruct
               ,
               direct
               or
               speak
               in
               in
               the
               Game
               without
               consent
               ,
               or
               being
               first
               asked
               ;
               if
               after
               he
               is
               advertised
               hereof
               he
               offend
               in
               this
               nature
               ,
               for
               every
               fault
               he
               shall
               instantly
               forfeit
               Two
               pence
               for
               the
               good
               of
               the
               Company
               ,
               or
               not
               be
               suffer'd
               to
               stay
               in
               the
               Room
               .
            
             
               13
               He
               that
               plays
               a
               Ball
               ,
               while
               the
               
               other
               runs
               ,
               or
               takes
               up
               a
               Ball
               before
               it
               lie
               still
               loseth
               an
               end
               .
            
             
               14.
               
               He
               that
               removes
               the
               Port
               with
               his
               Stick
               when
               he
               strikes
               his
               Ball
               ,
               and
               thereby
               prevents
               his
               Adversaries
               Ball
               from
               passing
               loseth
               an
               end
               .
            
             
               15.
               
               All
               controversies
               are
               to
               be
               decided
               by
               the
               Standers
               by
               ,
               upon
               asking
               judgment
               .
               Here
               note
               ,
               that
               whosoever
               breaks
               the
               King
               forfeits
               a
               shilling
               ,
               for
               the
               Port
               ten
               shillings
               ,
               and
               each
               Stick
               five
               shillings
               .
            
             
               16.
               
               Five
               ends
               make
               a
               Game
               by
               Day-light
               ,
               and
               three
               by
               Candle-light
               .
            
             
             
             
             
             
               
               
                 
                   
                     
                       The
                       Orders
                       in
                       Verse
                       as
                       I
                       found
                       them
                       fram'd
                       for
                       a
                       very
                       ancient
                       Billiard-Table
                       .
                    
                     
                       
                         1.
                         
                      
                       
                         THe
                         Leading
                         ball
                         the
                         upper
                         end
                         may'nt
                         hit
                         ;
                      
                       
                         For
                         if
                         it
                         doth
                         it
                         loseth
                         one
                         by
                         it
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         2.
                         
                      
                       
                         The
                         Follower
                         with
                         the
                         King
                         lie
                         even
                         shall
                      
                       
                         If
                         he
                         doth
                         pass
                         or
                         hit
                         the
                         others
                         ball
                         ;
                      
                       
                         Or
                         else
                         lose
                         one
                         ,
                         the
                         like
                         if
                         either
                         lay
                      
                       
                         Their
                         arm
                         or
                         hand
                         on
                         board
                         when
                         they
                         do
                         play
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         3.
                         
                      
                       
                         That
                         man
                         wins
                         one
                         who
                         with
                         the
                         others
                         ball
                      
                       
                         So
                         strikes
                         the
                         King
                         that
                         he
                         doth
                         make
                         him
                         fall
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         4.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         striking
                         at
                         a
                         hazard
                         both
                         run
                         in
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         ball
                         struck
                         at
                         thereby
                         an
                         end
                         shal
                         win
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         5.
                         
                      
                       
                         He
                         loseth
                         one
                         that
                         down
                         the
                         Port
                         doth
                         ●ling
                         ;
                      
                       
                         The
                         like
                         doth
                         he
                         that
                         justles
                         down
                         the
                         King.
                         
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         6.
                         
                      
                       
                         He
                         that
                         in
                         play
                         the
                         adverse
                         ball
                         shall
                         touch
                      
                       
                         With
                         stick
                         ,
                         hand
                         ,
                         or
                         cloaths
                         forfeits
                         just
                         as
                         much
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                       
                         7.
                         
                      
                       
                         And
                         he
                         that
                         twice
                         hath
                         past
                         shall
                         touch
                         the
                         King
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         other
                         not
                         past
                         at
                         all
                         shall
                         two
                         ends
                         win
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         8.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         both
                         the
                         balls
                         over
                         the
                         Table
                         flie
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         striker
                         of
                         them
                         loseth
                         one
                         thereby
                         .
                      
                       
                         And
                         if
                         but
                         one
                         upon
                         the
                         board
                         attend
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         striker
                         still
                         the
                         loser
                         of
                         the
                         end
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         9.
                         
                      
                       
                         One
                         foot
                         upon
                         the
                         ground
                         must
                         still
                         be
                         set
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Or
                         one
                         end
                         's
                         lost
                         if
                         you
                         do
                         that
                         forget
                         :
                      
                       
                         And
                         if
                         you
                         twice
                         shall
                         touch
                         a
                         ball
                         e're
                         He
                      
                       
                         Hath
                         struck
                         between
                         an
                         end
                         for
                         him
                         is
                         free
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         10.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         any
                         Stander
                         by
                         shall
                         chance
                         to
                         bet
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         will
                         instruct
                         ,
                         he
                         then
                         must
                         pay
                         the
                         set
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         11.
                         
                      
                       
                         The
                         Port
                         or
                         King
                         being
                         set
                         ,
                         who
                         moves
                         the
                         same
                      
                       
                         With
                         hand
                         or
                         stick
                         shall
                         lose
                         that
                         end
                         or
                         Game
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         12.
                         
                      
                       
                         He
                         that
                         can
                         touch
                         being
                         past
                         ,
                         or
                         strike
                         the
                         other
                      
                       
                         Into
                         the
                         Hazard
                         is
                         allowed
                         another
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         13.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         any
                         Stander
                         by
                         shall
                         stop
                         a
                         ball
                         ,
                      
                       
                         The
                         Game
                         being
                         lost
                         thereby
                         he
                         pays
                         for
                         all
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                       
                         14.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         any
                         past
                         be
                         stricken
                         back
                         again
                         ,
                      
                       
                         His
                         pass
                         before
                         shall
                         be
                         accounted
                         vain
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         15.
                         
                      
                       
                         He
                         that
                         breaks
                         any
                         thing
                         with
                         violence
                         ,
                      
                       
                         King
                         ,
                         Port
                         ,
                         or
                         Stick
                         is
                         to
                         make
                         good
                         th'
                         offence
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         16.
                         
                      
                       
                         If
                         any
                         not
                         the
                         Game
                         doth
                         fully
                         know
                      
                       
                         May
                         ask
                         another
                         whether
                         it
                         be
                         so
                         ,
                      
                       
                         Remember
                         also
                         when
                         the
                         Game
                         you
                         win
                         ,
                      
                       
                         To
                         set
                         it
                         up
                         for
                         fear
                         of
                         wrangling
                         .
                      
                    
                     
                       
                         17.
                         
                      
                       
                         He
                         that
                         doth
                         make
                         his
                         ball
                         the
                         King
                         light
                         hit
                         ,
                      
                       
                         And
                         holes
                         th'
                         other
                         scores
                         two
                         ends
                         for
                         it
                         .
                      
                    
                  
                
              
            
          
           
             
               There
               are
               several
               other
               Orders
               which
               only
               concern
               the
               house
               which
               I
               omit
               ,
               as
               impertinent
               to
               the
               Rules
               of
               playing
               at
               Billiards
               .
            
             
               Since
               Recreation
               is
               a
               thing
               lawful
               in
               it self
               if
               not
               abused
               ,
               I
               cannot
               but
               commend
               this
               as
               the
               most
               gentile
               and
               innocent
               of
               any
               I
               know
               ,
               if
               rightly
               used
               ;
               there
               being
               none
               of
               those
               cheats
               to
               be
               plaid
               at
               this
               as
               at
               several
               other
               Games
               I
               shall
               hereafter
               mention
               .
               There
               is
               nothing
               here
               to
               be
               used
               but
               pure
               art
               ;
               and
               therefore
               I
               shall
               only
               caution
               
               you
               to
               go
               to
               play
               ,
               that
               you
               suffer
               not
               your self
               to
               be
               over-matcht
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               when
               you
               meet
               with
               a
               better
               Gamester
               than
               your self
               condemn
               the
               Table
               ,
               and
               do
               not
               swear
               as
               one
               did
               playing
               at
               Nine-Pins
               ,
               this
               
                 L.
                 N.
              
               hath
               put
               false
               Pins
               upon
               me
               .
            
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               I
               believe
               this
               Pastime
               is
               not
               so
               much
               used
               of
               late
               as
               formerly
               ,
               by
               reason
               of
               those
               spunging
               Caterpillars
               which
               swarm
               where
               any
               Billiard-Tables
               are
               set
               up
               ,
               who
               making
               that
               single
               room
               their
               Shop
               ,
               Kitching
               and
               Bed-chamber
               ;
               their
               Shop
               ,
               for
               this
               is
               the
               place
               where
               they
               wait
               for
               ignorant
               Cullies
               to
               be
               their
               Customers
               ;
               their
               Kitching
               ,
               for
               from
               hence
               comes
               the
               Major
               part
               of
               their
               provision
               ,
               drinking
               and
               smoaking
               being
               their
               common
               sustenance
               ;
               and
               when
               they
               can
               perswade
               no
               more
               persons
               to
               play
               at
               the
               Table
               ,
               they
               make
               it
               their
               dormitory
               ,
               and
               sleep
               under
               it
               ;
               the
               Floor
               is
               their
               Feather-bed
               ,
               the
               legs
               of
               the
               Table
               their
               Bed-posts
               ,
               and
               the
               Table
               the
               Tester
               ;
               they
               dream
               of
               nothing
               but
               Hazards
               ,
               being
               never
               out
               of
               them
               ,
               of
               passing
               and
               repassing
               ,
               which
               may
               be
               fitly
               applied
               to
               their
               
               lewd
               lives
               ,
               which
               makes
               them
               continually
               pass
               from
               one
               prison
               to
               another
               till
               their
               lives
               are
               ended
               ;
               and
               there
               is
               an
               end
               of
               the
               Game
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Chap.
             III.
             
          
           
             Of
             TRVCKS
             .
          
           
             Trucks
             is
             an
             Italian
             Game
             ,
             and
             is
             much
             used
             in
             Spain
             and
             Ireland
             ;
             it
             is
             not
             very
             unlike
             Billiards
             ,
             but
             more
             boisterous
             ,
             and
             in
             my
             opinion
             less
             gentile
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             a
             pastime
             less
             noted
             in
             England
             ,
             wherefore
             the
             Tables
             are
             rarely
             met
             withal
             ;
             one
             I
             have
             seen
             at
             Tower-hill
             ,
             but
             so
             bunglingly
             composed
             ,
             and
             so
             irregularly
             form●d
             and
             fram'd
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             fit
             for
             none
             to
             play
             at
             but
             such
             who
             never
             saw
             or
             plaid
             at
             any
             other
             than
             that
             .
          
           
             A
             right
             Truck-table
             ought
             to
             be
             somewhat
             larger
             than
             a
             Billiard-table
             ,
             being
             at
             least
             three
             foot
             longer
             than
             it
             is
             broad
             and
             covered
             with
             Green
             Cloth
             ,
             but
             it
             need
             not
             be
             every
             whit
             so
             fine
             as
             the
             former
             .
          
           
             It
             hath
             three
             holes
             at
             each
             end
             ,
             besides
             the
             corner
             holes
             ;
             the
             middle-most
             at
             one
             end
             stands
             directly
             against
             
             the
             Sprigg
             which
             stands
             for
             the
             King
             at
             Billiards
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             end
             ,
             middle-most
             hole
             ,
             stands
             exactly
             against
             the
             Argolio
             ,
             which
             is
             in
             the
             nature
             of
             a
             Port
             at
             Billiards
             .
             Of
             each
             side
             there
             are
             ten
             holes
             ,
             none
             of
             these
             have
             nets
             to
             receive
             the
             Balls
             ,
             and
             therefore
             it
             is
             a
             sport
             more
             troublesome
             than
             Billiards
             .
          
           
             The
             Argolio
             stands
             as
             the
             Port
             at
             Billiards
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             is
             made
             of
             a
             strong
             hoop
             of
             Iron
             fastned
             to
             the
             Table
             ,
             that
             it
             cannot
             stirr
             ,
             having
             a
             wider
             passage
             than
             a
             Port
             ,
             and
             in
             its
             bending
             is
             higher
             from
             the
             Board
             .
          
           
             The
             Sprigg
             is
             another
             piece
             of
             Iron
             ,
             about
             the
             thickness
             of
             a
             Man's
             little
             finger
             ,
             and
             is
             taller
             than
             the
             Billiard
             King
             ,
             and
             driven
             into
             the
             Board
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             is
             immovable
             .
          
           
             The
             Tacks
             with
             which
             they
             play
             ,
             are
             much
             bigger
             than
             Billiard
             Sticks
             ,
             and
             are
             headed
             at
             each
             end
             with
             Iron
             ;
             the
             small
             end
             is
             round
             from
             the
             middle
             ,
             or
             farther
             running
             taperwise
             ,
             but
             the
             great
             end
             is
             flat
             beneath
             ,
             though
             rounding
             a
             top
             ;
             good
             Gamesters
             play
             for
             the
             most
             part
             with
             the
             small
             end
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Balls
             are
             made
             of
             Ivory
             ,
             and
             are
             in
             bigness
             like
             Tennis-balls
             ,
             and
             require
             much
             art
             in
             their
             rounding
             ,
             for
             otherwise
             they
             will
             never
             run
             true
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             lead
             as
             you
             do
             at
             Billiards
             ,
             but
             that
             is
             lookt
             upon
             as
             bungling
             play
             ;
             the
             best
             Artist
             at
             this
             Game
             usually
             bank
             at
             the
             fourth
             Cushon
             from
             the
             end
             where
             the
             Argolio
             stands
             ,
             and
             is
             commonly
             markt
             for
             distinction
             whith
             a
             little
             chalk
             .
          
           
             The
             Game
             because
             it
             is
             sooner
             up
             than
             Billiards
             ,
             is
             Nine
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             Fifteen
             ,
             or
             indeed
             as
             many
             ,
             or
             as
             few
             as
             you
             please
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             leads
             must
             have
             a
             care
             he
             hit
             not
             the
             end
             ,
             for
             that
             is
             a
             loss
             ,
             but
             he
             may
             bank
             if
             he
             please
             ;
             if
             the
             Leader
             lie
             in
             pass
             ,
             the
             Follower
             must
             hit
             him
             away
             if
             he
             can
             ,
             for
             if
             he
             pass
             it
             is
             ten
             to
             one
             but
             he
             wins
             the
             end
             ,
             because
             he
             may
             boldly
             strike
             at
             the
             Sprigg
             .
             If
             the
             Leader
             lies
             not
             in
             pass
             ,
             he
             may
             either
             strike
             at
             him
             ,
             or
             lye
             as
             well
             to
             pass
             as
             the
             former
             ,
             and
             then
             all
             the
             strife
             lyeth
             in
             trucking
             one
             another
             ,
             or
             striving
             who
             shall
             pass
             first
             .
          
           
           
             In
             passing
             here
             is
             this
             subtlety
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             if
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             lie
             strait
             before
             the
             Argolio
             ,
             and
             yours
             lies
             a
             little
             behind
             it
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             your
             stroke
             ,
             you
             would
             think
             it
             impossible
             to
             pass
             by
             reason
             of
             that
             obstruction
             ;
             whereas
             it
             is
             easily
             done
             thus
             ,
             take
             the
             small
             end
             of
             your
             Tack
             ,
             and
             set
             it
             sloaping
             behind
             your
             Ball
             ,
             but
             touch
             it
             not
             ,
             for
             if
             you
             do
             ,
             you
             lose
             the
             end
             ;
             then
             bend
             your
             fist
             ,
             and
             give
             your
             Stick
             a
             smart
             cuff
             ,
             and
             it
             will
             raise
             you
             Ball
             over
             your
             Adversary's
             through
             the
             Port
             with
             much
             facility
             ,
             this
             is
             called
             by
             Artists
             ,
             falkating
             ;
             all
             that
             the
             follower
             can
             do
             to
             save
             the
             end
             ,
             is
             (
             lying
             as
             he
             doth
             just
             against
             the
             Sprigg
             )
             to
             pass
             and
             touch
             the
             Sprigg
             at
             one
             stroke
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             two
             ;
             if
             he
             touch
             not
             the
             end
             ,
             is
             the
             others
             ;
             if
             in
             striking
             the
             Sprigg
             too
             hard
             ,
             he
             run
             not
             out
             of
             one
             hole
             or
             other
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             loseth
             .
          
           
             For
             the
             advantage
             of
             striking
             you
             may
             lay
             one
             hand
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             arm
             ,
             &c.
             without
             forfeiture
             ;
             but
             you
             must
             not
             touch
             your
             Ball
             with
             your
             sleeve
             or
             hand
             without
             leave
             first
             obtained
             
             under
             the
             loss
             of
             the
             end
             .
             As
             thus
             ,
             you
             may
             not
             know
             which
             is
             your
             Ball
             ,
             upon
             this
             you
             cry
             ,
             
               By
               your
               leave
               ,
               Sir
            
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             may
             take
             it
             up
             and
             see
             by
             the
             mark
             whether
             it
             be
             yours
             or
             not
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             truck
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             it
             is
             one
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             do
             it
             and
             run
             out
             ,
             or
             fly
             over
             the
             Table
             ,
             you
             lose
             one
             ,
             so
             if
             you
             strike
             at
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             ,
             and
             one
             or
             both
             fly
             over
             the
             Table
             it
             is
             a
             loss
             to
             you
             .
          
           
             If
             after
             you
             have
             past
             you
             truck
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             and
             hit
             the
             Sprigg
             it
             is
             three
             ;
             if
             you
             pass
             at
             one
             stroke
             truck
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             and
             hit
             the
             Sprigg
             you
             win
             four
             ;
             this
             is
             very
             rarely
             done
             ,
             as
             you
             may
             well
             imagin
             ,
             yet
             I
             have
             seen
             it
             done
             ,
             but
             never
             done
             by
             design
             ,
             but
             casually
             ;
             there
             is
             much
             art
             in
             holding
             your
             Tack
             rightly
             ,
             the
             best
             way
             I
             can
             inform
             you
             is
             to
             hold
             the
             great
             end
             in
             your
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             level
             the
             small
             end
             over
             your
             fore-finger
             and
             thumb
             ,
             leaning
             your
             left
             arm
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             for
             the
             more
             steddy
             and
             direct
             guidance
             of
             your
             Tack
             to
             transmit
             the
             Ball
             
             to
             what
             part
             of
             the
             Table
             you
             shall
             think
             most
             requisite
             ,
             and
             when
             you
             intend
             a
             smart
             stroke
             let
             your
             shove
             be
             brisk
             .
          
           
             In
             short
             I
             must
             leave
             this
             as
             all
             other
             Games
             to
             your
             observation
             and
             practice
             ;
             only
             this
             let
             me
             advise
             you
             ,
             if
             any
             difference
             arise
             leave
             it
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             the
             Table
             ,
             to
             decide
             the
             Controversie
             ,
             but
             end
             it
             not
             with
             your
             lives
             ,
             by
             using
             two
             such
             clubbing
             Arbitrators
             as
             you
             play
             with
             ,
             for
             with
             one
             stroke
             (
             they
             are
             so
             strong
             &
             heavy
             )
             they
             are
             sufficient
             to
             dash
             out
             a
             mans
             brains
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             several
             great
             mischiefs
             have
             been
             done
             thereby
             be
             advised
             not
             to
             fall
             into
             the
             like
             dangerous
             rashness
             .
          
           
             One
             thing
             I
             had
             almost
             forgot
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             ,
             if
             you
             fulkate
             over
             hand
             be
             very
             careful
             how
             you
             strike
             your
             Ball
             ,
             for
             by
             carelesness
             or
             missing
             your
             Ball
             you
             frequently
             wound
             the
             Table
             .
             Now
             fulkating
             over
             hand
             ,
             is
             ,
             when
             you
             lie
             near
             the
             Cushon
             for
             a
             pass
             ,
             and
             your
             Adversary's
             Ball
             lies
             directly
             before
             yours
             ,
             to
             make
             yours
             to
             jump
             over
             his
             through
             the
             Argolio
             ,
             you
             must
             strike
             
             a
             strong
             stroke
             ,
             sloaping
             downwards
             ,
             which
             will
             make
             your
             Ball
             mount
             aloft
             .
          
           
             
               Orders
               for
               a
               Truck-Table
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               IF
               the
               Leader
               touch
               the
               end
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               loss
               of
               one
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               If
               the
               Follower
               intend
               to
               hit
               his
               Adversary's
               Ball
               from
               the
               pass
               at
               the
               first
               stroke
               he
               must
               string
               his
               Ball
               even
               with
               the
               Sprigg
               ,
               or
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               and
               first
               hits
               the
               Sprigg
               wins
               one
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               twice
               and
               hits
               the
               Sprigg
               wins
               two
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               backward
               (
               and
               is
               called
               a
               Fornicator
               )
               he
               must
               pass
               twice
               through
               the
               fore-part
               ,
               or
               he
               cannot
               have
               the
               advantage
               of
               passing
               that
               end
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               He
               that
               trucks
               his
               own
               Ball
               ,
               or
               strikes
               it
               ,
               or
               his
               Adversary's
               over
               the
               Table
               ,
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               He
               that
               trucks
               his
               Adversary's
               Ball
               wins
               two
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               He
               that
               toucheth
               his
               Adversary's
               Ball
               with
               Hand
               ,
               Stick
               ,
               or
               Clothes
               ,
               
               or
               strikes
               it
               for
               his
               own
               ,
               loseth
               one
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               He
               that
               passeth
               and
               toucheth
               at
               a
               stroke
               ,
               wins
               two
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               He
               that
               having
               past
               trucks
               his
               Adversaries
               Ball
               and
               hits
               the
               Sprigg
               with
               his
               own
               ,
               wins
               three
               .
            
             
               11.
               
               Lastly
               ,
               he
               that
               passeth
               ,
               trucketh
               his
               Adversary's
               Ball
               and
               hits
               with
               his
               own
               the
               Sprigg
               ,
               wins
               four
               .
            
             
               There
               are
               other
               trivial
               Orders
               which
               for
               brevity
               sake
               I
               here
               omit
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IV.
             
          
           
             Of
             BOWLING
             .
          
           
             BOwling
             is
             a
             Game
             or
             Recreation
             ,
             which
             if
             moderately
             used
             is
             very
             healthy
             for
             the
             body
             ,
             and
             would
             be
             much
             more
             commendable
             than
             it
             is
             were
             it
             not
             for
             those
             swarms
             of
             Rooks
             which
             so
             pester
             Bowling-Greens
             ,
             Bares
             ,
             and
             Bowling-Alleys
             where
             any
             such
             places
             are
             to
             be
             found
             ,
             some
             making
             so
             small
             a
             spot
             of
             gound
             yield
             them
             more
             annually
             then
             fifty
             Acres
             of
             Land
             shall
             do
             elsewhere
             about
             the
             City
             ,
             and
             this
             done
             cunning
             ,
             betting
             ,
             crafty
             matching
             ,
             and
             basely
             playing
             booty
             .
          
           
             In
             Bowling
             there
             is
             a
             great
             art
             in
             chusing
             out
             his
             ground
             ,
             and
             preventing
             the
             windings
             ,
             hanging
             ,
             and
             many
             turning
             advantages
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             in
             open
             wide
             places
             ,
             as
             Bares
             and
             Bowling-greens
             ,
             or
             in
             close
             Bowling-Alleys
             .
             Where
             note
             that
             in
             Bowling
             the
             chusing
             of
             the
             Bowl
             is
             the
             
             greatest
             cunning
             .
             Flat
             Bowls
             are
             best
             for
             close
             Alleys
             ;
             round
             byassed
             Bowls
             for
             open
             grounds
             of
             advantage
             ,
             and
             Bowls
             round
             as
             a
             Ball
             for
             green
             swarths
             that
             are
             plain
             and
             level
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             no
             advising
             by
             writing
             how
             to
             bowl
             ,
             practice
             must
             be
             your
             best
             tutor
             ,
             which
             must
             advise
             you
             the
             risings
             ,
             fallings
             ,
             and
             all
             the
             several
             advantages
             that
             are
             to
             be
             had
             in
             divers
             Greens
             ,
             and
             Bowling-Alleys
             ;
             all
             that
             I
             shall
             say
             ,
             have
             a
             care
             you
             are
             not
             in
             the
             first
             place
             rookt
             out
             of
             your
             money
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             next
             place
             you
             go
             not
             to
             these
             places
             of
             pleasure
             unseasonably
             ,
             that
             is
             when
             your
             more
             weighty
             business
             and
             concerns
             require
             your
             being
             at
             home
             ,
             or
             some
             where
             else
             .
          
           
             
             
               The
               Character
               of
               a
               Bowling-Ally
               ,
               and
               Bowling-Green
               .
            
             
               A
               Bowling-Green
               ,
               or
               Bowling-Ally
               is
               a
               place
               where
               three
               things
               are
               thrown
               away
               besides
               the
               Bowls
               ,
               viz.
               Time
               ,
               Money
               and
               Curses
               ,
               and
               the
               last
               ten
               for
               one
               .
               The
               best
               sport
               in
               it
               ,
               is
               the
               Gamesters
               ,
               and
               he
               enjoys
               it
               that
               looks
               on
               and
               betts
               nothing
               .
               It
               is
               a
               School
               of
               wrangling
               ,
               and
               worse
               than
               the
               
                 Schools
                 .
              
               ;
               for
               here
               men
               will
               wrangle
               for
               a
               hairs
               bredth
               ,
               and
               make
               a
               stir
               where
               a
               straw
               would
               end
               the
               controversie
               .
               Never
               did
               Mimmick
               screw
               his
               body
               into
               half
               the
               forms
               these
               men
               do
               theirs
               ;
               and
               it
               is
               an
               Article
               of
               their
               Creed
               ,
               that
               the
               bending
               back
               of
               the
               body
               or
               screwing
               in
               of
               their
               shoulders
               is
               sufficient
               to
               hinder
               the
               over-speed
               of
               the
               Bowl
               ,
               and
               that
               the
               running
               after
               it
               adds
               to
               its
               speed
               .
               Though
               they
               are
               skilful
               in
               ground
               ,
               I
               know
               not
               what
               grounds
               they
               have
               for
               loud
               lying
               ,
               crying
               
               sometimes
               the
               Bowl
               is
               gone
               
                 a
                 mile
                 ,
                 a
                 mile
              
               ,
               &c.
               when
               it
               comes
               short
               of
               the
               Jack
               by
               six
               yards
               ;
               and
               on
               the
               contrary
               crying
               
                 short
                 ,
                 short
              
               ,
               when
               he
               hath
               overbowled
               as
               far
               .
               How
               sensless
               these
               men
               appear
               when
               they
               are
               speaking
               sense
               to
               their
               Bowls
               ,
               putting
               considence
               in
               their
               intreaties
               for
               a
               good
               cast
               .
               It
               is
               the
               best
               discovery
               of
               humours
               ,
               especially
               in
               the
               losers
               ,
               where
               you
               may
               observe
               fine
               variety
               of
               impatience
               ,
               whilst
               some
               fret
               ,
               rail
               ,
               swear
               ,
               and
               cavel
               at
               every
               thing
               ,
               others
               rejoyce
               and
               laugh
               ,
               as
               if
               that
               was
               the
               sole
               design
               of
               their
               creation
               .
            
             
               To
               give
               you
               the
               Moral
               of
               it
               ,
               it
               is
               the
               Emblem
               of
               the
               World
               ,
               or
               the
               worlds
               ambition
               ,
               where
               most
               are
               short
               ,
               over
               ,
               wide
               or
               wrong
               byassed
               ,
               and
               some
               few
               justle
               in
               to
               the
               Mistress
               ,
               Fortune
               !
               And
               here
               it
               is
               as
               in
               the
               Court
               ,
               where
               the
               nearest
               are
               the
               most
               spighted
               ,
               and
               all
               Bowls
               aim
               at
               the
               other
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             V.
             
          
           
             Of
             a
             Game
             at
             Chess
             .
          
           
             CHess
             is
             a
             Royal
             Game
             and
             more
             difficult
             to
             be
             understood
             than
             any
             other
             Game
             whatever
             ,
             and
             will
             take
             up
             sometimes
             in
             the
             playing
             so
             long
             a
             time
             that
             I
             have
             known
             two
             play
             a
             fortnight
             at
             times
             before
             the
             Game
             hath
             been
             ended
             :
             and
             indeed
             I
             believe
             the
             tediousness
             of
             the
             Game
             hath
             caus'd
             the
             practice
             thereof
             to
             be
             so
             little
             used
             ;
             however
             since
             this
             pastime
             is
             so
             highly
             ingenious
             that
             there
             is
             none
             can
             parallel
             it
             ,
             I
             shall
             here
             lay
             down
             some
             brief
             instructions
             tending
             to
             the
             knowledg
             thereof
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             and
             highest
             is
             a
             King
             ,
             the
             next
             in
             height
             is
             a
             Queen
             ,
             the
             cloven
             heads
             are
             Bishops
             ;
             they
             who
             have
             heads
             cut
             aslaunt
             like
             a
             feather
             in
             a
             Helmet
             are
             called
             Knights
             ,
             the
             last
             are
             called
             Rooks
             ,
             with
             a
             round
             button'd
             cap
             on
             his
             head
             ,
             and
             these
             signifie
             the
             Country
             and
             Peasantry
             ,
             the
             Pawns
             are
             
             all
             alike
             ,
             and
             each
             Nobleman
             hath
             one
             of
             them
             to
             wait
             upon
             him
             ▪
          
           
             The
             Chess-men
             standing
             on
             the
             board
             ,
             you
             must
             place
             the
             White
             King
             in
             the
             fourth
             house
             being
             black
             from
             the
             corner
             of
             the
             field
             in
             the
             first
             and
             lower
             rank
             ,
             and
             the
             black
             King
             in
             the
             white
             house
             ,
             being
             the
             fourth
             on
             the
             other
             side
             in
             your
             adversaries
             first
             rank
             opposite
             to
             the
             white
             King
             ;
             then
             place
             the
             white
             Queen
             next
             to
             the
             white
             King
             in
             a
             white
             house
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             fourth
             on
             that
             side
             of
             the
             field
             ;
             likewise
             the
             black
             Queen
             in
             a
             black
             house
             next
             to
             a
             black
             King
             in
             the
             same
             rank
             .
          
           
             Then
             place
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             King
             in
             the
             same
             rank
             ,
             first
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             because
             he
             being
             a
             man
             of
             counsel
             is
             placed
             before
             the
             Knight
             ,
             who
             is
             a
             man
             of
             action
             or
             execution
             ;
             the
             Knight
             after
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             Knight
             place
             the
             Rook
             (
             who
             is
             the
             Peasant
             or
             Country-man
             )
             in
             the
             last
             place
             or
             corner
             of
             the
             field
             :
             place
             also
             on
             the
             Queens
             side
             and
             next
             to
             her
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             next
             a
             Knight
             and
             then
             a
             Rook
             ;
             the
             Pawns
             take
             up
             the
             last
             place
             ;
             one
             of
             
             which
             you
             must
             place
             before
             each
             Nobleman
             as
             Attendants
             ,
             so
             that
             these
             great
             or
             Nobleman
             fill
             up
             the
             first
             rank
             and
             the
             Pawns
             the
             second
             from
             one
             corner
             of
             the
             field
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             great
             men
             and
             Pawns
             as
             belong
             to
             the
             King
             so
             many
             hath
             the
             Queen
             ,
             viz.
             three
             great
             men
             and
             four
             Pawns
             apiece
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             one
             Bishop
             ,
             one
             Knight
             ,
             and
             one
             Rook
             with
             their
             Pawns
             .
          
           
             Having
             thus
             placed
             and
             ordered
             your
             men
             ,
             you
             must
             in
             the
             next
             place
             consider
             their
             march
             how
             they
             advance
             and
             take
             guard
             and
             check
             .
          
           
             The
             Pawns
             do
             commonly
             begin
             first
             the
             onset
             ,
             and
             their
             march
             is
             forward
             in
             their
             own
             file
             ,
             one
             house
             at
             once
             only
             and
             never
             backward
             ;
             for
             the
             Pawns
             alone
             never
             retreat
             ,
             the
             manner
             of
             his
             taking
             men
             is
             side-ways
             in
             the
             next
             house
             forward
             of
             the
             next
             file
             to
             him
             on
             either
             side
             ,
             where
             when
             he
             hath
             captivated
             his
             enemy
             ,
             and
             placed
             himself
             in
             his
             seat
             ,
             he
             proceeds
             and
             removes
             forward
             one
             house
             at
             once
             in
             that
             file
             ,
             until
             he
             find
             an
             opportunity
             to
             take
             again
             .
          
           
           
             The
             Pawn
             guards
             a
             Piece
             of
             his
             side
             which
             stands
             in
             that
             place
             ,
             where
             if
             it
             were
             one
             of
             the
             contrary
             party
             he
             might
             take
             it
             .
             In
             like
             manner
             the
             Pawn
             checks
             the
             King
             ,
             viz.
             as
             he
             takes
             not
             as
             he
             goes
             ,
             which
             Check
             if
             the
             adverse
             King
             cannot
             shun
             either
             by
             taking
             up
             the
             Pawn
             himself
             (
             if
             the
             Pawn
             be
             unguarded
             ,
             or
             occasion
             his
             taking
             by
             some
             of
             his
             Pieces
             ,
             he
             must
             of
             necessity
             remove
             himself
             out
             of
             the
             Pawns
             Check
             )
             or
             if
             it
             lie
             not
             in
             his
             power
             it
             is
             Pawn-Mate
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             Game
             is
             ended
             ,
             and
             lost
             by
             him
             whose
             King
             is
             so
             Mate
             .
          
           
             The
             Rook
             goes
             backward
             and
             forward
             in
             any
             file
             and
             cross-ways
             to
             and
             fro
             in
             any
             rank
             as
             far
             as
             he
             will
             ,
             so
             that
             there
             stands
             no
             piece
             between
             him
             and
             the
             place
             he
             would
             go
             to
             .
             Thus
             he
             doth
             guard
             his
             own
             and
             check
             the
             King
             also
             ,
             which
             check
             if
             the
             King
             can
             neither
             cover
             by
             the
             interposition
             of
             some
             piece
             of
             his
             between
             the
             checking
             Rook
             and
             himself
             ,
             nor
             take
             the
             Rook
             ,
             nor
             be
             the
             cause
             of
             his
             taking
             ,
             he
             must
             remove
             himself
             out
             of
             that
             check
             or
             it
             is
             Mate
             ,
             and
             the
             Game
             is
             up
             .
          
           
             The
             Knight
             skips
             forward
             ,
             backward
             
             and
             on
             either
             side
             from
             the
             place
             he
             stands
             in
             to
             the
             next
             save
             one
             of
             a
             different
             colour
             ,
             with
             a
             sideling
             march
             or
             a
             sloap
             ,
             thus
             he
             kills
             his
             enemies
             ,
             guards
             his
             friends
             ,
             and
             checks
             the
             King
             of
             the
             adverse
             party
             ,
             which
             because
             (
             like
             the
             Pawns
             check
             )
             it
             cannot
             be
             covered
             ,
             the
             King
             must
             either
             remove
             or
             course
             the
             Knight
             to
             be
             taken
             (
             for
             he
             himself
             cannot
             take
             the
             Knight
             that
             checks
             him
             )
             or
             its
             Mate
             ,
             and
             the
             Game
             is
             up
             .
          
           
             The
             Bishop
             walks
             always
             in
             the
             same
             colour
             of
             the
             field
             that
             he
             is
             first
             placed
             in
             ,
             forward
             and
             backward
             asloap
             every
             way
             as
             far
             as
             he
             lists
             ;
             provided
             ,
             that
             the
             way
             be
             clear
             between
             him
             and
             the
             place
             he
             intends
             to
             go
             to
             :
             thus
             he
             rebukes
             the
             adversary
             ,
             guards
             his
             consorts
             ,
             and
             checks
             the
             adverse
             King
             ,
             which
             not
             being
             avoided
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             is
             Mate
             to
             him
             and
             the
             Game
             is
             ended
             .
          
           
             The
             Queens
             walk
             is
             more
             universal
             ;
             for
             she
             goes
             the
             draughts
             of
             all
             the
             aforenamed
             pieces
             ,
             (
             the
             Knights
             only
             excepted
             ,
             for
             her
             march
             is
             not
             from
             one
             colour
             to
             the
             other
             asloap
             )
             so
             far
             as
             she
             
             listeth
             finding
             the
             way
             obstructed
             by
             any
             piece
             ,
             and
             thus
             she
             disturbs
             her
             adversaries
             ,
             protects
             her
             subjects
             ,
             and
             mates
             the
             King
             ,
             unless
             (
             as
             aforesaid
             )
             he
             removes
             ,
             covers
             ,
             takes
             ,
             or
             causes
             her
             to
             be
             taken
             ,
             otherwise
             it
             is
             his
             Mate
             and
             the
             Game
             is
             concluded
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             draught
             is
             from
             his
             own
             to
             the
             next
             to
             him
             any
             way
             ,
             that
             either
             is
             empty
             of
             his
             own
             subjects
             or
             where
             he
             may
             surprise
             any
             unguarded
             enemy
             ,
             or
             where
             he
             may
             stand
             free
             from
             the
             check
             of
             any
             of
             the
             adverse
             party
             .
             Thus
             he
             confounds
             his
             foes
             ,
             defends
             his
             friends
             ,
             but
             checks
             not
             the
             King
             his
             enemy
             ,
             who
             never
             check
             one
             another
             ;
             for
             there
             must
             ever
             be
             one
             house
             or
             place
             at
             least
             between
             the
             two
             Kings
             ,
             though
             unpossest
             of
             any
             other
             piece
             ;
             and
             if
             one
             King
             be
             compel'd
             to
             flie
             for
             refuge
             to
             the
             King
             of
             the
             adverse
             party
             then
             it
             is
             Mate
             or
             a
             Stale
             ,
             and
             so
             he
             that
             gives
             the
             first
             wins
             the
             Game
             .
             Let
             this
             suffice
             for
             the
             various
             draughts
             and
             several
             walks
             of
             the
             Chess-men
             ▪
             but
             this
             is
             not
             all
             ,
             I
             shall
             give
             you
             some
             other
             instructions
             as
             brief
             as
             I
             may
             ,
             and
             refer
             the
             rest
             to
             your
             own
             observation
             .
          
           
           
             Kings
             and
             Queens
             have
             seven
             a
             piece
             to
             attend
             them
             .
             The
             King
             whether
             white
             or
             black
             guards
             five
             persons
             before
             he
             goes
             forth
             ,
             and
             being
             once
             advanced
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             though
             it
             be
             but
             into
             the
             second
             house
             ,
             he
             then
             and
             afterwards
             in
             his
             March
             guards
             eight
             houses
             till
             he
             come
             again
             to
             one
             side
             or
             other
             of
             the
             field
             .
          
           
             The
             five
             the
             King
             guards
             before
             his
             March
             ,
             are
             the
             Queen
             ,
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             his
             own
             ,
             his
             Queens
             ,
             and
             his
             Bishops
             Pawn
             .
          
           
             The
             Queen
             protects
             her
             King
             ,
             and
             Bishop
             her
             Kings
             ,
             her
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             her
             own
             Pawn
             .
             Thus
             the
             Queen
             guards
             as
             many
             as
             the
             King
             before
             she
             goes
             forth
             ,
             and
             after
             till
             the
             Game
             be
             won
             or
             lost
             .
          
           
             The
             Kings
             Bishop
             guards
             the
             Kings
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             his
             Knights
             ,
             the
             Queens
             Bishop
             guards
             ,
             the
             Queens
             Pawn
             and
             her
             Knights
             guard
             but
             three
             houses
             apiece
             before
             they
             go
             forth
             ;
             but
             after
             they
             are
             marched
             off
             from
             the
             side
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             they
             guard
             as
             many
             houses
             as
             the
             King
             and
             Queen
             do
             .
             Those
             houses
             which
             the
             Knights
             guard
             ere
             they
             go
             out
             are
             the
             Kings
             .
             The
             Knight
             guards
             
             the
             Kings
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             house
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Kings
             Bishops
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             house
             in
             the
             front
             of
             the
             Kings
             Rooks
             Pawn
             .
          
           
             The
             Queens
             Knight
             guards
             her
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             house
             in
             the
             front
             of
             her
             Bishops
             Pawn
             ,
             also
             the
             third
             house
             in
             the
             front
             of
             her
             Rooks
             Pawn
             .
             The
             Kings
             Rook
             guards
             his
             own
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             the
             Kings
             Knight
             and
             no
             more
             till
             he
             be
             off
             of
             the
             side
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             guards
             four
             houses
             ,
             and
             the
             same
             does
             the
             Queens
             Rook.
             The
             Pawns
             likewise
             guard
             these
             places
             before
             they
             be
             advanced
             into
             the
             field
             ,
             viz.
             The
             Kings
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             Queen
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             before
             the
             Kings
             Bishop
             ,
             the
             Queens
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             before
             her
             Bishop
             .
             The
             Kings
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             before
             the
             Kings
             Knight
             .
             The
             Queens
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             Queen
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             before
             the
             Queens
             Knight
             .
             The
             Kings
             Knights
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             Kings
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             
             before
             the
             Kings
             Rook.
             The
             Queens
             Knight's
             Pawn
             guards
             the
             third
             house
             before
             the
             Queens
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             before
             the
             Queens
             Rook.
             The
             Kings
             Rooks
             Pawns
             ,
             and
             the
             Queens
             Rooks
             Pawn
             guard
             but
             one
             house
             apiece
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             say
             ,
             the
             third
             houses
             before
             the
             Knight
             ,
             because
             they
             stand
             on
             the
             side
             of
             the
             field
             .
          
           
             Next
             consider
             the
             value
             of
             the
             great
             men
             .
             The
             King
             exposeth
             not
             himself
             to
             danger
             upon
             every
             occasion
             ,
             but
             the
             Queen
             is
             under
             him
             as
             General
             ,
             and
             doth
             more
             sevice
             than
             any
             two
             great
             men
             besides
             ;
             and
             when
             it
             happens
             that
             she
             is
             lost
             ,
             her
             King
             most
             certainly
             loseth
             the
             field
             ,
             unless
             the
             Adversary
             knows
             not
             how
             to
             make
             use
             of
             so
             great
             an
             advantage
             .
             Wherefore
             if
             a
             King
             lose
             two
             or
             three
             of
             his
             best
             men
             in
             taking
             the
             opponents
             Queen
             ,
             yet
             he
             hath
             the
             best
             of
             it
             if
             he
             can
             but
             manage
             his
             Game
             rightly
             .
          
           
             Next
             to
             the
             Queen
             in
             value
             is
             the
             Rook
             ,
             and
             is
             as
             much
             in
             worth
             above
             the
             Bishop
             and
             Knight
             as
             the
             Queen
             is
             above
             him
             ;
             so
             that
             a
             Rook
             is
             more
             worth
             than
             two
             Bishops
             or
             two
             Knights
             
             because
             he
             can
             give
             a
             Mate
             by
             the
             help
             of
             the
             King
             ,
             which
             no
             other
             piece
             can
             do
             ,
             unless
             plaid
             with
             excellent
             skill
             .
          
           
             Bishops
             are
             accounted
             better
             than
             Knights
             ,
             because
             they
             can
             give
             a
             Mate
             with
             a
             King
             when
             no
             other
             men
             are
             left
             to
             help
             them
             ,
             with
             more
             ease
             than
             the
             Knights
             can
             ;
             for
             they
             seldom
             or
             never
             do
             it
             :
             yet
             it
             is
             more
             dangerous
             to
             lose
             a
             Knight
             than
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             because
             the
             Knights
             check
             is
             more
             dangerous
             than
             the
             Bishops
             ;
             for
             the
             Bishop
             is
             tyed
             to
             one
             colour
             of
             the
             field
             out
             of
             which
             he
             cannot
             pass
             ,
             but
             the
             Knight
             passeth
             through
             all
             the
             houses
             of
             the
             field
             ;
             the
             Bishops
             check
             may
             be
             covered
             ,
             the
             Knights
             cannot
             ;
             besides
             if
             it
             fall
             out
             that
             one
             of
             the
             Kings
             hath
             no
             other
             men
             left
             but
             his
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             King
             none
             but
             his
             Knights
             ,
             the
             Knights
             with
             their
             checks
             can
             take
             the
             Bishops
             one
             after
             another
             ,
             because
             the
             Bishops
             cannot
             guard
             each
             other
             which
             the
             Knights
             can
             do
             ;
             so
             that
             at
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             Game
             it
             is
             better
             to
             lose
             Bishops
             for
             the
             adversaries
             Knights
             than
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             The
             difference
             of
             the
             worth
             of
             
             Pawns
             is
             not
             so
             great
             as
             that
             Noblemen
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             not
             such
             variety
             in
             thier
             walks
             ,
             only
             thus
             much
             ,
             the
             Kings
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             is
             the
             best
             in
             the
             field
             among
             the
             Pawns
             ,
             and
             therefore
             the
             Gamester
             ought
             to
             be
             very
             careful
             of
             him
             ;
             for
             if
             it
             should
             happen
             that
             the
             black
             King
             lose
             his
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             to
             gain
             the
             white
             Kings
             Pawn
             ,
             the
             black
             Kings
             loss
             is
             the
             greater
             ,
             because
             he
             cannot
             after
             this
             accident
             make
             a
             rank
             of
             Pawns
             of
             three
             of
             a
             rank
             on
             that
             side
             of
             the
             field
             for
             his
             own
             security
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             disadvantage
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             is
             better
             for
             either
             of
             the
             Kings
             to
             lose
             his
             own
             Pawn
             than
             his
             Bishops
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             you
             should
             object
             that
             the
             King
             which
             loseth
             his
             Bishops
             Pawn
             may
             relieve
             himself
             on
             the
             other
             side
             of
             the
             field
             ,
             turning
             to
             his
             Queens
             Rooks
             quarters
             ,
             where
             he
             shall
             have
             Pawns
             to
             succour
             him
             ,
             I
             answer
             ,
             't
             is
             true
             ,
             he
             may
             do
             so
             ,
             but
             he
             will
             be
             a
             longer
             time
             in
             effecting
             his
             business
             ,
             because
             there
             are
             more
             pieces
             between
             him
             and
             his
             Queens
             Rooks
             by
             one
             draught
             than
             between
             his
             own
             Rook
             and
             himself
             ;
             so
             that
             in
             playing
             that
             draught
             he
             indangers
             
             the
             whole
             Game
             if
             his
             adversary
             know
             how
             to
             make
             use
             of
             advantages
             .
             The
             Kings
             Pawn
             is
             next
             in
             worth
             which
             oftentimes
             keeps
             the
             King
             from
             check
             by
             discovery
             ;
             then
             the
             Queens
             Pawn
             is
             next
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             the
             Knights
             ,
             and
             last
             of
             all
             the
             Rooks
             Pawns
             ,
             because
             they
             guard
             but
             one
             house
             apiece
             in
             the
             field
             .
          
           
             The
             King
             and
             the
             Pawn
             have
             certain
             priviledges
             granted
             them
             ,
             which
             none
             of
             the
             other
             Chess-men
             have
             ;
             as
             for
             instance
             ,
             The
             King
             whose
             remove
             (
             as
             hath
             been
             already
             mentioned
             )
             is
             from
             the
             place
             of
             his
             standing
             at
             any
             time
             to
             the
             next
             house
             in
             file
             or
             rank
             of
             any
             side
             (
             that
             is
             one
             only
             step
             at
             once
             ,
             )
             yet
             if
             at
             any
             time
             his
             rank
             be
             empty
             of
             his
             men
             ,
             so
             that
             no
             one
             stands
             between
             the
             King
             and
             the
             Rook
             of
             either
             corner
             ,
             the
             King
             may
             then
             shift
             or
             change
             with
             what
             Rook
             he
             pleaseth
             ,
             between
             whom
             and
             himself
             the
             way
             stands
             clear
             from
             other
             men
             ;
             and
             that
             for
             his
             better
             security
             ,
             provided
             ,
             that
             neither
             the
             King
             nor
             the
             Rook
             he
             intends
             to
             change
             with
             ,
             hath
             not
             as
             yet
             been
             removed
             from
             the
             place
             of
             their
             first
             standing
             ;
             
             now
             the
             manner
             of
             the
             Kings
             shifting
             or
             changing
             with
             a
             Rook
             is
             thus
             :
          
           
             The
             rank
             cleared
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             and
             neither
             King
             nor
             Rook
             having
             yet
             stirred
             ,
             he
             may
             go
             two
             draughts
             at
             once
             to
             his
             own
             Rook
             ,
             and
             so
             towards
             his
             Queens
             Rook
             ,
             causing
             the
             Rook
             he
             changeth
             with
             to
             change
             his
             place
             ,
             and
             come
             and
             stand
             by
             him
             on
             the
             other
             side
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             his
             own
             Rook
             in
             the
             Bishops
             place
             ,
             and
             the
             Queens
             Rook
             in
             the
             Queens
             place
             ,
             and
             either
             of
             these
             changes
             but
             for
             one
             draught
             .
             This
             is
             the
             Kings
             first
             prerogative
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             ,
             that
             whereas
             any
             man
             may
             be
             taken
             by
             any
             adversary
             ,
             if
             he
             be
             brought
             so
             near
             as
             to
             come
             within
             the
             compass
             ,
             the
             King
             cannot
             ,
             but
             he
             is
             only
             to
             be
             saluted
             by
             his
             adversary
             with
             the
             word
             check
             ,
             advising
             him
             thereby
             to
             look
             about
             him
             the
             more
             warily
             ,
             and
             provide
             for
             his
             own
             safety
             :
             now
             if
             that
             adversary
             do
             this
             unguarded
             so
             near
             the
             King
             ,
             he
             may
             step
             thither
             by
             his
             true
             draught
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             may
             stay
             him
             with
             his
             own
             hand
             if
             he
             judge
             it
             convenient
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             Pawn
             ,
             the
             first
             priviledg
             
             he
             hath
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             whereas
             his
             walk
             is
             but
             to
             the
             next
             house
             forward
             in
             his
             own
             file
             at
             once
             when
             he
             marcheth
             ,
             and
             to
             the
             next
             house
             side-long
             forward
             of
             the
             next
             file
             of
             either
             side
             ,
             when
             he
             takes
             ,
             I
             say
             ,
             his
             priviledg
             is
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             remove
             to
             the
             second
             house
             forward
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             fourth
             rank
             in
             his
             own
             file
             for
             his
             first
             draught
             ,
             and
             ever
             after
             but
             one
             forward
             at
             once
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             priviledg
             is
             greater
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             ,
             when
             any
             Pawn
             is
             come
             so
             far
             as
             to
             the
             first
             rank
             of
             the
             adversary
             ,
             and
             seats
             himself
             in
             any
             of
             his
             Noble
             houses
             ,
             he
             is
             dignified
             for
             this
             fact
             with
             the
             name
             and
             power
             of
             a
             Queen
             ,
             and
             so
             becomes
             chief
             of
             his
             own
             Kings
             forces
             if
             the
             first
             Queen
             were
             slain
             before
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             first
             Queen
             be
             yet
             standing
             in
             the
             field
             ,
             the
             Pawn
             coming
             to
             the
             rank
             aforesaid
             in
             any
             house
             whatsoever
             ,
             may
             there
             make
             what
             piece
             you
             please
             which
             you
             have
             already
             lost
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             opinion
             that
             Chess
             as
             well
             as
             Draughts
             may
             be
             plaid
             by
             a
             certain
             Rule
             ,
             indeed
             I
             am
             partly
             inclined
             to
             believe
             it
             notwithstanding
             that
             
             most
             are
             of
             a
             contrary
             opinion
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             remove
             is
             an
             advantage
             ,
             and
             therefore
             you
             must
             draw
             for
             who
             shall
             have
             the
             first
             draught
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             done
             with
             a
             black
             and
             white
             man
             distributed
             in
             to
             either
             hand
             ,
             and
             offer'd
             the
             Opponent
             which
             he
             will
             chuse
             ;
             if
             he
             chuse
             his
             own
             man
             the
             first
             draught
             is
             his
             ;
             but
             when
             a
             Game
             is
             ended
             ,
             and
             a
             Mate
             given
             ,
             he
             is
             to
             have
             the
             first
             Draught
             next
             Game
             who
             gave
             the
             former
             Mate
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             remove
             is
             divers
             according
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             the
             Gamester
             ,
             as
             some
             will
             first
             remove
             their
             Kings
             Knights
             Pawn
             one
             single
             remove
             ,
             that
             is
             to
             the
             third
             House
             in
             his
             own
             file
             ,
             others
             play
             the
             Kings
             Rooks
             Pawn
             first
             a
             double
             draught
             ;
             but
             the
             best
             way
             is
             to
             play
             the
             Kings
             Pawn
             first
             a
             double
             remove
             ,
             that
             so
             if
             they
             are
             not
             prevented
             by
             their
             adversaries
             playing
             the
             like
             ,
             they
             may
             still
             move
             that
             Pawn
             forward
             with
             good
             guard
             ;
             for
             he
             will
             prove
             very
             injurious
             to
             the
             adverse
             King.
             
          
           
             This
             Pawn
             I
             shall
             advise
             you
             to
             remove
             first
             ,
             but
             not
             so
             venturously
             as
             a
             
             double
             remove
             ,
             because
             if
             you
             cannot
             guard
             him
             cunningly
             ,
             then
             are
             you
             like
             to
             lose
             him
             with
             a
             check
             to
             your
             King
             ,
             by
             the
             Queens
             .
             coming
             forth
             upon
             him
             to
             the
             great
             hazard
             of
             your
             Kings
             Rook
             ;
             therefore
             play
             your
             Kings
             Rook
             one
             single
             remove
             ,
             that
             there
             may
             be
             way
             made
             for
             the
             coming
             forth
             of
             Queen
             one
             way
             two
             houses
             asloap
             ,
             and
             to
             your
             Kings
             Bishop
             the
             other
             way
             three
             houses
             asloap
             ,
             and
             so
             upon
             the
             neglect
             of
             your
             adversary
             he
             may
             be
             put
             to
             a
             Scholars
             check
             ,
             at
             least
             in
             danger
             of
             it
             :
             here
             note
             it
             is
             ill
             to
             play
             the
             Bishops
             Pawn
             first
             ,
             and
             worse
             to
             play
             the
             Queens
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             would
             be
             an
             Artist
             in
             this
             noble
             Game
             ,
             must
             be
             so
             careful
             to
             second
             his
             pieces
             ,
             that
             if
             any
             man
             advanced
             be
             taken
             ,
             the
             enemy
             may
             be
             likewise
             taken
             by
             that
             piece
             that
             guards
             or
             seconds
             it
             ;
             so
             shall
             he
             not
             clearly
             lose
             any
             man
             ,
             which
             should
             it
             fall
             out
             contrarily
             might
             lose
             the
             Game
             ;
             he
             must
             also
             make
             his
             passages
             free
             for
             retreat
             ,
             as
             occasion
             shall
             serve
             ,
             lest
             he
             be
             worsted
             .
          
           
             In
             defending
             you
             must
             also
             be
             very
             
             careful
             that
             you
             are
             as
             able
             to
             assault
             as
             your
             enemy
             ;
             for
             you
             must
             not
             only
             answer
             your
             adversaries
             assault
             by
             foreseeing
             his
             design
             by
             his
             play
             ,
             and
             preventing
             it
             ,
             but
             you
             must
             likewise
             devise
             plots
             ,
             how
             to
             pester
             and
             grieve
             your
             assailant
             ,
             and
             chiefly
             how
             to
             entrap
             such
             pieces
             as
             are
             advanced
             by
             him
             ,
             preventing
             their
             retreat
             ,
             amongst
             which
             a
             Pawn
             is
             the
             soonest
             ensnared
             ,
             because
             he
             cannot
             go
             back
             for
             succour
             or
             relief
             ;
             but
             Bishops
             and
             Rooks
             are
             harder
             to
             be
             surprized
             ,
             because
             they
             can
             march
             from
             one
             side
             of
             the
             field
             to
             the
             other
             to
             avoid
             the
             ensuing
             danger
             ,
             but
             the
             Knights
             and
             Queens
             of
             all
             are
             most
             difficulty
             betray'd
             ,
             because
             they
             have
             so
             many
             places
             of
             refuge
             ,
             and
             the
             Queen
             more
             especially
             ;
             where
             note
             as
             a
             gret
             piece
             of
             policie
             ,
             that
             if
             possible
             you
             constantly
             have
             as
             many
             guards
             upon
             any
             one
             piece
             of
             yours
             as
             you
             see
             your
             enemy
             hath
             when
             he
             advanceth
             to
             take
             it
             ,
             and
             be
             sure
             withall
             that
             your
             guards
             be
             of
             less
             value
             than
             the
             pieces
             he
             encountreth
             you
             with
             ;
             for
             then
             if
             he
             fall
             to
             taking
             you
             will
             reap
             advantage
             thereby
             ;
             but
             if
             you
             see
             you
             
             cannot
             guard
             yours
             but
             must
             of
             necessity
             lose
             it
             ,
             then
             be
             very
             circumspect
             and
             see
             whether
             you
             can
             take
             a
             far
             better
             piece
             of
             his
             in
             case
             he
             takes
             yours
             ,
             by
             advancing
             some
             other
             piece
             of
             yours
             in
             guard
             ;
             for
             so
             (
             as
             it
             often
             falls
             out
             )
             that
             yours
             which
             you
             had
             given
             over
             for
             lost
             may
             be
             saved
             ,
             whereas
             no
             other
             way
             could
             have
             done
             it
             .
          
           
             When
             an
             adverse
             piece
             comes
             in
             your
             way
             ,
             so
             that
             by
             it
             all
             may
             be
             taken
             ,
             consider
             with
             your self
             first
             whether
             it
             be
             equal
             in
             worth
             to
             yours
             ;
             next
             whether
             it
             can
             do
             you
             any
             damage
             in
             the
             next
             Draught
             ,
             if
             not
             let
             it
             alone
             ;
             for
             as
             it
             is
             best
             to
             play
             first
             ,
             so
             it
             is
             to
             take
             last
             ;
             unless
             as
             was
             said
             you
             might
             take
             the
             piece
             clear
             ,
             or
             get
             a
             better
             than
             that
             you
             lose
             to
             take
             it
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             disorder
             him
             one
             Pawn
             in
             his
             taking
             your
             man
             that
             took
             his
             ;
             but
             when
             you
             have
             the
             advantage
             be
             it
             but
             of
             one
             good
             piece
             for
             a
             worse
             ,
             or
             of
             a
             Pawn
             clear
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             your
             best
             way
             to
             take
             man
             for
             man
             as
             often
             as
             you
             can
             ;
             besides
             you
             are
             to
             note
             ,
             that
             whatsoever
             piece
             your
             adversary
             plays
             most
             or
             best
             withall
             ,
             be
             sure
             if
             it
             lie
             in
             your
             power
             to
             
             deprive
             him
             thereof
             though
             it
             be
             done
             with
             loss
             of
             the
             like
             ,
             or
             of
             one
             somewhat
             better
             ,
             as
             a
             Bishop
             for
             a
             Knight
             ;
             for
             by
             this
             means
             you
             may
             frustrate
             your
             adversaries
             design
             and
             become
             as
             cunning
             as
             himself
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             chief
             aim
             at
             Chess
             is
             to
             give
             the
             Mate
             ,
             which
             is
             when
             you
             so
             check
             the
             King
             of
             the
             adverse
             party
             ,
             that
             he
             can
             neither
             take
             the
             checking
             piece
             (
             because
             it
             is
             guarded
             )
             nor
             cover
             the
             check
             ,
             nor
             yet
             remove
             out
             of
             it
             .
          
           
             Your
             care
             ought
             to
             be
             in
             the
             interim
             how
             to
             deprive
             him
             of
             some
             of
             his
             best
             pieces
             ,
             as
             his
             Queen
             or
             Rook
             ;
             and
             the
             way
             to
             entrap
             a
             Queen
             is
             two-fold
             ,
             First
             by
             confining
             her
             to
             her
             King
             ,
             so
             that
             she
             may
             not
             remove
             from
             him
             for
             leaving
             him
             in
             check
             of
             an
             adverse
             piece
             ;
             Secondly
             ,
             by
             bringing
             her
             to
             or
             espying
             her
             in
             such
             a
             place
             as
             a
             Knight
             of
             yours
             may
             check
             her
             King
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             draught
             take
             her
             .
             In
             the
             same
             manner
             you
             may
             serve
             a
             Bishop
             if
             the
             adverse
             Queen
             covers
             her
             slope-wise
             ;
             but
             if
             she
             stand
             not
             in
             such
             a
             posture
             she
             may
             be
             brought
             to
             it
             ;
             entice
             her
             thither
             with
             some
             unguarded
             man
             ,
             which
             she
             
             out
             of
             eagerness
             of
             taking
             for
             nothing
             ,
             may
             indiscreetly
             bring
             her self
             into
             trouble
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             you
             intend
             to
             cath
             the
             Queen
             with
             a
             Knight
             ,
             imagine
             that
             the
             adverse
             King
             stands
             in
             his
             own
             place
             unremoved
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Queen
             hath
             brought
             her self
             to
             stand
             in
             that
             place
             where
             the
             Kings
             Rooks
             Pawn
             stood
             ;
             first
             ,
             she
             standing
             in
             this
             posture
             bring
             if
             you
             can
             one
             of
             your
             Knights
             to
             check
             her
             King
             in
             the
             third
             house
             before
             his
             own
             Bishop
             ;
             and
             if
             there
             be
             no
             man
             ready
             to
             take
             up
             your
             Knight
             ,
             immediately
             he
             will
             take
             up
             the
             Queen
             at
             the
             next
             draught
             .
          
           
             The
             Rooks
             are
             also
             to
             be
             surprized
             two
             ways
             ;
             first
             ,
             by
             playing
             your
             Bishop
             into
             your
             Knights
             Pawns
             first
             place
             of
             standing
             ,
             which
             Bishop
             shall
             march
             aslope
             towards
             the
             adverse
             Rook
             of
             the
             opposite
             corner
             ,
             which
             if
             you
             can
             make
             uncovered
             of
             the
             Knights
             Pawn
             ,
             your
             Bishop
             will
             then
             undoubtedly
             take
             clear
             for
             nothing
             ;
             the
             other
             way
             is
             like
             that
             of
             surprizing
             the
             Queen
             with
             a
             Bishop
             or
             a
             Knight
             ;
             where
             you
             must
             take
             notice
             ●●at
             your
             adversaries
             
             Queens
             Rook
             is
             so
             much
             the
             easier
             to
             be
             taken
             with
             your
             Queens
             Knight
             ,
             that
             that
             Knight
             at
             his
             third
             draught
             may
             check
             the
             King
             and
             take
             the
             same
             Rook
             at
             his
             fourth
             draught
             .
             There
             are
             several
             other
             ways
             to
             take
             a
             Rook
             ,
             which
             practice
             must
             inform
             you
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             an
             ingenious
             way
             of
             taking
             a
             great
             man
             for
             a
             Pawn
             ;
             when
             you
             espy
             two
             great
             men
             of
             your
             adversaries
             standing
             in
             one
             and
             the
             same
             rank
             ,
             and
             but
             one
             house
             between
             them
             ,
             then
             prepare
             a
             Guard
             (
             if
             you
             have
             it
             not
             ready
             to
             your
             hand
             )
             for
             a
             Pawn
             ,
             which
             bring
             up
             to
             the
             rank
             next
             to
             them
             in
             the
             middle
             or
             front
             of
             both
             of
             them
             ,
             and
             without
             doubt
             ,
             if
             he
             save
             the
             one
             your
             Pawn
             will
             take
             the
             other
             ;
             this
             way
             of
             taking
             is
             called
             a
             Fork
             or
             Dilemma
             .
          
           
             The
             neatest
             and
             most
             prejudicial
             trick
             you
             can
             put
             upon
             your
             adversary
             at
             Chess
             is
             a
             Check
             by
             discovery
             ,
             which
             may
             be
             thus
             effected
             ;
             observe
             when
             you
             find
             your
             adversaries
             King
             any
             way
             weakly
             guarded
             ,
             or
             perhaps
             not
             all
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             easie
             to
             be
             checked
             then
             before
             you
             bring
             that
             piece
             that
             
             can
             check
             him
             there
             to
             provide
             some
             other
             man
             in
             that
             course
             that
             checks
             him
             not
             ;
             afterwards
             bring
             that
             piece
             of
             yours
             which
             will
             check
             him
             (
             your
             brought-piece
             being
             away
             )
             and
             then
             with
             all
             possible
             speed
             remove
             away
             for
             that
             former
             piece
             where
             it
             may
             most
             annoy
             him
             ,
             saying
             withall
             ,
             
               Check
               by
               discovery
               of
               your
               last
               brought
               a
               piece
               :
            
             which
             he
             being
             compelled
             to
             cover
             or
             remove
             ,
             you
             may
             do
             him
             a
             greater
             prejudice
             with
             that
             piece
             you
             removed
             from
             between
             the
             check
             at
             the
             next
             draught
             thus
             demonstrated
             .
          
           
             Suppose
             you
             play
             with
             the
             White-men
             ,
             he
             removes
             first
             his
             Kings
             Pawn
             a
             double
             draught
             forward
             ,
             you
             answer
             him
             with
             the
             like
             play
             ;
             he
             then
             plays
             out
             his
             Kings
             Knight
             in
             front
             of
             his
             Kings
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             ,
             you
             do
             the
             like
             with
             yours
             :
             that
             Knight
             of
             his
             takes
             your
             Kings
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             your
             Knight
             takes
             his
             likewise
             ;
             he
             advances
             the
             Queens
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             removes
             to
             chase
             away
             or
             to
             take
             your
             Knight
             ;
             you
             play
             up
             your
             white
             Queen
             one
             remove
             before
             your
             King
             to
             frighten
             his
             Knight
             also
             :
             he
             thinks
             it
             better
             to
             save
             his
             
             Knight
             from
             your
             Queen
             ,
             than
             take
             yours
             with
             his
             Queens
             Pa●n
             ;
             and
             therefore
             conveys
             him
             away
             into
             a
             more
             secure
             place
             ;
             you
             play
             your
             Kings
             Knight
             in
             front
             of
             his
             Queens
             Bishop's
             Pawn
             ,
             and
             there
             withall
             say
             ,
             
               Check
               by
               discovery
               of
               your
               Queen
            
             ;
             now
             let
             him
             cover
             this
             check
             by
             Discovery
             as
             well
             as
             he
             can
             ,
             your
             Knight
             at
             the
             next
             draught
             will
             assuredly
             take
             his
             Queen
             .
             There
             are
             several
             other
             ways
             to
             make
             a
             discovery
             ,
             and
             a
             Mate
             given
             with
             it
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             noblest
             Mate
             of
             all
             .
          
           
             A
             Queen
             if
             lost
             indangers
             m●ch
             the
             Game
             ;
             but
             if
             there
             be
             Pawns
             left
             on
             either
             side
             ,
             there
             is
             possibility
             of
             making
             a
             new
             Queen
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             consequence
             the
             renovation
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             which
             ten
             to
             one
             was
             lost
             before
             :
             There
             are
             several
             ways
             to
             Mate
             this
             Queen
             and
             estate
             her
             in
             as
             great
             power
             as
             the
             former
             ,
             for
             brevity
             sake
             ,
             two
             Pawns
             in
             files
             next
             one
             to
             the
             other
             ,
             and
             plaid
             first
             one
             forward
             and
             the
             other
             backward
             close
             together
             is
             a
             good
             way
             to
             make
             a
             new
             Queen
             ,
             especially
             if
             any
             one
             of
             them
             be
             guarded
             underneath
             with
             a
             Rook
             ,
             for
             so
             they
             will
             force
             
             their
             way
             before
             them
             ,
             nor
             can
             any
             of
             them
             be
             taken
             without
             great
             difficulty
             and
             danger
             .
          
           
             As
             to
             short
             Mates
             take
             these
             observations
             :
             having
             both
             placed
             your
             men
             and
             yours
             the
             first
             draught
             ;
             suppose
             you
             advance
             your
             Kings
             Pawn
             forward
             one
             single
             remove
             ,
             your
             adversary
             plays
             his
             Kings
             Pawn
             forward
             a
             double
             remove
             in
             his
             own
             file
             ;
             you
             at
             your
             second
             draught
             come
             out
             with
             your
             Queen
             upon
             that
             Pawn
             ,
             placing
             her
             in
             the
             house
             forward
             of
             your
             Kings
             Rooks
             file
             ,
             your
             enemy
             to
             guard
             his
             Kings
             Pawn
             plays
             forth
             his
             Queens
             Knight
             into
             the
             third
             House
             of
             the
             Queens
             Bishops
             file
             ,
             you
             (
             hoping
             that
             he
             will
             not
             spy
             the
             attempt
             )
             bring
             out
             for
             your
             third
             draught
             your
             Kings
             Bishop
             ,
             which
             you
             place
             in
             the
             fourth
             house
             of
             your
             Queens
             Bishops
             file
             ,
             he
             not
             perceiving
             your
             intention
             judging
             all
             secure
             makes
             for
             your
             Queen
             with
             his
             Kings
             Knight
             ,
             playing
             it
             in
             the
             front
             of
             his
             Kings
             Bishops
             Pawn
             ,
             either
             to
             chase
             her
             away
             or
             take
             her
             ;
             you
             immediately
             upon
             this
             take
             up
             that
             Bishops
             Pawn
             with
             your
             
             Queen
             ,
             and
             for
             your
             fourth
             draught
             give
             him
             a
             Mate
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             a
             
               Scholars
               Mate
            
             ;
             because
             any
             but
             young
             beginners
             may
             prevent
             it
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             also
             give
             a
             Mate
             at
             two
             draughts
             if
             you
             encounter
             with
             a
             raw
             Gamester
             ,
             playing
             after
             this
             manner
             ;
             first
             remove
             his
             Kings
             Bishops
             Pawn
             a
             single
             draught
             (
             which
             is
             ill
             play
             at
             first
             )
             you
             your
             Kings
             Pawn
             a
             single
             remove
             ,
             he
             his
             Kings
             Knights
             Pawn
             advanced
             a
             double
             remove
             for
             his
             second
             draught
             ,
             you
             bringing
             out
             your
             Queen
             into
             the
             fifth
             house
             of
             your
             Kings
             Rooks
             file
             give
             him
             a
             Mate
             at
             your
             second
             draught
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             called
             a
             Blind-Mate
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             when
             your
             Adversary
             gives
             you
             a
             check
             that
             you
             cannot
             avoid
             by
             any
             means
             ,
             and
             is
             indeed
             a
             
               Mate
               absolute
            
             ;
             but
             he
             not
             seeing
             it
             to
             be
             a
             Mate
             ,
             says
             only
             to
             you
             check
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             therefore
             called
             a
             Blind-Mate
             ;
             this
             should
             be
             both
             loss
             of
             Game
             and
             stake
             if
             you
             before
             agree
             not
             to
             the
             contrary
             .
          
           
             A
             Stale
             may
             be
             termed
             a
             Mate
             and
             no
             Mate
             ,
             an
             end
             of
             the
             Play
             but
             no
             end
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             because
             it
             properly
             should
             be
             ended
             with
             a
             Check-Mate
             .
             
             The
             Stale
             is
             thus
             when
             his
             King
             hath
             the
             worst
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             and
             brought
             to
             such
             a
             strait
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             but
             one
             place
             to
             flie
             unto
             ,
             and
             the
             pursuing
             King
             is
             so
             unadvised
             as
             to
             bar
             him
             of
             that
             place
             or
             stop
             it
             without
             checking
             him
             ,
             the
             distressed
             King
             being
             no
             way
             able
             to
             remove
             but
             in
             Check
             ,
             and
             having
             no
             other
             piece
             of
             his
             own
             that
             he
             can
             play
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             a
             Stale
             and
             a
             lost
             Game
             to
             him
             that
             gives
             it
             .
             Therefore
             he
             that
             follows
             the
             flying
             King
             gives
             him
             check
             as
             long
             as
             he
             hath
             any
             place
             to
             fly
             to
             ;
             but
             when
             he
             hath
             none
             left
             to
             avoid
             his
             check
             ,
             let
             him
             then
             say
             check-Mate
             ,
             and
             both
             Game
             and
             Stake
             are
             won
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             there
             is
             another
             term
             used
             in
             Chess-playing
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             called
             a
             Dead-Game
             ,
             which
             makes
             (
             if
             I
             may
             say
             improperly
             )
             an
             endless
             end
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             both
             Gamesters
             saving
             their
             Stakes
             :
             and
             thus
             it
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             Assailant
             falls
             to
             take
             all
             that
             comes
             near
             ,
             carelesly
             giving
             man
             for
             man
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             happens
             that
             either
             King
             hath
             but
             one
             man
             apiece
             left
             him
             ,
             the
             Assailant
             following
             his
             eager
             pursuit
             takes
             his
             Adversaries
             
             man
             ,
             not
             minding
             that
             his
             King
             can
             take
             his
             also
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             Kings
             losing
             all
             their
             men
             and
             they
             being
             so
             unable
             to
             come
             so
             near
             as
             to
             grapple
             the
             Game
             is
             ended
             ,
             but
             the
             Stakes
             on
             both
             sides
             are
             saved
             .
          
           
             
               I
               shall
               conclude
               this
               Game
               with
               the
               Laws
               of
               Chess
               ,
               which
               are
               these
               following
               .
            
             
               1.
               
               What
               Piece
               soever
               of
               your
               own
               you
               touch
               or
               lift
               from
               the
               point
               whereon
               it
               standeth
               ,
               you
               must
               play
               it
               for
               that
               draught
               if
               you
               can
               ,
               and
               into
               what
               house
               you
               set
               your
               Man
               there
               it
               must
               stand
               for
               that
               draught
               ,
               according
               to
               the
               saying
               at
               this
               Game
               ,
               
                 Touch
                 and
                 take
                 ,
                 out
                 of
                 hand
                 and
                 stand
                 .
              
            
             
               2.
               
               If
               you
               take
               up
               your
               Adversaries
               man
               ,
               and
               after
               think
               best
               to
               let
               it
               stand
               untaken
               ,
               before
               you
               set
               your
               piece
               in
               place
               thereof
               ,
               you
               must
               cry
               him
               mercy
               or
               lose
               the
               Game
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               If
               your
               Adversary
               play
               a
               false
               draught
               ,
               and
               you
               see
               it
               not
               till
               you
               play
               your
               next
               draught
               't
               will
               then
               be
               too
               late
               to
               challenge
               him
               for
               it
               .
            
             
               4.
               
               If
               you
               play
               a
               false
               draught
               through
               mistake
               ,
               and
               your
               Adversary
               take
               no
               
               notice
               for
               his
               advantage
               ,
               and
               plays
               his
               next
               draught
               ,
               you
               cannot
               recall
               it
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               If
               you
               misplace
               your
               men
               ,
               and
               so
               play
               a
               while
               ,
               and
               then
               discover
               it
               ,
               it
               lies
               in
               your
               Adversaries
               power
               to
               continue
               or
               begin
               the
               Game
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               Pawns
               may
               be
               plaid
               a
               double
               remove
               forward
               for
               their
               first
               draught
               ,
               but
               no
               Pawn
               hath
               that
               priviledg
               without
               permission
               ,
               on
               whose
               next
               file
               on
               either
               side
               a
               Pawn
               of
               your
               Adversaries
               is
               already
               advanced
               as
               far
               as
               your
               fourth
               rank
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               The
               standing
               of
               the
               King
               ought
               to
               be
               certain
               in
               his
               shifting
               and
               not
               as
               you
               please
               to
               place
               him
               as
               some
               men
               play
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               If
               your
               King
               standing
               in
               the
               check
               of
               any
               adverse
               piece
               ,
               and
               you
               have
               plaid
               one
               draught
               or
               more
               without
               avoiding
               the
               check
               ,
               your
               Adversary
               may
               say
               ,
               check
               to
               you
               when
               he
               listeth
               ,
               and
               for
               your
               draught
               then
               make
               you
               avoid
               that
               check
               you
               stood
               in
               ,
               though
               it
               may
               be
               to
               your
               great
               peril
               .
            
             
               9.
               
               If
               any
               one
               condition
               by
               wager
               ,
               that
               he
               will
               give
               Mate
               or
               win
               the
               
               Game
               ,
               and
               the
               Adversary
               brings
               it
               to
               a
               Dead-Game
               ,
               though
               he
               save
               the
               first
               Stake
               yet
               he
               loseth
               the
               Wager
               .
            
             
               10.
               
               He
               that
               gives
               over
               the
               Game
               before
               it
               is
               finished
               ,
               without
               the
               consent
               of
               his
               Adversary
               ,
               loseth
               his
               Stake
               .
            
             
               Many
               more
               observations
               might
               be
               here
               inserted
               for
               the
               understanding
               of
               this
               noble
               Game
               ,
               which
               I
               am
               forced
               to
               wave
               to
               avoid
               prolixity
               .
            
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Principal
           Games
           on
           CARDS
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             VI.
             
          
           
             PICKET
             .
          
           
             BEfore
             you
             begin
             the
             Game
             at
             Picket
             ,
             you
             must
             throw
             out
             of
             the
             Pack
             the
             
               Deuces
               ,
               Treys
               ,
               Fours
            
             and
             Fives
             ,
             and
             play
             with
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Cards
             ,
             which
             are
             in
             number
             thirty
             and
             six
             .
          
           
             The
             usual
             Set
             is
             an
             hundred
             ,
             not
             but
             that
             you
             may
             make
             it
             more
             or
             less
             ;
             the
             last
             Card
             deals
             and
             the
             worst
             is
             the
             Dealers
             .
          
           
             The
             Cards
             are
             all
             valued
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             the
             spots
             they
             bear
             ,
             the
             Ace
             only
             excepted
             ,
             which
             wins
             all
             other
             Cards
             ,
             and
             goes
             for
             eleven
             .
          
           
             The
             Dealer
             shuffles
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             cuts
             ,
             delivering
             what
             number
             he
             pleaseth
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             exceed
             not
             four
             nor
             deal
             under
             two
             ,
             leaving
             twelve
             on
             the
             table
             between
             them
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             is
             the
             elder
             ,
             having
             lookt
             over
             
             his
             Cards
             ,
             and
             finding
             never
             a
             Court-Card
             among
             them
             ,
             says
             
               I
               have
            
             a
             blanck
             ,
             and
             I
             intend
             to
             discard
             such
             a
             number
             of
             Cards
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             may
             see
             mine
             ,
             discard
             you
             as
             many
             as
             you
             intend
             ;
             this
             done
             ,
             the
             Eldest
             shows
             his
             Cards
             and
             reckons
             ten
             for
             the
             blanck
             ,
             then
             taking
             up
             his
             Cards
             again
             he
             discards
             those
             which
             he
             judgeth
             most
             fit
             :
             here
             note
             he
             is
             always
             bound
             to
             that
             number
             which
             he
             first
             propounded
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             he
             takes
             in
             as
             many
             from
             the
             Stock
             as
             he
             laid
             out
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             should
             chance
             to
             fall
             out
             that
             the
             other
             hath
             a
             Blank
             too
             ,
             the
             youngers
             Blank
             shall
             bar
             the
             former
             and
             hinder
             his
             Picy
             and
             Repicy
             ,
             though
             the
             eldest
             hands
             Blank
             consists
             of
             the
             biggest
             Cards
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             no
             small
             advantage
             to
             the
             eldest
             to
             have
             the
             benefit
             of
             discarding
             ,
             because
             he
             may
             take
             in
             eight
             of
             the
             twelve
             in
             the
             Stock
             discarding
             as
             many
             of
             his
             own
             for
             them
             ,
             not
             but
             that
             if
             he
             find
             it
             more
             advantageous
             he
             may
             take
             in
             a
             less
             number
             ;
             after
             this
             the
             Antagonist
             may
             take
             in
             what
             he
             thinks
             fit
             ,
             acquitting
             his
             hand
             of
             the
             like
             number
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             let
             the
             Game
             be
             never
             
             so
             good
             the
             Gamesters
             are
             both
             obliged
             to
             discard
             one
             Card
             at
             least
             .
             After
             the
             discarding
             you
             must
             consider
             the
             R●ff
             ,
             that
             is
             how
             much
             you
             can
             make
             of
             one
             suit
             ;
             the
             eldest
             speaks
             first
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             youngest
             makes
             no
             more
             the
             Ruff
             is
             good
             ,
             and
             sets
             up
             one
             for
             every
             ten
             he
             can
             produce
             ;
             as
             for
             example
             ,
             for
             thirty
             reckon
             three
             ,
             for
             forty
             four
             ,
             and
             so
             onward
             ,
             withall
             take
             notice
             you
             are
             to
             count
             as
             many
             for
             thirty
             five
             as
             for
             forty
             ,
             and
             as
             much
             for
             forty
             five
             as
             fifty
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             the
             rest
             ;
             but
             from
             thirty
             five
             to
             thirty
             nine
             you
             must
             count
             no
             more
             than
             for
             thirty
             five
             ,
             and
             so
             〈◊〉
             thirty
             to
             thirty
             four
             count
             no
             more
             than
             for
             thirty
             ;
             and
             this
             Rule
             is
             to
             be
             observed
             in
             all
             other
             higher
             ●●●bers
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             Sequences
             and
             their
             val●●
             after
             the
             Ruff
             is
             plaid
             ,
             the
             Elder
             acquaints
             you
             with
             his
             Sequences
             (
             if
             he
             have
             them
             )
             and
             they
             are
             
               Tie●●es
               ,
               Quarts
               ,
               Quints
               ,
               Sixiesms
               ,
               Sep●●●sms
               ,
               Huictiesms
            
             and
             Neu●●esms
             ,
             as
             thus
             ;
             six
             ,
             seven
             ,
             and
             eight
             ;
             nine
             ,
             ten
             ,
             and
             Knave
             ;
             Queen
             ,
             King
             ,
             and
             Ace
             ;
             which
             last
             is
             calleh
             a
             Tierce
             Major
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             the
             
             highest
             .
             A
             Quart
             is
             a
             sequence
             of
             four
             Cards
             ,
             a
             Quint
             of
             five
             ,
             a
             Sixism
             of
             six
             ,
             &c.
             
             These
             Sequences
             take
             their
             denomination
             from
             the
             highest
             Card
             in
             the
             Sequence
             .
             It
             is
             a
             Tierce
             Major
             or
             a
             Tierce
             of
             an
             Ace
             when
             there
             is
             Queen
             ,
             King
             and
             Ace
             ,
             a
             Tierce
             of
             a
             King
             when
             the
             King
             is
             the
             best
             Card
             ;
             a
             Tierce
             of
             a
             Queen
             when
             there
             is
             neither
             King
             nor
             Ace
             ,
             and
             so
             till
             you
             come
             to
             the
             lowest
             Tierce
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             Tierce
             of
             an
             eight
             .
             You
             must
             reckon
             for
             every
             Tierce
             three
             ,
             for
             a
             Quart
             four
             ,
             but
             for
             a
             Quint
             fifteen
             ,
             for
             a
             Sixiesm
             sixteen
             ,
             and
             so
             upward
             ;
             now
             what
             ever
             you
             can
             make
             of
             all
             you
             must
             add
             to
             your
             Blank
             ,
             and
             count
             the
             whole
             together
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             that
             the
             biggest
             Tierce
             ,
             Quart
             ,
             or
             other
             Sequence
             ,
             although
             there
             be
             but
             one
             of
             them
             makes
             all
             the
             others
             less
             Sequences
             useless
             unto
             him
             be
             they
             never
             so
             many
             ;
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             biggest
             Sequence
             by
             vertue
             thereof
             reckons
             all
             his
             less
             Sequences
             ,
             though
             his
             Adversaries
             Sequences
             be
             greater
             ,
             and
             otherwise
             would
             have
             drowned
             them
             .
          
           
           
             Farther
             observe
             ,
             that
             a
             Quart
             drowns
             a
             Tierce
             ,
             and
             a
             Quint
             a
             Quart
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             the
             rest
             ,
             so
             that
             he
             who
             hath
             a
             Sixiesm
             may
             reckon
             his
             Tierces
             ,
             Quarts
             ,
             or
             Quints
             ,
             though
             the
             other
             may
             happen
             to
             have
             Tierce
             ,
             Quart
             ,
             &c.
             of
             higher
             value
             than
             the
             others
             are
             that
             hath
             the
             Sixiesm
             ;
             trace
             the
             same
             method
             in
             all
             the
             other
             like
             Sequences
             .
          
           
             After
             you
             have
             manifested
             your
             Sequences
             ,
             you
             come
             to
             reckon
             your
             three
             Aces
             ,
             three
             Kings
             ,
             three
             Queens
             ,
             three
             Knaves
             ,
             or
             three
             Tens
             ,
             as
             for
             Nines
             ,
             Eights
             ,
             Sevens
             ,
             and
             Sixes
             ,
             they
             have
             no
             place
             in
             this
             account
             ;
             for
             every
             Ternary
             you
             count
             three
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             in
             value
             as
             it
             is
             in
             Sequences
             ;
             Aces
             the
             highest
             and
             best
             ,
             Kings
             next
             ,
             after
             these
             Queens
             ,
             then
             Knaves
             ,
             and
             last
             of
             all
             Tens
             .
             The
             higher
             drowns
             the
             lower
             here
             as
             in
             the
             Sequences
             .
             He
             that
             hath
             three
             Aces
             may
             reckon
             his
             three
             Queens
             ,
             Knaves
             ,
             or
             Tens
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             them
             ,
             though
             the
             other
             hath
             three
             Kings
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             done
             by
             reason
             of
             his
             higher
             Ternary
             .
             Now
             he
             that
             hath
             four
             Aces
             ,
             four
             Kings
             ,
             four
             Queens
             ,
             four
             Knaves
             ,
             or
             four
             Tens
             ,
             for
             each
             reckons
             fourteen
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             
             reason
             they
             are
             called
             Quatorzes
             .
          
           
             Now
             they
             b●gin
             to
             play
             the
             Cards
             ,
             the
             elder
             begins
             and
             younger
             follows
             in
             suit
             as
             at
             Whisk
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             Ace
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             Knave
             ,
             or
             Ten
             ,
             he
             reckons
             one
             .
          
           
             A
             Card
             once
             play'd
             must
             not
             be
             recalled
             ,
             unless
             he
             have
             a
             Card
             of
             the
             same
             suit
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             if
             the
             elder
             hand
             plays
             an
             Ace
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             or
             Ten
             ,
             for
             every
             such
             Card
             he
             is
             to
             reckon
             one
             ,
             which
             he
             adds
             to
             the
             number
             of
             his
             Game
             before
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             other
             be
             able
             to
             play
             upon
             it
             a
             higher
             Card
             of
             the
             same
             suit
             ,
             he
             wins
             the
             Trick
             ,
             and
             reckons
             one
             for
             his
             Card
             as
             well
             as
             the
             other
             .
             Whosoever
             wins
             the
             last
             Trick
             reckons
             two
             for
             it
             ,
             if
             he
             win
             it
             with
             a
             Ten
             ,
             but
             if
             with
             any
             Cards
             ,
             under
             ,
             he
             reckons
             but
             one
             ;
             then
             they
             tell
             their
             Cards
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             most
             is
             to
             reckon
             Ten
             for
             them
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             ,
             each
             person
             sets
             up
             his
             Game
             with
             Counters
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             set
             be
             not
             up
             ,
             deal
             again
             ;
             now
             a
             set
             is
             won
             after
             this
             manner
             ,
             admit
             that
             each
             party
             is
             so
             forward
             in
             his
             Game
             that
             he
             wants
             but
             four
             or
             five
             to
             be
             up
             ,
             if
             it
             
             so
             happens
             that
             any
             of
             the
             two
             have
             a
             Blank
             ,
             he
             wins
             the
             set
             ,
             because
             the
             Blanks
             are
             always
             first
             reckoned
             ;
             but
             if
             no
             Blanks
             ,
             then
             comes
             the
             Ruff
             ,
             next
             your
             Sequences
             ,
             then
             your
             Aces
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             Knaves
             ,
             and
             Tens
             ,
             next
             what
             Cards
             are
             reckoned
             in
             play
             ,
             and
             last
             of
             all
             the
             Cards
             you
             have
             won
             .
             If
             any
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             can
             reckon
             ,
             either
             in
             Blanks
             ,
             Ruffs
             ,
             Sequences
             ,
             Aces
             ,
             &c.
             up
             to
             thirty
             in
             his
             own
             hand
             ,
             without
             playing
             a
             Card
             ,
             and
             before
             the
             other
             can
             reckon
             any
             thing
             ,
             instead
             of
             thirty
             he
             shall
             reckon
             ninety
             ,
             and
             as
             many
             as
             he
             reckons
             after
             above
             his
             thirty
             ,
             adding
             them
             to
             his
             ninety
             ;
             this
             is
             known
             by
             the
             name
             of
             a
             Repicy
             .
          
           
             Moreover
             ,
             he
             that
             can
             make
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             what
             by
             Blank
             ,
             Ruff
             ,
             Sequences
             ,
             &c.
             up
             to
             the
             said
             number
             ,
             before
             the
             other
             hath
             play'd
             a
             Card
             ,
             or
             reckoned
             any
             thing
             ,
             instead
             of
             thirty
             he
             reckons
             sixty
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             called
             a
             Picy
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             if
             you
             can
             but
             remember
             to
             call
             for
             your
             Picy
             ,
             or
             Repicy
             ,
             before
             you
             deal
             again
             ,
             you
             shall
             lose
             neither
             of
             them
             ,
             otherwise
             you
             must
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             wins
             more
             than
             his
             own
             
             Cards
             reckons
             Ten
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             wins
             all
             the
             Cards
             reckons
             Forty
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             called
             a
             Capet
             .
          
           
             The
             Rules
             belonging
             to
             this
             Game
             are
             these
             .
             If
             the
             Dealer
             give
             more
             Cards
             than
             his
             due
             ,
             whether
             through
             mistake
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             it
             lieth
             in
             the
             choice
             of
             the
             elder
             hand
             whether
             he
             shall
             deal
             again
             or
             no
             ,
             or
             whether
             it
             shall
             be
             play'd
             out
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             forgets
             to
             reckon
             his
             Blank
             ,
             Ruff
             ,
             Sequences
             ,
             Aces
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ,
             and
             hath
             begun
             to
             play
             his
             Cards
             cannot
             recall
             them
             .
             So
             it
             is
             with
             him
             that
             sheweth
             not
             his
             Ruff
             before
             he
             play
             his
             first
             Card
             ,
             losing
             absolutely
             all
             the
             advantage
             thereof
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             misreckons
             any
             thing
             ,
             and
             hath
             play'd
             one
             of
             his
             Cards
             ,
             and
             his
             adversary
             finds
             at
             the
             beginning
             ,
             middle
             ,
             or
             end
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             not
             what
             he
             reckoned
             ,
             for
             his
             punishment
             he
             shall
             be
             debar'd
             from
             reckoning
             any
             thing
             he
             really
             hath
             ,
             and
             his
             adversary
             shall
             reckon
             all
             he
             hath
             ,
             yet
             the
             other
             shall
             make
             all
             he
             can
             in
             play
             .
             He
             that
             takes
             in
             more
             Cards
             than
             he
             discardeth
             is
             liable
             to
             the
             same
             penalty
             .
          
           
           
             He
             that
             throws
             up
             his
             Cards
             imagining
             he
             hath
             lost
             the
             Game
             ,
             mingling
             them
             with
             other
             Cards
             on
             the
             Table
             though
             afterward
             he
             perceive
             his
             mistake
             ,
             yet
             he
             is
             not
             allowed
             to
             take
             up
             his
             Cards
             and
             play
             them
             out
             .
          
           
             No
             man
             is
             permitted
             to
             discard
             twice
             in
             one
             dealing
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             hath
             a
             Blank
             ,
             his
             Blank
             shall
             hinder
             the
             other
             Picy
             and
             Repicy
             ,
             although
             he
             hath
             nothing
             to
             shew
             but
             his
             Blank
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             hath
             four
             Aces
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             &c.
             dealt
             him
             and
             after
             he
             hath
             discarded
             one
             of
             the
             four
             reckons
             the
             other
             three
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             say
             to
             him
             
               it
               is
               good
            
             ;
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             tell
             the
             other
             ,
             if
             he
             ask
             him
             what
             Ace
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             &c.
             he
             wants
             .
          
           
             If
             after
             the
             Cards
             are
             cleanly
             cut
             ,
             either
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             know
             the
             upper
             Card
             by
             the
             backside
             ,
             notwithstanding
             this
             the
             Cards
             must
             not
             be
             shuffled
             again
             .
             In
             like
             manner
             ,
             if
             the
             Dealer
             perceive
             the
             other
             hath
             cut
             himself
             an
             Ace
             ,
             and
             would
             therefore
             shuffle
             again
             ,
             this
             is
             not
             permitted
             ;
             and
             if
             a
             Card
             be
             found
             faced
             ,
             it
             shall
             be
             no
             argument
             
             to
             deal
             again
             ,
             but
             must
             deal
             on
             ;
             but
             if
             two
             be
             found
             faced
             ,
             then
             may
             he
             shuffle
             again
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             Whosoever
             is
             found
             changing
             or
             taking
             back
             again
             any
             of
             his
             Cards
             ,
             he
             shall
             lose
             the
             Game
             ,
             and
             be
             accounted
             a
             foul
             Player
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VII
             .
          
           
             The
             Game
             at
             GLEEK
             .
          
           
             DEuces
             and
             Treys
             must
             be
             cast
             out
             as
             useless
             in
             this
             Game
             ,
             then
             listing
             for
             dealing
             the
             least
             Card
             deals
             :
             The
             number
             of
             persons
             playing
             must
             be
             three
             ,
             neither
             more
             nor
             less
             ,
             and
             most
             frequently
             they
             play
             at
             Farthing
             ,
             Half-penny
             ,
             or
             Penny-Gleek
             ,
             which
             in
             play
             will
             amount
             considerably
             .
          
           
             The
             Dealer
             delivers
             the
             Cards
             by
             four
             till
             every
             one
             hath
             twelve
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             are
             laid
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             for
             the
             Stock
             ,
             being
             in
             number
             eight
             ,
             seven
             whereof
             are
             bought
             and
             the
             Ace
             is
             turned
             up
             ;
             the
             turn'd
             up
             Card
             is
             the
             Dealers
             ;
             and
             if
             it
             be
             Tiddy
             turn'd
             up
             is
             four
             apiece
             from
             each
             to
             the
             Dealer
             .
          
           
             The
             Ace
             is
             called
             Tib
             ,
             the
             Knave
             Tom
             ,
             the
             four
             of
             Trumps
             Tiddy
             ,
             Tib
             the
             Ace
             is
             fifteen
             in
             hand
             and
             eighteen
             in
             play
             ,
             because
             it
             wins
             a
             Trick
             ,
             Tom
             
             the
             Knave
             is
             nine
             ,
             and
             Tiddy
             is
             four
             ,
             the
             fifth
             Towser
             ,
             the
             sixth
             Tumbler
             ,
             which
             if
             in
             hand
             Towser
             is
             five
             and
             Tumbler
             six
             ,
             and
             so
             double
             if
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             and
             the
             King
             and
             Queen
             of
             Trumps
             is
             three
             .
          
           
             The
             eldest
             hand
             bids
             for
             the
             stock
             in
             hopes
             of
             bettering
             his
             Game
             ,
             though
             sometimes
             it
             makes
             it
             worse
             :
             the
             first
             penny
             you
             bid
             is
             twelve
             ,
             thirteen
             ,
             and
             so
             on
             ;
             if
             at
             sixteen
             they
             say
             take
             it
             ,
             and
             none
             will
             venture
             more
             for
             it
             ,
             he
             is
             bound
             to
             take
             it
             ,
             that
             is
             taking
             in
             seven
             Cards
             ,
             and
             putting
             out
             seven
             in
             their
             stead
             ,
             and
             must
             pay
             besides
             eight
             to
             one
             and
             eight
             to
             the
             other
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             for
             buying
             ,
             if
             any
             odd
             money
             be
             given
             ,
             as
             15
             ,
             17.
             or
             the
             like
             ,
             the
             eldest
             hand
             usually
             claims
             it
             ,
             or
             else
             it
             is
             given
             to
             the
             box
             ;
             but
             if
             he
             have
             
               Mournival
               ,
               Gleek
            
             or
             Tiddy
             in
             his
             hand
             after
             he
             hath
             taken
             in
             the
             Stock
             he
             bates
             for
             them
             all
             ,
             and
             so
             possibly
             may
             gain
             by
             it
             ,
             if
             he
             have
             a
             good
             hand
             and
             pay
             for
             his
             buying
             two
             .
          
           
             Here
             you
             must
             note
             that
             if
             Tib
             be
             turned
             up
             it
             is
             fifteen
             to
             the
             Dealer
             in
             reckoning
             after
             play
             ,
             but
             he
             must
             not
             
             make
             use
             of
             it
             in
             play
             being
             the
             Trump-Card
             ,
             for
             then
             't
             would
             make
             him
             eighteen
             ,
             because
             it
             would
             win
             a
             Trick
             which
             is
             three
             more
             .
          
           
             Next
             you
             speak
             for
             the
             Ruff
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             most
             of
             a
             suit
             in
             his
             hand
             wins
             it
             ,
             unless
             some
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             have
             four
             Aces
             and
             then
             he
             gains
             the
             Ruff
             ,
             though
             you
             have
             never
             so
             many
             of
             a
             suit
             in
             your
             hand
             .
             If
             any
             wins
             a
             Ruff
             ,
             and
             forgets
             to
             show
             it
             before
             a
             Card
             plaid
             loseth
             it
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             shews
             any
             for
             a
             Ruff
             after
             shall
             have
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             or
             eldest
             says
             ,
             
               I
               'le
               vye
               the
               Ruff
            
             ,
             the
             next
             says
             ,
             
               I
               'le
               see
               it
            
             ,
             and
             the
             third
             ,
             
               I
               'le
               see
               it
               and
               revie
               it
               :
               I
               'le
               see
               your
               revie
               ,
            
             says
             the
             first
             ;
             because
             he
             hath
             as
             many
             in
             his
             hand
             as
             another
             :
             the
             middle
             probably
             says
             ,
             
               I
               'le
               not
               meddle
               with
               it
            
             ;
             then
             they
             shew
             their
             Cards
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             most
             of
             a
             suit
             wins
             six
             pence
             or
             farthings
             according
             to
             the
             Game
             of
             him
             that
             holds
             out
             longest
             ,
             and
             four
             of
             the
             other
             that
             said
             he
             would
             see
             it
             ,
             but
             after
             refused
             to
             meddle
             with
             it
             ;
             but
             if
             any
             of
             the
             three
             Gamesters
             says
             he
             hath
             nothing
             to
             say
             as
             to
             the
             Ruff
             he
             pays
             but
             a
             farthing
             ,
             
             half-pence
             ,
             penny
             ,
             according
             as
             the
             Game
             is
             aforesaid
             ;
             and
             if
             the
             eldest
             and
             second
             hand
             pass
             the
             Ruff
             the
             youngest
             hath
             power
             to
             double
             it
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             is
             to
             be
             plaid
             for
             the
             next
             deal
             ,
             and
             if
             any
             forgets
             to
             call
             for
             the
             double
             Ruff
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             play'd
             for
             the
             next
             deal
             after
             that
             .
          
           
             Sometimes
             one
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             having
             all
             of
             a
             suit
             in
             his
             hand
             bids
             high
             for
             the
             Ruff
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             having
             four
             Aces
             is
             resolved
             to
             bid
             higher
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             sometimes
             amounts
             to
             sixteen
             and
             more
             ,
             then
             
               I
               'le
               see
               it
               and
               revie
            
             ,
             saith
             one
             ;
             
               I
               'le
               see
               it
               and
               revie
            
             ,
             saith
             another
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             eight
             to
             the
             winner
             ,
             and
             all
             above
             is
             but
             two
             a
             time
             ,
             as
             it
             may
             be
             they
             will
             say
             ,
             
               I
               'le
               see
               it
               and
               revie
               it
               again
               ,
               and
               I
               'le
               see
               that
               and
               revie
               it
               again
               ,
            
             saith
             another
             ,
             for
             which
             seeing
             and
             revying
             they
             reckon
             but
             two
             ,
             after
             that
             it
             is
             once
             come
             to
             eight
             ;
             but
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             four
             Aces
             carrieth
             it
             clearly
             ,
             &c.
             as
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
             Buying
             or
             bidding
             for
             the
             Ruff
             is
             when
             you
             are
             in
             likelihood
             to
             go
             in
             for
             Mournival
             ,
             Gleek
             ,
             or
             increase
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             that
             so
             if
             you
             have
             bad
             Cards
             ,
             you
             may
             
             save
             your
             buyings
             and
             your
             Cards
             too
             ,
             whereas
             otherwise
             ?
             you
             may
             lose
             all
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             call
             for
             either
             Mournival
             or
             Gleek
             ,
             and
             have
             lay'd
             them
             out
             in
             the
             stock
             ,
             if
             you
             be
             taken
             in
             it
             ,
             for
             forfeit
             double
             what
             you
             receive
             .
          
           
             Sometimes
             out
             of
             policy
             or
             a
             vapour
             they
             will
             v●e
             when
             they
             have
             not
             above
             thirty
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             may
             have
             forty
             or
             fifty
             ,
             and
             being
             afraid
             to
             see
             it
             ,
             the
             first
             many
             times
             wins
             out
             of
             a
             meer
             bravado
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             good
             play
             though
             he
             acquaint
             you
             with
             it
             hereafter
             .
          
           
             A
             Mournival
             of
             Aces
             is
             eight
             ,
             of
             Kings
             six
             ,
             of
             Queens
             four
             ,
             and
             a
             Mournival
             of
             Knaves
             two
             a
             piece
             .
          
           
             A
             Gleek
             of
             Aces
             is
             four
             ,
             of
             Kings
             three
             ,
             of
             Queens
             two
             ,
             and
             of
             Knaves
             one
             a
             piece
             from
             the
             other
             two
             Gamesters
             .
          
           
             A
             Mournival
             is
             either
             all
             the
             Aces
             ,
             the
             four
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             or
             Knaves
             ,
             and
             a
             Gleek
             is
             three
             of
             any
             of
             the
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             twenty
             two
             are
             your
             Cards
             ;
             if
             you
             win
             nothing
             but
             the
             Cards
             that
             were
             dealt
             you
             ,
             you
             lose
             
             ten
             ;
             if
             you
             have
             neither
             
               Tib
               ,
               Tom
               ,
               Tiddy
               ,
               King
               ,
               Queen
               ,
               Mournival
               ,
            
             nor
             Gleek
             ,
             you
             lose
             because
             you
             count
             as
             many
             Cards
             as
             you
             had
             in
             tricks
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             few
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             badness
             of
             your
             hand
             ;
             if
             you
             have
             Tib
             ,
             Tom
             ,
             King
             ,
             and
             Queen
             of
             Trumps
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             you
             have
             thirty
             by
             honours
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             eight
             above
             your
             own
             Cards
             ,
             besides
             the
             Cards
             you
             win
             by
             them
             in
             play
             .
             If
             you
             have
             Tom
             only
             ,
             which
             is
             Nine
             and
             the
             King
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             which
             is
             three
             ,
             then
             you
             reckon
             from
             twelve
             ,
             thirteen
             ,
             fourteen
             ,
             fifteen
             ,
             till
             you
             come
             to
             two
             and
             twenty
             ,
             and
             then
             every
             Card
             wins
             so
             many
             half-pence
             ,
             pence
             ,
             &c.
             as
             you
             play'd
             for
             ;
             if
             you
             are
             under
             two
             and
             twenty
             you
             lose
             as
             many
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             before
             the
             Cards
             are
             dealt
             ,
             it
             is
             requisite
             to
             demand
             ,
             whether
             the
             Gamesters
             will
             play
             at
             Tiddy
             ,
             or
             leave
             it
             out
             ,
             it
             being
             a
             Card
             that
             is
             apt
             to
             be
             forgotten
             ;
             and
             know
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             lookt
             upon
             as
             very
             foul
             play
             to
             call
             for
             a
             Gleek
             of
             Kings
             ,
             Aces
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             or
             Knaves
             ,
             when
             the
             person
             hath
             but
             two
             in
             his
             hands
             .
             If
             yo
             discard
             
             wrong
             ,
             
               i.
               e.
            
             lay
             out
             but
             5
             or
             6
             Cards
             ,
             if
             you
             call
             for
             any
             Gleek
             or
             Mournivals
             ,
             you
             lose
             them
             all
             if
             it
             be
             found
             out
             that
             you
             so
             discard
             .
             Let
             this
             suffice
             for
             this
             noble
             and
             delightful
             Game
             or
             Recreation
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             VIII
             .
          
           
             L'OMBRE
             a
             Spanish
             Game
             .
          
           
             THere
             are
             several
             sorts
             of
             this
             Game
             called
             L'Ombre
             ,
             but
             that
             which
             is
             the
             chief
             is
             called
             Renegado
             ,
             at
             which
             three
             only
             can
             play
             ,
             to
             whom
             are
             dealt
             nine
             Cards
             apiece
             ,
             so
             that
             by
             discarding
             the
             eights
             ,
             nines
             and
             tens
             ,
             there
             will
             remain
             thirteen
             Cards
             in
             the
             Stock
             ;
             there
             is
             no
             Trump
             but
             what
             the
             player
             pleaseth
             ;
             the
             first
             hand
             hath
             always
             the
             liberty
             .
             to
             play
             or
             pass
             ,
             after
             him
             the
             second
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             sorts
             of
             Counters
             for
             Stakes
             ,
             the
             greater
             and
             the
             lesser
             ,
             which
             last
             have
             the
             same
             proportion
             to
             the
             other
             as
             a
             penny
             to
             a
             shilling
             :
             of
             the
             great
             Conters
             each
             man
             Stakes
             one
             for
             the
             Game
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             the
             lesser
             for
             passing
             ,
             and
             for
             the
             hand
             when
             eldest
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             Card
             taken
             in
             one
             Counter
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             suits
             ,
             Black
             and
             Red
             ;
             of
             the
             Black
             there
             is
             first
             the
             Spadillo
             ,
             
             or
             Ace
             of
             Spades
             ;
             the
             Mallillio
             or
             black
             Deuce
             ,
             the
             Basto
             or
             Ace
             of
             Clubs
             ;
             the
             King
             ,
             the
             Queen
             ,
             the
             Knave
             ,
             the
             seven
             ,
             the
             fix
             ,
             the
             five
             ,
             four
             ,
             and
             three
             .
             Of
             the
             Red
             Suit
             there
             is
             the
             
               Spadillo
               ,
               punto
               ,
               Mallillio
            
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             The
             Spadillo
             or
             Ace
             of
             Spades
             ,
             is
             always
             the
             first
             Card
             ,
             and
             always
             Trump
             ,
             and
             the
             Basto
             or
             Ace
             of
             Clubs
             is
             always
             third
             ;
             of
             the
             Black
             there
             is
             11
             Trumps
             ,
             of
             the
             Red
             12.
             
             The
             Red
             Ace
             enters
             into
             the
             fourth
             place
             when
             it
             is
             Trump
             and
             it
             is
             called
             Punto
             then
             ,
             otherwise
             only
             called
             an
             Ace
             .
          
           
             The
             least
             small
             Cards
             of
             the
             Red
             are
             always
             best
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             of
             the
             Black
             ;
             except
             the
             Deuce
             and
             Red
             Seven
             ,
             which
             are
             called
             the
             Mallillio's
             and
             always
             second
             when
             Trump
             .
             The
             Matadors
             (
             or
             Killing
             Cards
             )
             which
             are
             the
             
               Spadillo
               ,
               Mallillio
            
             ,
             and
             Basto
             are
             the
             chief
             Cards
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             are
             all
             in
             hand
             the
             Others
             pay
             for
             th●m
             three
             of
             the
             greater
             Counters
             apiece
             ;
             and
             with
             these
             three
             for
             foundation
             you
             may
             count
             as
             many
             Matadors
             as
             you
             have
             Cards
             in
             an
             interrupted
             series
             of
             Trumps
             ;
             for
             all
             which
             the
             others
             are
             to
             pay
             you
             one
             Kounter
             apiece
             .
          
           
           
             He
             who
             hath
             the
             first
             hand
             hath
             his
             choice
             (
             as
             aforesaid
             )
             of
             playing
             the
             game
             ,
             of
             naming
             the
             Trump
             ,
             and
             of
             taking
             in
             as
             many
             and
             as
             few
             Cards
             as
             he
             list
             ,
             and
             after
             him
             the
             second
             ,
             &c.
             having
             demanded
             whether
             any
             one
             will
             play
             without
             
               taking
               in
            
             ,
             you
             oblige
             your self
             to
             take
             in
             though
             your
             Game
             be
             never
             so
             good
             ,
             wherefore
             you
             do
             well
             to
             consider
             it
             before
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             name
             not
             the
             Trump
             before
             you
             look
             on
             the
             Cards
             which
             you
             have
             taken
             in
             ,
             any
             other
             may
             prevent
             you
             〈◊〉
             ●ame
             what
             Trump
             they
             please
             ;
             if
             〈◊〉
             know
             not
             of
             two
             suits
             which
             to
             〈◊〉
             Trump
             first
             ,
             the
             black
             suit
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             the
             Red
             ,
             because
             there
             are
             fewer
             Trumps
             of
             it
             .
             Secondly
             ,
             you
             were
             best
             to
             chuse
             that
             suit
             of
             which
             have
             not
             the
             King
             ,
             because
             besides
             your
             three
             Trumps
             you
             have
             a
             King
             which
             is
             as
             good
             as
             a
             fourth
             .
             When
             you
             have
             the
             choice
             of
             going
             in
             three
             Matadors
             ,
             or
             the
             two
             black
             Aees
             with
             three
             o●●our
             other
             Trumps
             ,
             if
             the
             Stakes
             be
             great
             you
             are
             to
             chuse
             this
             last
             ,
             as
             most
             like
             to
             win
             most
             Tricks
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             but
             a
             simple
             Stake
             you
             are
             to
             
             chuse
             the
             first
             ,
             because
             the
             six
             Counters
             you
             are
             to
             receive
             for
             the
             three
             Matadors
             more
             than
             countervail
             the
             four
             or
             five
             you
             lose
             for
             the
             Game
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             hath
             the
             first
             hand
             is
             never
             to
             take
             in
             nor
             play
             ,
             unless
             he
             have
             three
             sure
             Tricks
             in
             his
             hand
             at
             least
             ;
             to
             understand
             which
             the
             better
             ,
             know
             the
             end
             of
             the
             Game
             is
             to
             win
             most
             Tricks
             ,
             whence
             he
             that
             can
             win
             five
             Tricks
             of
             the
             nine
             hath
             a
             sure
             Game
             ;
             or
             if
             he
             win
             four
             and
             can
             so
             divide
             the
             Tricks
             as
             one
             may
             win
             two
             ,
             the
             other
             three
             ,
             if
             not
             it's
             either
             Codillio
             ,
             or
             Repuesto
             ,
             so
             the
             P●●●er
             loseth
             and
             maketh
             good
             the
             Stake●
             ▪
          
           
             It
             is
             called
             Codillio
             when
             the
             P●yer
             is
             beasted
             ,
             and
             another
             wins
             more
             Tricks
             than
             he
             ,
             when
             this
             takes
             up
             the
             Stakes
             and
             the
             Other
             makes
             it
             good
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             although
             the
             other
             two
             always
             combine
             to
             make
             him
             lose
             ,
             yet
             they
             all
             do
             their
             best
             (
             for
             the
             common
             good
             )
             to
             hinder
             any
             one
             from
             winning
             ,
             only
             striving
             to
             make
             it
             Repuesto
             ,
             which
             is
             when
             the
             Player
             wins
             no
             more
             Tricks
             than
             another
             ,
             in
             which
             case
             the
             Player
             doubles
             the
             Stake
             without
             any
             ones
             winning
             it
             ,
             and
             remains
             so
             for
             
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             next
             Player
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             that
             Kings
             of
             any
             suit
             are
             accounted
             as
             good
             Trumps
             ,
             mean
             while
             all
             other
             Cards
             but
             Kings
             and
             Trumps
             are
             to
             be
             discarded
             .
          
           
             The
             Player
             having
             taken
             in
             ,
             the
             next
             is
             to
             consider
             the
             goodness
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             and
             to
             take
             in
             more
             or
             less
             for
             the
             best
             advantage
             of
             his
             Game
             ;
             neither
             is
             any
             for
             the
             saving
             a
             Counter
             or
             two
             to
             neglect
             the
             taking
             in
             ,
             that
             the
             other
             may
             commodiously
             make
             up
             his
             Game
             with
             what
             Cards
             he
             hath
             left
             ,
             and
             that
             no
             good
             Cards
             may
             lie
             dormant
             in
             the
             Stock
             ,
             except
             the
             Player
             playeth
             without
             taking
             in
             ,
             when
             they
             may
             refuse
             to
             take
             in
             ,
             if
             they
             imagine
             he
             hath
             all
             the
             Game
             .
          
           
             When
             one
             hath
             a
             sure
             Game
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             he
             is
             to
             play
             without
             taking
             in
             ,
             then
             the
             others
             are
             to
             give
             him
             each
             one
             of
             the
             great
             Counters
             as
             he
             is
             to
             give
             them
             ,
             if
             he
             play
             without
             taking
             in
             a
             Game
             that
             is
             not
             sure
             and
             loseth
             it
             ;
             if
             you
             win
             all
             the
             Tricks
             in
             your
             hand
             or
             the
             Voll
             ,
             they
             likewise
             are
             to
             give
             you
             one
             Counter
             apiece
             ,
             but
             then
             you
             are
             to
             declare
             before
             the
             fifth
             
             Trick
             that
             you
             intend
             to
             play
             for
             the
             Voll
             ,
             that
             so
             they
             keep
             their
             best
             Cards
             ,
             which
             else
             ,
             seeing
             you
             win
             five
             Tricks
             (
             or
             the
             Game
             )
             they
             may
             carelesly
             cast
             away
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             renounce
             you
             are
             to
             double
             the
             Stake
             ,
             as
             also
             if
             you
             have
             more
             or
             fewer
             Cards
             than
             nine
             ,
             to
             which
             end
             you
             must
             carefully
             count
             your
             Cards
             in
             dealing
             and
             taking
             in
             before
             you
             look
             on
             them
             ;
             besides
             according
             to
             the
             rigour
             of
             the
             Game
             if
             you
             speak
             any
             thing
             tending
             to
             the
             discovery
             there
             of
             ,
             either
             in
             your
             own
             hand
             or
             anothers
             (
             excepting
             Gagno
             )
             or
             
               play
               so
            
             ,
             to
             hinder
             the
             making
             of
             Repuesto
             or
             Codillio
             ,
             you
             are
             not
             fit
             to
             play
             .
          
           
             Observe
             ,
             that
             in
             playing
             Trumps
             ,
             if
             any
             plays
             an
             ordinary
             one
             ,
             and
             you
             have
             only
             the
             three
             best
             Cards
             or
             Matadors
             singly
             or
             jointly
             in
             your
             hands
             ,
             you
             may
             resuse
             to
             play
             them
             without
             renouncing
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             priviledge
             which
             these
             Cards
             have
             ,
             that
             none
             but
             commanding
             Cards
             can
             force
             them
             out
             of
             your
             hand
             .
          
           
             You
             are
             to
             say
             nothing
             when
             you
             play
             your
             Card
             ,
             but
             I
             pass
             or
             play
             ,
             or
             
             gagno
             ,
             or
             
               gagno
               del
               Re
            
             when
             you
             play
             your
             Queen
             to
             hinder
             them
             from
             taking
             it
             with
             the
             King.
             
          
           
             Now
             since
             it
             is
             impossible
             to
             provide
             against
             all
             accidents
             in
             the
             Game
             ,
             only
             take
             notice
             of
             these
             general
             Rules
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             never
             win
             more
             than
             one
             Trick
             if
             you
             cannot
             win
             more
             than
             two
             ,
             because
             of
             the
             advantage
             you
             give
             the
             Player
             by
             ●t
             ,
             in
             dividing
             the
             Tricks
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             you
             are
             to
             win
             the
             Trick
             always
             from
             the
             Player
             if
             you
             can
             ,
             unless
             you
             let
             it
             pass
             for
             mere
             advantage
             ,
             where
             the
             second
             is
             to
             let
             pass
             to
             the
             third
             if
             he
             have
             the
             likelier
             Game
             to
             beast
             the
             Player
             ,
             or
             if
             he
             be
             likelier
             to
             win
             it
             .
             There
             may
             be
             diverse
             advantages
             in
             refusing
             to
             take
             the
             Players
             Trick
             ;
             but
             the
             chief
             is
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             the
             Tenaces
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             that
             is
             two
             Cards
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             have
             the
             leading
             ,
             you
             are
             sure
             to
             lose
             one
             of
             them
             ;
             if
             the
             Player
             lead
             to
             you
             ,
             you
             are
             sure
             to
             win
             them
             both
             ;
             For
             example
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             Spadillio
             and
             Basto
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             and
             he
             have
             the
             Mallillio
             and
             another
             Trump
             ,
             if
             
             you
             lead
             you
             lose
             one
             of
             them
             ;
             for
             either
             you
             play
             your
             Spadillio
             ,
             and
             he
             plays
             the
             lesser
             Trump
             upon
             it
             and
             wins
             your
             Basto
             the
             next
             Trick
             with
             his
             Mallillio
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             contrary
             ;
             whereas
             if
             he
             leads
             he
             loseth
             ;
             for
             if
             he
             leads
             his
             Mallillio
             you
             win
             it
             with
             your
             Spadillio
             ,
             and
             with
             your
             Basto
             win
             the
             other
             Trump
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             If
             you
             are
             not
             sure
             to
             win
             five
             Tricks
             ,
             having
             only
             three
             Matadors
             ,
             and
             Kings
             your
             auxiliary
             Cards
             ;
             if
             you
             have
             the
             leading
             ,
             play
             first
             a
             Matador
             or
             two
             before
             you
             play
             your
             Kings
             to
             fetch
             out
             his
             Trumps
             which
             might
             have
             trumped
             them
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             have
             three
             Matadors
             with
             two
             other
             Trumps
             ,
             your
             best
             way
             is
             to
             play
             your
             Matadors
             first
             to
             see
             where
             the
             Trumps
             lie
             ;
             if
             both
             follow
             ,
             you
             are
             sure
             if
             the
             Trump
             be
             red
             there
             remains
             only
             one
             Trump
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             if
             black
             none
             at
             all
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             if
             the
             Players
             have
             but
             a
             weak
             Game
             ,
             they
             are
             to
             imitate
             cunning
             Beast-players
             in
             dividing
             the
             
             Tricks
             ,
             and
             consulting
             to
             play
             their
             Cards
             .
             To
             conclude
             ,
             lay
             your
             Tri●ks
             angle-wife
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             the
             more
             facilely
             compute
             them
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             IX
             .
          
           
             The
             Game
             at
             CRIBBIDGE
             .
          
           
             AT
             Cribbidge
             there
             are
             no
             Cards
             to
             be
             thrown
             out
             ,
             but
             all
             are
             made
             use
             of
             ;
             and
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Set
             is
             sixty
             one
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             an
             advantage
             to
             deal
             ,
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             Crib
             ,
             and
             therefore
             you
             must
             lift
             for
             it
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             least
             Card
             deals
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             but
             two
             Players
             at
             this
             Game
             ,
             the
             one
             shuffles
             and
             the
             other
             cuts
             ,
             the
             Dealer
             delivers
             out
             the
             Cards
             one
             by
             one
             ,
             to
             his
             Antagonist
             first
             and
             himself
             last
             ,
             till
             five
             apiece
             be
             dealt
             to
             one
             another
             ;
             the
             rest
             being
             set
             down
             in
             view
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             each
             looketh
             on
             his
             Game
             ,
             and
             ordereth
             his
             Cards
             for
             the
             best
             advantage
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             deals
             makes
             out
             the
             best
             Cards
             he
             can
             for
             his
             Crib
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             the
             worst
             ,
             because
             he
             will
             do
             him
             as
             little
             good
             as
             he
             can
             ,
             being
             his
             Crib
             ;
             which
             Crib
             is
             four
             Cards
             ,
             two
             a
             piece
             ,
             
             which
             they
             lay
             out
             upon
             the
             Table
             ,
             not
             knowing
             nor
             seeing
             one
             anothers
             Cards
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             turn
             up
             a
             Card
             from
             the
             parcel
             that
             was
             left
             of
             dealing
             ,
             and
             each
             of
             them
             may
             make
             use
             of
             that
             Card
             to
             help
             them
             on
             in
             their
             Game
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             when
             they
             have
             play'd
             out
             their
             three
             Cards
             ,
             and
             set
             up
             with
             Counters
             their
             Games
             in
             their
             hands
             ,
             the
             Crib
             is
             the
             others
             the
             next
             deal
             ,
             and
             so
             they
             take
             it
             by
             turns
             .
          
           
             The
             value
             of
             the
             Cards
             is
             thus
             :
             Any
             fifteen
             upon
             the
             Cards
             is
             two
             ,
             whether
             nine
             and
             six
             ,
             ten
             and
             five
             ,
             King
             and
             five
             ,
             seven
             and
             eight
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             A
             Pair
             is
             two
             ,
             a
             Pair-Royal
             six
             ,
             a
             double
             Pair-Royal
             twelve
             ,
             
               Sequences
               of
               three
            
             is
             two
             ,
             
               Sequences
               of
               four
            
             is
             four
             ,
             
               of
               five
            
             five
             ,
             &c.
             and
             so
             is
             a
             
               Flush
               of
               three
            
             ,
             three
             ;
             
               of
               four
            
             ,
             four
             ,
             &c.
             
             
               Knave
               Noddy
            
             is
             one
             in
             hand
             and
             two
             to
             the
             Dealer
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             a
             Knave
             of
             that
             suit
             which
             is
             turned
             up
             ,
             it
             is
             
               Knave
               Noddy
            
             .
             A
             Pair
             of
             Aces
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             Knaves
             ,
             Tens
             ,
             &c.
             is
             two
             ;
             Three
             Aces
             ,
             Kings
             ,
             Queens
             ,
             &c.
             is
             a
             Pair-Royal
             ;
             a
             double
             Pair-Royal
             is
             four
             Aces
             ,
             four
             Kings
             ,
             four
             Queens
             ,
             &c.
             and
             is
             twelve
             Games
             to
             him
             that
             hath
             them
             .
          
           
           
             Having
             lookt
             on
             your
             Cards
             ,
             you
             count
             your
             Game
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             Suppose
             you
             have
             in
             your
             hand
             a
             Nine
             and
             two
             Sixes
             ,
             after
             you
             have
             laid
             out
             two
             Cards
             for
             the
             Crib
             ,
             that
             makes
             you
             six
             Games
             ,
             because
             there
             is
             two
             fifteens
             and
             a
             pair
             ,
             by
             adding
             your
             Nine
             to
             the
             two
             Sixes
             ,
             and
             if
             a
             Six
             chance
             to
             be
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             then
             you
             have
             twelve
             Games
             in
             your
             hand
             ;
             for
             though
             you
             must
             not
             take
             the
             turn'd
             up
             Card
             into
             your
             hand
             ,
             yet
             you
             may
             make
             what
             use
             you
             can
             of
             it
             in
             counting
             ,
             so
             that
             the
             three
             Sixes
             makes
             you
             six
             ,
             being
             a
             Pair-Royal
             ,
             and
             the
             Nine
             added
             to
             every
             Six
             makes
             three
             fifteens
             ,
             which
             six
             more
             added
             to
             the
             former
             ,
             make
             twelve
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             set
             up
             with
             Counters
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             that
             your
             Opponent
             may
             know
             what
             you
             are
             ,
             though
             you
             must
             not
             see
             his
             Cards
             ,
             nor
             he
             yours
             ;
             if
             you
             think
             he
             plays
             foul
             by
             reckoning
             too
             much
             ,
             you
             may
             count
             them
             after
             the
             hand
             is
             play'd
             .
          
           
             Thus
             you
             have
             set
             up
             your
             twelve
             ,
             your
             Opposite
             it
             may
             be
             hath
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             and
             six
             in
             his
             hand
             ;
             that
             is
             two
             ,
             because
             of
             
               Sequences
               of
               three
            
             ;
             then
             it
             is
             two
             more
             
             because
             it
             is
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             and
             six
             ;
             again
             ,
             taking
             in
             the
             counting
             six
             that
             is
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             that
             is
             in
             all
             four
             ,
             then
             there
             is
             fifteen
             and
             fifteen
             ,
             four
             and
             five
             is
             nine
             ,
             and
             six
             is
             fifteen
             ,
             and
             then
             with
             the
             six
             turn'd
             up
             't
             is
             fifteen
             more
             ,
             which
             makes
             eight
             Games
             ,
             this
             he
             likewise
             sets
             up
             ,
             keeping
             his
             Cards
             undiscovered
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             he
             that
             deals
             not
             sets
             up
             three
             in
             lieu
             thereof
             .
          
           
             Having
             thus
             done
             ,
             he
             that
             dealt
             not
             plays
             first
             ,
             suppose
             it
             a
             six
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             a
             nine
             play
             it
             ,
             that
             makes
             fifteen
             ,
             for
             which
             set
             up
             two
             ,
             the
             next
             may
             play
             a
             four
             which
             makes
             nineteen
             ,
             you
             a
             six
             twenty
             five
             ,
             and
             he
             a
             five
             that
             is
             thirty
             ▪
             you
             being
             not
             able
             to
             come
             in
             ,
             having
             a
             six
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             he
             sets
             up
             one
             ,
             (
             for
             it
             is
             one
             and
             thirty
             you
             aim
             at
             in
             playing
             the
             Cards
             )
             ,
             because
             he
             is
             most
             ,
             and
             two
             for
             Sequences
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             and
             six
             ,
             which
             were
             his
             four
             after
             the
             fifteen
             ,
             your
             five
             and
             his
             six
             ;
             and
             that
             doth
             not
             hinder
             them
             from
             being
             Sequences
             ,
             though
             the
             six
             was
             play'd
             between
             the
             four
             and
             the
             five
             ;
             but
             if
             an
             Ace
             ,
             Nine
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             or
             thelike
             ,
             had
             been
             play'd
             between
             ,
             ●hey
             had
             been
             no
             Sequences
             ;
             so
             the
             two
             for
             
             the
             Sequences
             ,
             and
             the
             one
             for
             thirty
             being
             most
             (
             as
             at
             one
             and
             thirty
             )
             makes
             him
             three
             ,
             which
             he
             must
             set
             up
             to
             the
             rest
             of
             his
             Game
             ▪
             and
             in
             this
             playing
             of
             the
             Cards
             you
             may
             make
             
               Pairs
               ,
               Sequences
               ,
               Flush
               ,
               Fifteens
               ,
               Pair-Royals
               ,
            
             and
             double
             Pair-Royals
             ,
             if
             you
             can
             ,
             though
             that
             is
             rarely
             seen
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             you
             look
             upon
             you
             Crib
             ,
             that
             is
             the
             two
             Cards
             apiece
             laid
             out
             at
             first
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Dealers
             ;
             if
             he
             find
             no
             Games
             in
             them
             ,
             nor
             help
             by
             the
             Card
             that
             was
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             which
             he
             takes
             into
             his
             hand
             ,
             then
             he
             is
             bilkt
             ,
             and
             sometimes
             it
             so
             happens
             that
             he
             is
             both
             bilkt
             in
             hand
             and
             crib
             .
             Thus
             they
             play
             and
             deal
             by
             turns
             till
             the
             Game
             of
             sixty
             one
             be
             up
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             if
             you
             get
             the
             Game
             before
             your
             Adversary
             is
             forty
             five
             (
             forty
             four
             will
             not
             do
             it
             )
             you
             must
             then
             say
             ,
             I
             have
             lurkt
             you
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             a
             double
             Game
             for
             whatever
             you
             play'd
             with
             six
             shilling
             ,
             or
             a
             greater
             summ
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             X.
             
          
           
             A
             Game
             at
             ALL-FOVRS
             .
          
           
             ALL-Fours
             is
             a
             Game
             very
             much
             play'd
             in
             Kent
             ,
             and
             very
             well
             it
             may
             ,
             since
             from
             thence
             it
             drew
             its
             first
             original
             ;
             and
             although
             the
             Game
             may
             be
             lookt
             upon
             as
             trivial
             and
             inconsiderable
             ,
             yet
             I
             have
             known
             Kentish
             Gentlemen
             and
             others
             of
             very
             considerable
             note
             ,
             who
             have
             play'd
             great
             sums
             of
             money
             at
             it
             ,
             yet
             that
             adds
             not
             much
             to
             the
             worth
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             for
             a
             man
             may
             play
             away
             an
             estate
             at
             
               One
               and
               Thirty
            
             ;
             as
             I
             knew
             one
             lose
             a
             considerable
             sum
             
               at
               most
               at
               three
               throws
            
             .
          
           
             This
             Game
             I
             conceive
             is
             called
             All-fours
             from
             
               Highest
               ,
               Lowest
               ,
               Iack
            
             ,
             and
             Game
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Set
             as
             some
             play
             it
             ,
             but
             you
             may
             make
             from
             seven
             to
             fifteen
             ,
             or
             more
             if
             you
             please
             ,
             but
             commonly
             eleven
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             but
             two
             can
             play
             at
             it
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             and
             they
             must
             lift
             for
             dealing
             ,
             
             the
             highest
             Put-card
             deals
             ,
             who
             delivers
             to
             his
             adversary
             three
             Cards
             ,
             and
             to
             himself
             the
             like
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             again
             ,
             and
             having
             six
             apiece
             ,
             he
             turns
             up
             a
             Card
             which
             is
             Trump
             ;
             if
             Jack
             (
             and
             that
             is
             any
             Knave
             )
             it
             is
             one
             to
             the
             Dealer
             .
          
           
             If
             he
             to
             whom
             the
             Cards
             were
             dealt
             after
             perusal
             of
             his
             Game
             like
             them
             not
             ,
             he
             hath
             the
             liberty
             of
             beging
             one
             ;
             if
             the
             Dealer
             refuse
             to
             give
             him
             one
             ,
             then
             he
             deals
             three
             apiece
             more
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             then
             turns
             up
             a
             Card
             of
             the
             same
             suit
             ,
             he
             deals
             further
             till
             he
             turns
             up
             a
             Card
             of
             another
             suit
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             That
             an
             Ace
             is
             four
             ,
             a
             King
             is
             three
             ,
             a
             Queen
             is
             two
             ,
             a
             Knave
             one
             ,
             and
             a
             Ten
             is
             ten
             .
          
           
             Now
             you
             must
             play
             down
             your
             Cards
             ,
             but
             to
             what
             advantage
             I
             cannot
             here
             prescribe
             ,
             it
             must
             be
             according
             to
             the
             Cards
             you
             have
             in
             your
             hand
             managed
             by
             your
             judgment
             to
             the
             best
             advantage
             .
          
           
             Having
             play'd
             your
             Cards
             you
             reckon
             ,
             if
             you
             are
             highest
             and
             lowest
             of
             what
             is
             Trumps
             ,
             you
             reckon
             two
             ;
             if
             you
             are
             only
             highest
             but
             one
             ,
             and
             
             the
             like
             of
             Jack
             and
             Game
             ;
             sometimes
             you
             are
             highest
             ,
             lowest
             ,
             Jack
             ,
             and
             Game
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             must
             reckon
             four
             ;
             the
             Game
             is
             he
             that
             tells
             most
             after
             the
             Cards
             are
             play'd
             ,
             and
             therefore
             a
             Ten
             is
             a
             very
             significant
             Card
             ,
             which
             crafty
             Gamesters
             know
             so
             well
             that
             they
             will
             frequently
             take
             out
             of
             a
             Pack
             two
             Tens
             ,
             and
             hide
             them
             contrary
             to
             the
             knowledg
             of
             the
             other
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             advantage
             to
             this
             foul
             player
             ,
             if
             he
             play
             of
             the
             same
             suit
             of
             these
             Tens
             he
             hath
             absconded
             ,
             for
             it
             must
             of
             necessity
             secure
             him
             from
             losing
             the
             Game
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             That
             he
             that
             wins
             Jack
             wins
             one
             also
             ;
             and
             furthermore
             observe
             that
             for
             advantage
             reneging
             is
             allowable
             if
             you
             have
             Trumps
             in
             your
             hand
             to
             trump
             it
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             another
             sort
             of
             All-fours
             called
             Running-All-fours
             ,
             at
             which
             they
             play
             One
             and
             Thirty
             up
             ,
             and
             in
             this
             Game
             the
             Dealer
             hath
             a
             great
             advantage
             ,
             for
             if
             he
             turn
             up
             an
             Ace
             it
             is
             four
             ,
             a
             King
             three
             ,
             a
             Queen
             two
             ,
             and
             a
             Knave
             one
             ,
             and
             these
             are
             the
             same
             also
             in
             play
             .
             A
             Ten
             is
             the
             best
             Card
             for
             making
             up
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XI
             .
          
           
             English
             Ruff
             and
             Honours
             ,
             and
             Whist
             .
          
           
             RUff
             and
             Honours
             
               (
               alias
            
             Slamm
             )
             and
             Whist
             ,
             are
             Games
             so
             commonly
             Known
             in
             England
             in
             all
             parts
             thereof
             ,
             that
             every
             Child
             almost
             of
             Eight
             years
             old
             hath
             a
             competent
             knowledg
             in
             that
             recreation
             ,
             and
             therefore
             I
             am
             unwilling
             to
             speak
             any
             thing
             more
             of
             them
             than
             this
             ,
             that
             there
             may
             be
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             art
             used
             in
             Dealing
             and
             playing
             at
             these
             Games
             which
             differ
             very
             little
             one
             from
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             In
             playing
             your
             Cards
             you
             must
             have
             recourse
             altogether
             to
             your
             own
             judgment
             or
             discretion
             ,
             still
             making
             the
             best
             of
             a
             bad
             market
             ;
             and
             though
             you
             have
             but
             mean
             Cards
             in
             your
             own
             hand
             ,
             yet
             you
             may
             play
             them
             so
             suitable
             to
             those
             in
             your
             Partners
             hand
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             either
             trump
             them
             ,
             or
             play
             the
             best
             of
             that
             suit
             on
             the
             Board
             .
          
           
           
             You
             ought
             to
             have
             a
             special
             eye
             to
             what
             Cards
             are
             play'd
             out
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             know
             by
             that
             means
             either
             what
             to
             play
             if
             you
             lead
             ,
             or
             how
             to
             trump
             securely
             and
             advantagiously
             .
             Reneging
             or
             renouncing
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             not
             following
             suit
             when
             you
             have
             it
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             is
             very
             fowl
             play
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             doth
             it
             ought
             to
             forfeit
             one
             ,
             or
             the
             Game
             upon
             a
             Game
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             loseth
             dealing
             loseth
             one
             ,
             or
             a
             trick
             as
             you
             make
             it
             .
          
           
             At
             Ruff
             and
             Honours
             ,
             by
             some
             called
             Slamm
             ,
             you
             have
             in
             the
             Pack
             all
             the
             Deuces
             ,
             and
             the
             reason
             is
             ,
             because
             four
             playing
             having
             dealt
             twelve
             a
             piece
             ,
             there
             are
             four
             left
             for
             the
             Stock
             ,
             the
             uppermost
             whereof
             is
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             Trumps
             ,
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             Ace
             of
             that
             ,
             Ruffs
             ;
             that
             is
             ,
             he
             takes
             in
             those
             four
             Cards
             ,
             and
             lays
             out
             four
             others
             in
             their
             lieu
             ;
             the
             four
             Honours
             are
             the
             Ace
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             and
             Knave
             ;
             he
             that
             hath
             three
             Honours
             in
             his
             own
             hand
             ,
             his
             part
             not
             having
             the
             fourth
             sets
             up
             Eight
             by
             Cards
             ,
             that
             is
             t●o
             tricks
             ;
             if
             he
             hath
             all
             four
             ,
             then
             Sixteen
             ,
             that
             is
             four
             
             tricks
             ;
             it
             is
             all
             one
             if
             the
             two
             Partners
             make
             them
             three
             or
             four
             between
             them
             ,
             as
             if
             one
             had
             them
             .
             If
             the
             Honours
             are
             equally
             divided
             among
             the
             Gamesters
             of
             each
             side
             ,
             then
             they
             say
             Honours
             are
             split
             .
             If
             either
             side
             are
             at
             eight
             Groats
             he
             hath
             the
             benefit
             of
             calling
             Can-ye
             ,
             if
             he
             hath
             two
             Honours
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             and
             if
             the
             other
             answers
             one
             ,
             the
             Game
             is
             up
             ,
             which
             is
             nine
             in
             all
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             hath
             more
             than
             two
             he
             shows
             them
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             is
             one
             and
             the
             same
             thing
             ;
             but
             if
             he
             forgets
             to
             call
             after
             playing
             a
             trick
             ,
             he
             loseth
             the
             advantage
             of
             Can-ye
             for
             that
             deal
             .
          
           
             All
             Cards
             are
             of
             value
             as
             they
             are
             superiour
             one
             to
             another
             ,
             as
             a
             Ten
             wins
             a
             Nine
             if
             not
             Trumps
             ,
             so
             a
             Queen
             ,
             a
             Knave
             in
             like
             manner
             ;
             but
             the
             least
             Trump
             will
             win
             the
             highest
             Card
             of
             any
             other
             Card
             ;
             where
             note
             the
             Ace
             is
             the
             highest
             .
          
           
             Whist
             is
             a
             Game
             not
             much
             differing
             from
             this
             ,
             only
             they
             put
             out
             the
             Deuces
             and
             take
             in
             no
             stock
             ;
             and
             is
             called
             Whist
             from
             the
             silence
             that
             is
             to
             be
             observed
             in
             the
             play
             ;
             they
             
             deal
             as
             before
             ,
             playing
             four
             ,
             two
             of
             a
             side
             ,
             (
             some
             play
             at
             two
             handed
             ,
             or
             three
             handed
             Whist
             ;
             if
             three
             handed
             ,
             always
             two
             strive
             to
             suppress
             and
             keep
             down
             the
             rising-man
             )
             ,
             I
             say
             they
             deal
             to
             each
             Twelve
             a
             piece
             and
             the
             Trump
             is
             the
             bottom
             Card.
             The
             manner
             of
             crafty
             playing
             ▪
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Game
             Nine
             Honours
             and
             dignity
             of
             other
             Cards
             are
             all
             alike
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             wins
             most
             tricks
             is
             most
             forward
             to
             win
             the
             set
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             can
             by
             craft
             over-look
             his
             adversaries
             Game
             hath
             a
             great
             advantage
             ,
             for
             by
             that
             means
             he
             may
             partly
             know
             what
             to
             play
             securely
             ;
             or
             if
             he
             can
             have
             some
             petty
             glimpse
             of
             his
             Partners
             hand
             .
             There
             is
             a
             way
             by
             winking
             ,
             or
             the
             fingers
             to
             discover
             to
             their
             Partners
             what
             Honours
             they
             have
             ,
             as
             by
             the
             wink
             of
             one
             eye
             ,
             or
             putting
             one
             finger
             on
             the
             nose
             or
             table
             ,
             it
             signifies
             one
             Honour
             ,
             shutting
             both
             the
             eyes
             ,
             two
             ;
             placing
             three
             fingers
             or
             four
             on
             the
             Table
             ,
             three
             or
             four
             Honours
             .
             They
             have
             several
             ways
             of
             securing
             an
             Honour
             or
             more
             in
             the
             bottom
             when
             they
             deal
             ,
             either
             
             to
             their
             Partners
             or
             selves
             ;
             if
             to
             their
             Partner
             they
             place
             in
             the
             second
             lift
             next
             the
             top
             ,
             1
             ,
             2
             ,
             3
             ,
             or
             four
             Aces
             ,
             or
             Court
             cards
             all
             of
             a
             suit
             ,
             according
             as
             they
             could
             get
             them
             together
             in
             the
             former
             deal
             ,
             and
             place
             a
             Card
             of
             the
             same
             suit
             in
             the
             bottom
             ,
             when
             the
             Cards
             are
             cut
             they
             must
             use
             their
             hand
             so
             dexterously
             as
             not
             to
             put
             the
             top
             in
             the
             bottom
             ,
             but
             nimbly
             place
             where
             it
             was
             before
             .
          
           
             If
             they
             would
             secure
             Honours
             to
             themselves
             when
             dealing
             ,
             they
             then
             place
             so
             many
             as
             they
             can
             get
             upon
             their
             lap
             or
             other
             place
             undiscerned
             ,
             and
             after
             the
             Cards
             are
             cut
             ,
             then
             clap
             them
             very
             neatly
             under
             .
             But
             the
             cleanliest
             rooking
             way
             is
             by
             the
             breef
             ,
             that
             is
             take
             a
             pack
             of
             Cards
             and
             open
             them
             ,
             then
             take
             out
             all
             the
             Honours
             ,
             that
             is
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             the
             four
             Aces
             ,
             the
             four
             Kings
             ,
             &c.
             then
             take
             the
             rest
             and
             cut
             a
             little
             from
             the
             edges
             of
             them
             all
             alike
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             the
             Honours
             will
             be
             broader
             than
             the
             rest
             ,
             so
             that
             when
             your
             Adversary
             cuts
             to
             you
             ,
             you
             are
             certain
             of
             an
             Honour
             ,
             when
             you
             cut
             to
             your
             Adversary
             cut
             
             at
             the
             ends
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             is
             a
             chance
             if
             you
             cut
             him
             an
             Honour
             ,
             because
             the
             Cards
             at
             the
             ends
             are
             all
             of
             a
             length
             ,
             thus
             you
             may
             make
             breefs
             end-ways
             as
             well
             as
             side-ways
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             a
             sort
             of
             cunning
             fellows
             about
             this
             City
             ,
             who
             before
             they
             go
             to
             play
             will
             plant
             half
             a
             dozen
             of
             these
             Packs
             (
             nay
             sometimes
             half
             a
             score
             )
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             a
             Drawer
             ,
             who
             to
             avoid
             being
             suspected
             will
             call
             to
             their
             confederate
             Drawer
             for
             a
             fresh
             pack
             of
             Cards
             ,
             who
             brings
             them
             as
             from
             a
             shop
             new
             ,
             and
             some
             of
             these
             Packs
             shall
             be
             so
             finely
             markt
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Gamester
             shall
             plainly
             and
             certainly
             know
             every
             Card
             therein
             contain'd
             by
             the
             outside
             ,
             although
             the
             best
             of
             other
             eyes
             shall
             not
             discern
             where
             any
             mark
             was
             made
             at
             all
             ;
             and
             this
             done
             with
             that
             variety
             that
             every
             ●ard
             of
             every
             suit
             shall
             have
             a
             different
             distinguishable
             mark
             .
          
           
             Some
             have
             a
             way
             to
             slick
             with
             a
             slick-stone
             all
             the
             Honours
             very
             smooth
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             he
             will
             be
             sure
             to
             cut
             his
             Partner
             an
             Honour
             ,
             and
             so
             his
             Partner
             to
             him
             again
             ,
             and
             
             that
             is
             done
             by
             lying
             a
             forefinger
             on
             the
             top
             indifferent
             hard
             ,
             and
             giving
             a
             slurring
             jerk
             to
             the
             rest
             which
             will
             slip
             off
             from
             the
             slickt
             Card.
             
          
           
             It
             is
             impossible
             to
             shew
             you
             all
             the
             Cheats
             of
             this
             Game
             ,
             since
             your
             cunning
             Gamester
             is
             always
             studying
             new
             inventions
             to
             deceive
             the
             ignorant
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XII
             .
          
           
             FRENCH-RVFF
             .
          
           
             AT
             French-Ruff
             you
             must
             lift
             for
             deal
             ,
             most
             or
             least
             carries
             it
             according
             to
             the
             agreement
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             .
          
           
             You
             may
             play
             either
             two
             ,
             four
             or
             six
             of
             a
             side
             ,
             dealing
             to
             each
             five
             a
             piece
             ,
             either
             two
             first
             at
             a
             time
             ,
             or
             three
             ,
             according
             to
             pleasure
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             deals
             turns
             up
             Trump
             ;
             the
             King
             is
             the
             highest
             Card
             at
             Trumps
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             highest
             in
             all
             other
             Cards
             that
             are
             not
             Trumps
             ,
             the
             Queen
             is
             next
             ,
             the
             Knave
             next
             ,
             and
             next
             to
             that
             the
             Ace
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             Cards
             follow
             in
             preheminency
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Pips
             ,
             but
             all
             small
             Trumps
             win
             the
             highest
             of
             any
             other
             suit
             .
          
           
             Having
             turn'd
             up
             Trumps
             ,
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             Ace
             must
             take
             the
             Ace
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             Trumps
             which
             immediately
             follow
             that
             ,
             if
             so
             agreed
             among
             the
             Gamesters
             ,
             laying
             out
             so
             many
             
             Cards
             as
             he
             took
             up
             in
             lieu
             thereof
             .
          
           
             After
             this
             they
             play
             ,
             to
             win
             two
             tricks
             signifies
             nothing
             ,
             to
             win
             three
             or
             four
             wins
             but
             one
             ,
             but
             to
             win
             five
             is
             the
             winning
             of
             five
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             play
             at
             forsat
             (
             that
             is
             the
             rigour
             of
             the
             play
             )
             he
             that
             deals
             wrong
             loseth
             one
             and
             his
             Deal
             .
             You
             are
             bound
             to
             follow
             suit
             ,
             and
             if
             you
             renounce
             or
             renege
             you
             lose
             the
             whole
             Game
             ,
             if
             you
             so
             make
             it
             ,
             otherwise
             but
             one
             or
             two
             according
             to
             agreement
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             plays
             a
             Card
             that
             is
             trumped
             by
             the
             follower
             ,
             if
             the
             next
             player
             hath
             none
             of
             the
             former
             suit
             he
             must
             trump
             it
             again
             ,
             although
             he
             hath
             never
             a
             trump
             in
             his
             hand
             that
             can
             win
             the
             former
             trump
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             must
             pass
             to
             the
             last
             player
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Players
             round
             are
             bound
             to
             win
             the
             highest
             trump
             play'd
             if
             they
             can
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             playeth
             before
             his
             turn
             loseth
             one
             ,
             unless
             it
             be
             the
             last
             Card
             of
             all
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIII
             .
          
           
             Five-CARDS
             .
          
           
             FIve-Cards
             is
             an
             Irish
             Game
             ,
             and
             is
             as
             much
             play'd
             in
             that
             Kingdom
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             considerable
             sums
             of
             money
             ,
             as
             All-fours
             is
             play'd
             in
             Kent
             ,
             but
             there
             is
             little
             analogy
             between
             them
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             but
             two
             can
             play
             at
             it
             ,
             and
             there
             are
             dealt
             five
             Cards
             a
             piece
             .
             The
             least
             of
             the
             black
             ,
             and
             the
             most
             of
             the
             red
             wins
             .
             The
             Ace
             of
             Diamonds
             is
             the
             worst
             of
             the
             whole
             pack
             ,
             unless
             it
             prove
             to
             be
             trump
             .
          
           
             The
             five
             fingers
             (
             alias
             ,
             five
             of
             trumps
             )
             is
             the
             best
             Card
             in
             the
             pack
             ;
             the
             Ace
             of
             Hearts
             is
             next
             to
             that
             and
             the
             next
             is
             the
             Ace
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             then
             the
             Knave
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             Cards
             are
             best
             according
             to
             their
             value
             in
             pips
             ,
             or
             as
             they
             are
             trumps
             .
          
           
             Before
             you
             play
             ask
             whether
             he
             will
             
               five
               it
            
             ,
             if
             he
             speaks
             affirmatively
             turn
             up
             the
             next
             Card
             of
             the
             Pack
             under
             that
             first
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             and
             that
             
             must
             be
             trumps
             ;
             if
             not
             play
             ,
             it
             out
             :
             he
             that
             wins
             most
             Cards
             wins
             five
             ,
             but
             he
             that
             wins
             all
             ,
             wins
             ten
             .
          
           
             Observe
             ,
             that
             the
             Ace
             of
             Hearts
             wins
             the
             Ace
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             and
             the
             Five-fingers
             not
             only
             wins
             the
             Ace
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             but
             also
             all
             other
             Cards
             whatever
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XIV
             .
          
           
             Of
             a
             Game
             called
             Costly-Colours
             .
          
           
             THis
             Game
             is
             to
             be
             play'd
             out
             only
             by
             two
             persons
             ,
             of
             which
             the
             eldest
             is
             to
             play
             first
             as
             in
             other
             Games
             .
             You
             must
             deal
             off
             three
             apiece
             ,
             and
             turn
             up
             the
             next
             Card
             following
             ;
             then
             the
             Eldest
             is
             to
             take
             his
             choice
             whether
             he
             will
             Mogg
             .
             (
             that
             is
             change
             a
             Card
             or
             no
             )
             and
             whosoever
             refuseth
             is
             to
             give
             the
             other
             one
             chalk
             or
             hole
             ,
             of
             which
             generally
             Threescore
             and
             one
             makes
             the
             Game
             .
             Then
             must
             the
             Eldest
             play
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             if
             he
             can
             must
             make
             it
             up
             fifteen
             ,
             for
             which
             she
             shall
             set
             up
             as
             many
             holes
             or
             chalks
             as
             there
             are
             Cards
             upon
             the
             Table
             ;
             so
             likewise
             for
             five
             and
             twenty
             ,
             and
             also
             as
             many
             Cards
             as
             are
             play'd
             to
             make
             up
             thirty
             ,
             no
             more
             nor
             less
             ,
             so
             many
             chalks
             may
             be
             set
             up
             who
             play'd
             last
             ,
             to
             make
             up
             one
             and
             thirty
             ,
             and
             if
             one
             and
             thirty
             be
             not
             made
             ,
             then
             he
             that
             play'd
             last
             
             and
             is
             nearest
             one
             and
             thirty
             without
             making
             out
             must
             set
             up
             one
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             setting
             up
             one
             for
             the
             latter
             .
          
           
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             the
             eldest
             must
             show
             how
             many
             Chalks
             he
             hath
             in
             his
             hand
             to
             set
             up
             ,
             and
             after
             him
             the
             youngest
             ,
             which
             they
             must
             reckon
             in
             this
             manner
             ,
             taking
             notice
             both
             of
             the
             colour
             and
             number
             of
             pips
             upon
             the
             Card
             turn'd
             up
             as
             those
             in
             their
             hands
             still
             ,
             reckoning
             as
             many
             for
             all
             the
             fifteen
             and
             five
             and
             twenty
             as
             there
             go
             Cards
             to
             make
             the
             number
             ;
             and
             if
             you
             have
             it
             by
             chance
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             Card
             turned
             up
             one
             and
             thirty
             ,
             then
             you
             must
             set
             up
             four
             for
             that
             :
             you
             must
             also
             set
             up
             if
             you
             have
             them
             in
             your
             hands
             or
             can
             make
             them
             so
             in
             the
             Card
             turn'd
             up
             as
             followeth
             ;
             two
             for
             a
             pair
             ,
             be
             they
             either
             Coat-cards
             ,
             or
             others
             ;
             two
             for
             a
             Knave
             ,
             and
             if
             a
             Knave
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             and
             suit
             of
             the
             Card
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             then
             you
             must
             set
             up
             four
             ;
             and
             so
             for
             a
             Deuce
             four
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             of
             the
             same
             colour
             turn'd
             up
             :
             if
             you
             have
             three
             of
             a
             sort
             ,
             either
             three
             fours
             ,
             five
             sixes
             ,
             or
             Coat-cards
             ,
             you
             must
             set
             up
             nine
             ,
             and
             this
             is
             called
             
             a
             Pair-Royal
             ;
             now
             if
             they
             are
             all
             either
             Hearts
             ,
             Diamonds
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ,
             then
             you
             must
             set
             up
             six
             for
             costlycolours
             .
             If
             you
             have
             three
             of
             a
             colour
             you
             can
             reckon
             but
             two
             for
             Colours
             .
          
           
             Whosoever
             dealt
             ,
             if
             he
             turn'd
             up
             either
             Deuce
             or
             Knave
             ,
             he
             must
             set
             up
             four
             for
             it
             ;
             as
             for
             example
             ,
             imagine
             you
             had
             dealt
             your
             Adversary
             three
             Cards
             ,
             viz.
             the
             five
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             four
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             and
             eight
             of
             Hearts
             ;
             to
             your self
             the
             Deuce
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             seven
             of
             Clubs
             ,
             and
             nine
             of
             Hearts
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             you
             turn
             up
             a
             Card
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Knave
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             for
             which
             you
             must
             set
             up
             four
             ;
             then
             because
             he
             will
             not
             ask
             you
             to
             change
             one
             ,
             he
             gives
             you
             one
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             set
             up
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             plays
             ,
             suppose
             it
             be
             his
             five
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             you
             then
             play
             your
             seven
             of
             Clubs
             ,
             which
             makes
             twelve
             ,
             then
             he
             plays
             his
             eight
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             which
             makes
             twenty
             ●
             then
             you
             play
             your
             nine
             of
             〈…〉
             makes
             twenty
             nine
             ,
             and
             because
             ●
             cannot
             come
             in
             with
             his
             five
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             you
             must
             play
             your
             Deuce
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             which
             makes
             you
             
             one
             and
             thirty
             .
             For
             your
             five
             you
             must
             set
             up
             five
             ,
             then
             he
             must
             set
             up
             what
             he
             hath
             in
             his
             hand
             ,
             which
             you
             will
             find
             to
             be
             but
             six
             ,
             for
             he
             hath
             nothing
             in
             his
             hand
             but
             Costly-Colours
             .
             Then
             must
             you
             set
             up
             your
             Games
             ,
             which
             first
             are
             two
             ,
             for
             your
             nine
             of
             Clubs
             and
             nine
             of
             Hearts
             which
             make
             fifteen
             ,
             then
             that
             fifteen
             and
             the
             Knave
             turn'd
             up
             makes
             five
             and
             twenty
             ,
             for
             which
             set
             up
             three
             ;
             then
             for
             your
             Deuce
             of
             Hearts
             which
             is
             the
             right
             ,
             set
             up
             four
             ,
             and
             three
             for
             Colours
             ,
             because
             you
             have
             three
             of
             a
             sort
             in
             your
             hand
             with
             that
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             now
             these
             with
             the
             five
             you
             got
             in
             playing
             for
             thirty
             one
             makes
             you
             this
             Deal
             with
             the
             Knave
             turn'd
             up
             and
             the
             Cards
             in
             your
             hand
             just
             twenty
             .
             Many
             other
             examples
             I
             might
             give
             you
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             is
             needless
             since
             this
             one
             is
             sufficient
             to
             direct
             you
             in
             all
             others
             .
             And
             thus
             much
             for
             Costly-Colours
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XV.
             
          
           
             BONE-ACE
             .
          
           
             THis
             Game
             you
             may
             look
             on
             as
             trivial
             and
             very
             inconsiderable
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             by
             reason
             of
             the
             little
             variety
             therein
             contein'd
             ,
             but
             because
             I
             have
             seen
             Ladies
             and
             Persons
             of
             quality
             have
             plaid
             at
             it
             for
             their
             diversion
             ,
             I
             will
             briefly
             describe
             it
             ,
             and
             the
             rather
             because
             it
             is
             a
             licking
             Game
             for
             Money
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             seven
             ,
             or
             eight
             (
             or
             as
             many
             as
             the
             Cards
             will
             permit
             )
             play
             at
             it
             at
             one
             time
             .
             In
             the
             lifting
             for
             dealing
             the
             least
             deals
             ,
             which
             is
             a
             great
             disadvantage
             ;
             for
             that
             makes
             the
             Dealer
             youngest
             hand
             .
          
           
             The
             Dealer
             deals
             out
             two
             to
             the
             first
             hand
             ,
             and
             turns
             up
             the
             third
             ,
             and
             so
             goes
             on
             to
             the
             next
             ,
             to
             the
             third
             ,
             fourth
             ,
             fifth
             ,
             &c.
             
             He
             that
             hath
             the
             biggest
             Card
             carries
             the
             Bone
             ,
             th●t
             is
             one
             half
             of
             the
             Stake
             ,
             the
             other
             remaining
             for
             the
             Game
             ;
             now
             if
             there
             be
             thre●
             〈◊〉
             ,
             
             three
             Queens
             ,
             three
             Tens
             ,
             
             &c.
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             the
             eldest
             hand
             wins
             it
             .
             Here
             note
             that
             the
             Ace
             of
             Diamonds
             is
             Bone-Ace
             ,
             and
             wins
             all
             other
             Cards
             whatever
             :
             thus
             much
             for
             the
             Bone
             ;
             afterwards
             the
             nearest
             to
             one
             and
             thirty
             wins
             the
             Game
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             turns
             up
             or
             draws
             to
             one
             and
             thirty
             wins
             it
             immediately
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             PVTT
             and
             the
             High-Game
             .
          
           
             PVtt
             is
             the
             ordinary
             rooking
             Game
             of
             every
             place
             ,
             and
             seems
             by
             the
             few
             Cards
             that
             are
             dealt
             to
             have
             no
             great
             difficulty
             in
             the
             play
             ,
             but
             I
             am
             sure
             there
             is
             much
             craft
             and
             cunning
             in
             it
             ;
             of
             which
             I
             shall
             show
             as
             much
             as
             I
             understand
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             play
             at
             two-handed
             Putt
             (
             or
             if
             you
             please
             you
             may
             play
             at
             three
             hands
             )
             the
             best
             Putt-Card
             deals
             .
             Having
             shuffled
             the
             Cards
             ,
             the
             Adversary
             cuts
             them
             ,
             then
             the
             Dealer
             deals
             one
             to
             his
             Antagonist
             ,
             and
             another
             to
             himself
             till
             they
             have
             three
             apiece
             :
             five
             up
             or
             a
             Putt
             is
             commonly
             the
             Game
             .
             The
             eldest
             if
             he
             hath
             a
             good
             Game
             ,
             and
             thinks
             it
             better
             than
             his
             Adversaries
             ,
             puts
             to
             him
             ,
             if
             the
             other
             will
             not
             or
             dare
             not
             see
             him
             ,
             he
             then
             wins
             one
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             will
             see
             him
             they
             play
             it
             ●ut
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             wins
             two
             tricks
             or
             all
             three
             wins
             the
             whole
             set
             ;
             but
             if
             each
             win
             
             a
             trick
             and
             the
             third
             tyed
             ,
             neither
             win
             ,
             because
             it
             is
             trick
             and
             tye
             .
          
           
             Sometimes
             they
             play
             without
             putting
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             Winner
             is
             he
             that
             wins
             most
             tricks
             .
             Here
             note
             that
             in
             your
             playing
             keep
             up
             your
             Cards
             very
             close
             ;
             for
             the
             least
             discovery
             of
             any
             oue
             of
             them
             is
             a
             great
             advantage
             to
             him
             that
             sees
             it
             .
          
           
             This
             Game
             consists
             very
             much
             in
             daring
             ;
             for
             a
             right
             Gamester
             will
             put
             boldly
             upon
             very
             bad
             Cards
             sometimes
             ,
             as
             upon
             a
             five
             ,
             seven
             and
             a
             nine
             ;
             the
             other
             thinking
             he
             hath
             good
             Cards
             in
             his
             Adversaries
             hand
             ,
             having
             very
             indifferent
             ones
             in
             his
             own
             dares
             not
             see
             him
             ,
             and
             so
             by
             going
             to
             stock
             loseth
             one
             .
             Here
             note
             that
             he
             that
             once
             hath
             the
             confidence
             to
             put
             on
             bad
             Cards
             cannot
             recal
             his
             putting
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             he
             frequently
             pays
             for
             his
             bravado
             .
          
           
             The
             best
             Putt-Cards
             are
             first
             the
             Trey
             ,
             next
             the
             Deuce
             ,
             then
             the
             Ace
             ,
             the
             rest
             follow
             in
             preheminence
             thus
             ;
             the
             King
             ,
             the
             Queen
             ,
             the
             Knave
             ,
             the
             Ten
             ,
             and
             so
             onwards
             to
             the
             four
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             meanest
             Card
             at
             Putt
             .
          
           
           
             Some
             of
             the
             Cheats
             at
             Putt
             are
             done
             after
             this
             manner
             :
          
           
             First
             ,
             for
             cutting
             to
             be
             sure
             of
             a
             good
             Putt-Card
             ,
             they
             use
             the
             Bent
             ,
             the
             Slick
             ,
             and
             the
             Breef
             ;
             the
             bent
             is
             a
             Card
             bended
             in
             play
             which
             you
             cut
             ,
             the
             slick
             is
             when
             beforehand
             the
             Gamester
             takes
             a
             Pack
             of
             Cards
             ,
             and
             with
             a
             slick-stone
             smooths
             all
             the
             Putt-Cards
             ,
             that
             when
             he
             comes
             to
             cut
             to
             his
             Adversary
             with
             his
             forefinger
             above
             and
             his
             thumb
             about
             the
             middle
             ,
             he
             slides
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Cards
             off
             that
             which
             was
             slickt
             ,
             which
             is
             done
             infallibly
             with
             much
             facility
             ;
             but
             in
             this
             there
             is
             required
             neatness
             and
             dexterity
             for
             fear
             of
             discovery
             ,
             and
             then
             your
             confidence
             in
             this
             contrivance
             will
             be
             vain
             and
             of
             no
             effect
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             the
             Breef
             in
             cutting
             is
             very
             advantagious
             to
             him
             that
             cuts
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             thus
             done
             :
             the
             Cheat
             provides
             beforehand
             a
             Pack
             of
             Cards
             ,
             whereof
             some
             are
             broader
             than
             others
             ;
             under
             some
             of
             which
             he
             plants
             in
             play
             some
             good
             Putt-Cards
             ,
             which
             though
             they
             shuffle
             never
             so
             much
             they
             shall
             rarely
             separate
             them
             ;
             by
             which
             means
             he
             
             that
             cuts
             (
             laying
             his
             fingers
             on
             the
             broad
             Card
             )
             hath
             surely
             dealt
             him
             a
             Putt-Card
             .
          
           
             In
             dealing
             these
             Rooks
             have
             a
             trick
             they
             call
             the
             Spurr
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             ,
             as
             good
             Cards
             come
             into
             their
             hand
             that
             they
             may
             know
             them
             again
             by
             the
             outside
             (
             and
             so
             discover
             the
             strength
             or
             weakness
             of
             their
             Adversaries
             Game
             )
             I
             say
             some
             where
             on
             the
             outside
             they
             give
             them
             a
             gentle
             touch
             with
             their
             nail
             .
          
           
             Now
             when
             they
             intend
             to
             bleed
             a
             Col
             to
             some
             purpose
             whom
             they
             have
             set
             before
             ,
             they
             always
             fix
             half
             a
             score
             Packs
             of
             Cards
             before
             (
             as
             I
             have
             related
             in
             Whist
             )
             by
             slicking
             them
             or
             spurring
             them
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             giving
             them
             such
             marks
             that
             they
             shall
             certainly
             know
             every
             Card
             in
             the
             Pack
             ,
             and
             consequently
             every
             Card
             that
             is
             in
             his
             Adversaries
             hand
             ,
             an
             advantage
             that
             cannot
             well
             be
             greater
             .
          
           
             But
             if
             they
             are
             not
             furnished
             with
             such
             Cards
             ,
             and
             cannot
             accomplish
             their
             ends
             by
             the
             former
             indirect
             means
             without
             palpable
             discovery
             ,
             then
             they
             have
             accomplices
             who
             standing
             by
             the
             i●nocent
             Col
             look
             over
             his
             Game
             ,
             and
             
             discover
             what
             it
             is
             to
             his
             Adversary
             :
             and
             to
             strengthen
             their
             interest
             by
             cheating
             ,
             they
             frequently
             carry
             about
             them
             Treys
             ,
             Deuces
             ,
             Aces
             ,
             &c.
             in
             their
             pockets
             ,
             which
             they
             use
             as
             need
             requires
             ,
             or
             if
             not
             ,
             they
             will
             steal
             them
             out
             of
             the
             Pack
             whilst
             they
             are
             playing
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             securest
             way
             and
             freest
             from
             discovery
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             they
             have
             one
             most
             egregious
             piece
             of
             Roguery
             more
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             playing
             the
             High-game
             at
             Putt
             ;
             and
             this
             is
             to
             be
             done
             but
             once
             at
             a
             Set-meeting
             ;
             and
             therefore
             on
             this
             depends
             the
             absolute
             overthrow
             of
             the
             Col
             that
             plays
             ,
             or
             the
             Col
             that
             is
             a
             stander
             by
             .
          
           
             This
             High-game
             at
             Putt
             is
             thus
             performed
             :
             the
             Rook
             whilst
             playing
             singles
             out
             the
             Deuces
             and
             Treys
             for
             the
             last
             Game
             ,
             and
             placeth
             them
             thus
             in
             order
             ,
             hiding
             them
             in
             his
             lap
             or
             other
             covert
             ,
             first
             a
             Deuce
             ,
             then
             a
             Trey
             ,
             next
             a
             Deuce
             ,
             then
             a
             Trey
             ,
             then
             a
             Trey
             and
             a
             Trey
             ;
             now
             stooping
             letting
             fall
             a
             Card
             or
             some
             other
             way
             as
             he
             shall
             think
             fit
             ,
             he
             claps
             these
             Cards
             fa●'d
             at
             the
             bottom
             ,
             having
             shuf●led
             the
             Cards
             
             before
             ,
             and
             bids
             his
             Adversary
             cut
             ,
             which
             he
             nimbly
             and
             neatly
             with
             both
             his
             hands
             joyns
             the
             divided
             Cards
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             bottom
             fac'd
             Cards
             are
             upwards
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             deals
             ,
             and
             lest
             there
             should
             be
             a
             discovery
             made
             of
             the
             facing
             ,
             he
             palms
             them
             as
             much
             as
             he
             can
             ,
             nimbly
             passing
             the
             last
             Card.
             
          
           
             Now
             do
             the
             Gamesters
             smile
             at
             the
             goodness
             of
             each
             others
             Game
             ,
             one
             shows
             his
             to
             one
             ,
             the
             other
             his
             to
             another
             ;
             and
             cries
             who
             would
             not
             put
             at
             such
             Cards
             ?
             the
             other
             in
             as
             brisk
             a
             tone
             ,
             says
             ,
             Come
             if
             you
             dare
             .
             What
             will
             you
             lay
             of
             the
             Game
             ,
             says
             the
             Rook
             ?
             what
             you
             dare
             ,
             says
             the
             col
             ;
             then
             pausing
             a
             while
             the
             Rook
             seems
             to
             consult
             with
             his
             friends
             ,
             who
             cry
             ,
             they
             know
             not
             what
             to
             think
             on
             't
             ;
             five
             pound
             cries
             a
             rooking
             Confederate
             on
             this
             Gentlemans
             side
             ,
             the
             col
             encouraged
             hereby
             ,
             cries
             ten
             pound
             more
             :
             and
             thus
             the
             Rook
             holds
             him
             in
             ●lay
             till
             there
             be
             a
             good
             Sum
             of
             Money
             ●n
             the
             Board
             ;
             then
             an●wers
             the
             Putt
             of
             the
             now
             ruin'd
             cully
             .
             They
             now
             ●lay
             ;
             the
             col
             begins
             with
             a
             Deuce
             ,
             the
             Rook
             wins
             that
             with
             a
             Trey
             ;
             the
             
             Rook
             then
             plays
             a
             Deuce
             ,
             and
             the
             col
             wins
             it
             with
             his
             Trey
             ;
             then
             he
             plays
             his
             Deuce
             which
             is
             won
             with
             a
             Trey
             ;
             thus
             the
             Rook
             wins
             the
             day
             .
             This
             Game
             may
             be
             plaid
             otherways
             according
             to
             fancy
             :
             let
             these
             and
             the
             former
             cheats
             be
             a
             sufficient
             warning
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVII
             .
          
           
             WIT
             and
             REASON
             ,
             a
             Game
             so
             called
             .
          
           
             VVIT
             and
             Reason
             is
             a
             Game
             which
             seems
             very
             easie
             at
             first
             to
             the
             Learner
             ,
             but
             in
             his
             practice
             and
             observation
             shall
             find
             it
             otherwise
             .
             It
             is
             a
             Game
             something
             like
             one
             and
             thirty
             ,
             and
             is
             plaid
             after
             this
             manner
             .
          
           
             Two
             playing
             together
             ,
             the
             one
             hath
             all
             the
             red
             Cards
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             hath
             the
             black
             :
             then
             they
             turn
             up
             cross
             or
             pile
             who
             shall
             lead
             ;
             for
             the
             Leader
             hath
             a
             great
             advantage
             over
             the
             other
             ,
             as
             shall
             be
             demonstrated
             .
          
           
             You
             are
             not
             to
             play
             a
             ten
             first
             ;
             for
             if
             you
             do
             you
             shall
             certainly
             lose
             ;
             for
             one
             and
             thirty
             being
             the
             Game
             he
             that
             first
             comes
             to
             it
             wins
             ;
             now
             should
             the
             Leader
             play
             a
             ten
             the
             follower
             will
             play
             another
             ten
             ,
             that
             makes
             twenty
             ;
             let
             the
             Leader
             then
             play
             any
             thing
             next
             the
             Follower
             will
             be
             sure
             to
             make
             it
             up
             one
             and
             thirty
             .
          
           
           
             He
             that
             hath
             the
             Lead
             if
             he
             play
             a
             nine
             may
             certainly
             win
             the
             Game
             ,
             if
             he
             look
             about
             him
             ;
             ever
             remembring
             to
             get
             first
             to
             twenty
             ,
             without
             spending
             two
             of
             one
             sort
             ,
             as
             two
             Deuces
             ,
             two
             Treys
             ,
             two
             Quaters
             ,
             &c.
             otherwise
             you
             will
             lose
             :
             As
             for
             example
             ,
             you
             play
             a
             nine
             first
             ,
             your
             Adversary
             plays
             a
             Deuce
             that
             makes
             eleven
             ,
             you
             then
             play
             a
             nine
             again
             ,
             and
             that
             makes
             twenty
             ;
             thus
             you
             have
             plaid
             out
             both
             your
             nines
             ,
             wherefore
             your
             Antagonist
             plays
             a
             Deuce
             ,
             now
             you
             can
             play
             no
             Card
             but
             he
             wins
             ;
             for
             if
             you
             play
             an
             eight
             (
             for
             you
             cannot
             come
             in
             with
             your
             ten
             )
             and
             you
             have
             never
             a
             nine
             ,
             then
             he
             hath
             an
             Ace
             for
             one
             and
             thirty
             ;
             so
             if
             you
             play
             a
             seven
             ,
             which
             makes
             nine
             and
             twenty
             ,
             he
             hath
             a
             Deuce
             remaining
             to
             make
             up
             one
             and
             thirty
             ,
             and
             so
             you
             may
             observe
             in
             the
             rest
             of
             the
             Cards
             .
          
           
             Take
             this
             for
             a
             general
             rule
             ,
             that
             you
             have
             a
             very
             great
             advantage
             in
             fetching
             out
             by
             play
             any
             two
             of
             a
             number
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             ;
             as
             two
             fives
             ,
             two
             sixes
             ,
             two
             sevens
             ,
             &c.
             wherefore
             you
             must
             not
             play
             rashly
             ,
             but
             with
             due
             consideration
             
             arithmetically
             grounded
             to
             make
             up
             a
             certain
             Game
             of
             one
             and
             thirty
             .
             To
             conclude
             ,
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             art
             of
             playing
             well
             at
             one
             and
             thirty
             without
             Cards
             ,
             that
             is
             by
             naming
             such
             a
             number
             at
             first
             ,
             and
             prosecuting
             it
             by
             such
             addition
             of
             others
             ,
             that
             your
             Adversary
             cannot
             think
             of
             any
             number
             but
             what
             shall
             be
             your
             Game
             ;
             I
             say
             such
             a
             man
             is
             fittest
             to
             play
             at
             this
             Game
             called
             
               Wit
               and
               Reason
            
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XVIII
             .
          
           
             A
             Pastime
             called
             The
             Art
             of
             Memory
             .
          
           
             THis
             
               Art
               of
               Memory
            
             is
             a
             Sport
             at
             which
             men
             may
             play
             for
             Money
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             most
             commonly
             the
             way
             to
             play
             the
             Drunkard
             .
             It
             is
             best
             when
             many
             play
             at
             it
             ;
             for
             with
             few
             it
             is
             no
             sport
             at
             all
             :
             For
             example
             ,
             as
             many
             persons
             as
             do
             play
             so
             many
             Cards
             trebled
             must
             be
             thrown
             down
             on
             the
             Table
             with
             their
             faces
             upwards
             ;
             which
             every
             one
             must
             take
             notice
             of
             and
             indeavour
             to
             register
             them
             in
             his
             Memory
             .
             Then
             the
             Dealer
             must
             take
             them
             all
             up
             ,
             and
             shuffling
             them
             after
             cutting
             deals
             to
             every
             one
             three
             apiece
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             it
             may
             be
             calls
             for
             a
             King
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             laid
             on
             the
             Table
             with
             his
             face
             downwards
             by
             him
             that
             hath
             it
             in
             his
             hands
             ;
             the
             next
             it
             may
             be
             calls
             for
             a
             ten
             of
             the
             Spades
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             laid
             down
             in
             like
             manner
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             goes
             round
             ;
             now
             if
             any
             one
             calls
             for
             what
             is
             already
             laid
             down
             ,
             if
             they
             play
             
             for
             liquor
             ,
             he
             must
             then
             drink
             a
             Glass
             ;
             if
             for
             mony
             ,
             he
             must
             then
             pay
             a
             farthing
             ,
             half-penny
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             .
          
           
             This
             sport
             wholly
             depends
             on
             the
             Memory
             ;
             for
             want
             of
             which
             a
             man
             may
             lose
             at
             this
             sport
             his
             money
             or
             his
             understanding
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XIX
             .
          
           
             A
             Game
             called
             PLAIN-DEALING
             .
          
           
             HE
             that
             deals
             hath
             the
             advantage
             of
             this
             Game
             ;
             for
             if
             he
             turn
             up
             the
             Ace
             of
             Diamonds
             he
             cannot
             lose
             :
             to
             his
             Adversary
             he
             delivers
             out
             nine
             and
             but
             three
             to
             himself
             ;
             then
             are
             the
             Cards
             plaid
             as
             at
             Whist
             ,
             the
             best
             of
             Trumps
             or
             other
             Cards
             wins
             ,
             and
             but
             one
             to
             be
             gotten
             at
             a
             deal
             .
             I
             cannot
             commend
             this
             Pastime
             for
             its
             ingenuity
             ,
             and
             therefore
             only
             name
             it
             ,
             because
             we
             treat
             of
             Games
             in
             general
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XX.
             
          
           
             A
             Game
             called
             Queen
             Nazareen
             .
          
           
             THere
             may
             as
             many
             play
             at
             it
             as
             the
             Cards
             will
             allow
             of
             ,
             five
             Cards
             are
             dealt
             to
             every
             Player
             .
             The
             Queen
             of
             Diamonds
             is
             Queen
             Nazareen
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             it
             demands
             three
             apiece
             of
             every
             Player
             .
             The
             Knave
             of
             Clubs
             is
             called
             Knave
             Knocher
             ,
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             it
             challengeth
             two
             apiece
             .
             If
             women
             play
             among
             men
             ,
             it
             is
             customary
             for
             Knave
             Knocher
             to
             kiss
             Queen
             Nazareen
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             he
             that
             lays
             down
             a
             King
             the
             last
             Card
             that
             is
             plaid
             challengeth
             one
             ;
             and
             begins
             again
             ;
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             first
             plaid
             away
             his
             Cards
             demands
             as
             many
             Counters
             as
             there
             are
             Cards
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             rest
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXI
             .
          
           
             LANTERLOO
             .
          
           
             LAnterloo
             is
             a
             Game
             may
             be
             plaid
             several
             ways
             ,
             but
             I
             shall
             insist
             on
             none
             but
             two
             ;
             the
             first
             way
             is
             thus
             .
          
           
             Lift
             for
             dealing
             ,
             and
             the
             best
             Put-card
             carries
             it
             ;
             as
             many
             may
             play
             as
             the
             Cards
             will
             permit
             ,
             to
             whom
             must
             be
             dealt
             five
             apiece
             ,
             and
             then
             turn
             up
             Trump
             .
             Now
             if
             three
             ,
             four
             ,
             five
             or
             six
             play
             ,
             they
             may
             lay
             out
             the
             threes
             ,
             fours
             ,
             fives
             ,
             sixes
             and
             sevens
             to
             the
             intent
             they
             may
             not
             be
             quickly
             lood
             ;
             but
             if
             they
             would
             have
             the
             loos
             come
             fast
             about
             then
             play
             with
             the
             whole
             Pack
             .
          
           
             Having
             dealt
             set
             up
             five
             scores
             or
             chalks
             ;
             and
             then
             proceed
             forwards
             in
             your
             Game
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             is
             Eldest
             hand
             hath
             the
             priviledg
             of
             passing
             by
             the
             benefit
             thereof
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             he
             h●th
             the
             advantage
             of
             hearing
             what
             every
             one
             will
             say
             ,
             and
             at
             last
             may
             play
             or
             not
             play
             according
             
             as
             he
             finds
             his
             Game
             good
             or
             bad
             .
             If
             the
             Eldest
             faith
             he
             passeth
             ,
             the
             rest
             may
             chuse
             whether
             they
             will
             play
             or
             no.
             
          
           
             You
             may
             play
             upon
             every
             Card
             what
             you
             please
             ,
             from
             a
             penny
             to
             a
             pound
             .
             Trumps
             as
             at
             Whist
             are
             the
             best
             Cards
             ,
             all
             others
             in
             like
             manner
             take
             their
             precedency
             from
             the
             highest
             to
             the
             lowest
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             not
             revoke
             ,
             if
             you
             do
             you
             pay
             all
             on
             the
             Table
             .
             If
             you
             play
             and
             are
             loo'd
             (
             that
             is
             ,
             win
             never
             a
             trick
             )
             you
             must
             lay
             down
             to
             the
             stock
             so
             much
             for
             your
             five
             Cards
             as
             you
             plaid
             upon
             every
             one
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             Every
             deal
             rub
             off
             a
             score
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             trick
             you
             win
             set
             up
             a
             score
             by
             you
             till
             the
             first
             scores
             are
             out
             ,
             to
             remember
             you
             how
             many
             tricks
             you
             have
             won
             in
             the
             several
             deals
             in
             the
             Game
             .
          
           
             All
             the
             Chalks
             for
             the
             Game
             being
             rub'd
             out
             ,
             tell
             your
             own
             scores
             ,
             and
             for
             so
             many
             scores
             or
             tricks
             which
             you
             have
             won
             ,
             so
             much
             as
             they
             were
             valued
             at
             in
             the
             Game
             so
             much
             you
             must
             take
             from
             the
             Stock
             ;
             thus
             must
             
             every
             one
             do
             according
             to
             the
             number
             of
             tricks
             he
             hath
             won
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             hath
             five
             Cards
             of
             a
             suit
             in
             his
             hand
             loos
             all
             the
             Gamesters
             then
             playing
             ,
             be
             they
             never
             so
             many
             ,
             and
             sweeps
             the
             board
             ;
             if
             there
             be
             two
             loos
             he
             that
             is
             eldest
             hand
             hath
             the
             advantage
             .
          
           
             As
             there
             is
             cheating
             (
             as
             they
             say
             )
             in
             all
             trades
             ,
             so
             more
             particularly
             intolerable
             in
             Gaming
             ;
             as
             in
             this
             for
             example
             ,
             if
             one
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             have
             four
             of
             a
             suit
             and
             he
             want
             a
             fifth
             ,
             he
             may
             for
             that
             fifth
             make
             an
             exchange
             out
             of
             his
             own
             Pocket
             if
             he
             be
             skil'd
             in
             the
             cleanly
             art
             of
             conveiance
             ;
             if
             that
             fail
             ,
             some
             make
             use
             of
             a
             friend
             ,
             who
             never
             fails
             to
             do
             him
             that
             kind
             office
             and
             favour
             .
             There
             are
             other
             Cheats
             to
             be
             performed
             ,
             which
             I
             shall
             omit
             ,
             since
             it
             is
             not
             my
             business
             to
             teach
             you
             how
             to
             cheat
             ,
             but
             so
             to
             play
             as
             not
             to
             be
             cheated
             .
          
           
             
               Lanterloo
               another
               way
               plaid
               .
            
             
               LIft
               for
               dealing
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               and
               the
               best
               Put-card
               deals
               five
               to
               
               every
               one
               apiece
               .
               The
               Dealer
               for
               his
               five
               Cards
               must
               lay
               down
               so
               many
               sixpences
               ,
               Shillings
               ,
               and
               so
               forth
               ,
               as
               they
               conclude
               upon
               and
               agree
               for
               every
               Card
               ,
               or
               so
               many
               Counters
               being
               valued
               at
               either
               Six-pence
               or
               Twelve-pence
               ,
               more
               or
               less
               .
               After
               this
               all
               must
               play
               ;
               if
               any
               be
               lood
               he
               must
               lay
               down
               so
               much
               for
               his
               loo
               as
               his
               five
               Cards
               amount
               to
               .
               If
               any
               next
               dealing
               be
               lood
               he
               must
               lay
               down
               as
               much
               for
               his
               dealing
               ,
               and
               as
               much
               more
               for
               his
               loo
               .
            
             
               If
               after
               this
               the
               eldest
               hand
               pass
               ,
               the
               rest
               may
               refuse
               to
               play
               ,
               or
               play
               if
               they
               think
               they
               can
               win
               a
               Card.
               
            
             
               Here
               note
               ,
               If
               there
               be
               never
               a
               loo
               the
               money
               may
               be
               divided
               by
               the
               Gamesters
               according
               to
               the
               number
               of
               their
               Tricks
               ,
               if
               there
               be
               a
               loo
               the
               winners
               must
               take
               up
               the
               money
               ,
               and
               he
               that
               is
               loo'd
               must
               lay
               down
               as
               much
               money
               on
               the
               board
               as
               every
               one
               had
               laid
               down
               before
               ,
               be
               it
               never
               so
               great
               a
               summ
               ,
               besides
               the
               like
               quantity
               for
               dealing
               ,
               if
               he
               that
               was
               loo'd
               dealt
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXII
             .
          
           
             A
             Game
             called
             PENNEECH
             .
          
           
             HAving
             dealt
             seven
             Cards
             apiece
             ,
             turn
             up
             a
             Card
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             Trumps
             .
             The
             Ace
             and
             Coat-Cards
             of
             Trumps
             are
             thus
             reckoned
             ,
             the
             Ace
             is
             five
             ,
             the
             King
             four
             ,
             the
             Queen
             three
             ,
             and
             the
             Knave
             two
             .
          
           
             Having
             play'd
             ,
             he
             that
             wins
             the
             first
             trick
             turns
             up
             another
             Card
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             Trumps
             ;
             and
             so
             every
             trick
             produceth
             a
             fresh
             Trump
             ,
             till
             all
             the
             seve●
             be
             play'd
             .
             Now
             if
             it
             so
             happen
             ,
             that
             what
             is
             turn'd
             up
             proves
             an
             Ace
             or
             Coat-Card
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             great
             advantage
             to
             him
             who
             won
             the
             last
             trick
             ;
             for
             if
             it
             be
             an
             Ace
             turn'd
             up
             then
             he
             reckons
             five
             ,
             if
             a
             King
             four
             ,
             if
             a
             Queen
             three
             ,
             as
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
             After
             all
             the
             seven
             Cards
             be
             play'd
             ,
             (
             which
             at
             first
             are
             dealt
             one
             by
             one
             )
             he
             that
             won
             the
             last
             trick
             turns
             up
             a
             Card
             ,
             and
             if
             it
             prove
             Ace
             ,
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             
             or
             Knave
             ,
             he
             reckons
             for
             it
             accordingly
             as
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
             If
             the
             Seven
             of
             Diamonds
             be
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             that
             is
             Penneech
             ,
             and
             is
             reckon'd
             fourteen
             turn'd
             up
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             but
             seven
             in
             hand
             ,
             and
             not
             that
             neither
             unless
             Diamonds
             be
             Trumps
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             Trump
             it
             is
             the
             highest
             Card
             and
             wins
             all
             others
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             not
             Trump
             it
             wins
             all
             Diamonds
             .
          
           
             Lastly
             ,
             Having
             play'd
             out
             all
             the
             fourteen
             Cards
             betwixt
             ye
             ,
             count
             how
             many
             Cards
             you
             have
             more
             than
             your
             own
             seven
             at
             first
             dealt
             you
             ,
             and
             for
             every
             Card
             reckon
             one
             ,
             and
             so
             you
             must
             reckon
             on
             with
             the
             value
             of
             your
             Coat-Card
             Trumps
             ,
             with
             Penneech
             turn'd
             up
             or
             in
             hand
             ,
             till
             you
             come
             to
             sixty
             one
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Game
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             if
             you
             have
             neither
             Ace
             nor
             Face
             ,
             you
             may
             throw
             up
             your
             Game
             and
             deal
             again
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIII
             .
          
           
             POST
             and
             PAIR
             .
          
           
             POst
             and
             Pair
             is
             a
             Game
             on
             the
             Cards
             very
             much
             play'd
             in
             the
             West
             of
             England
             ,
             as
             All-Fours
             is
             play'd
             in
             Kent
             ,
             and
             Fives
             in
             Ireland
             .
          
           
             This
             Play
             depends
             much
             upon
             daring
             ;
             so
             that
             some
             may
             win
             very
             considerably
             ,
             who
             have
             the
             boldness
             to
             adventure
             much
             upon
             the
             Vye
             ,
             although
             their
             Cards
             are
             very
             indifferent
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             first
             stake
             at
             Post
             then
             at
             Pair
             ;
             after
             this
             deal
             two
             Cards
             apiece
             ,
             then
             stake
             at
             the
             Seat
             ,
             and
             then
             deal
             the
             third
             Card
             about
             .
             The
             eldest
             hand
             may
             pass
             and
             come
             in
             again
             ,
             if
             any
             of
             the
             Gamesters
             vye
             it
             ;
             if
             not
             ,
             the
             Dealer
             may
             play
             it
             out
             ,
             or
             double
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             Ace
             of
             Trumps
             ,
             as
             at
             Ruff
             and
             Honours
             ,
             is
             the
             best
             Card
             of
             all
             ,
             and
             so
             of
             the
             rest
             in
             order
             .
             At
             Post
             the
             best
             Cards
             are
             one
             and
             twenty
             ,
             viz.
             two
             Tens
             and
             an
             Ace
             ,
             but
             a
             Pair-royal
             wins
             all
             ,
             both
             Post
             ,
             Pair
             ,
             and
             Seat.
             Here
             
             note
             ,
             that
             he
             who
             hath
             the
             best
             Pair
             or
             the
             best
             Post
             is
             the
             winner
             .
             A
             Pair
             is
             a
             pair
             of
             any
             two
             ,
             as
             two
             Kings
             ,
             two
             Queens
             ,
             &c.
             
             A
             Pair-Royal
             is
             of
             three
             ,
             as
             three
             Kings
             ,
             three
             Queens
             ,
             &c.
             
             The
             Vye
             is
             what
             you
             please
             to
             adventure
             upon
             the
             goodness
             of
             your
             own
             hand
             ;
             or
             if
             it
             be
             bad
             ,
             and
             you
             imagine
             your
             Adversaries
             is
             so
             likewise
             ,
             then
             bid
             high
             couragiously
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             you
             daunt
             your
             Antagonist
             ,
             and
             so
             bring
             him
             to
             submission
             .
             If
             all
             the
             Gamesters
             keep
             in
             till
             all
             have
             done
             ,
             and
             by
             consent
             shew
             their
             Cards
             ,
             the
             best
             Cards
             carry
             the
             Game
             .
             Now
             according
             to
             agreement
             those
             that
             keep
             in
             till
             last
             ,
             may
             divide
             the
             stakes
             ,
             or
             shew
             the
             best
             Card
             for
             it
             .
          
           
             Observe
             ,
             where
             the
             Cards
             fall
             in
             several
             hands
             of
             the
             same
             sort
             ,
             as
             a
             Pair
             or
             Pair-Royal
             ,
             and
             so
             forth
             ,
             the
             eldest
             hand
             carries
             it
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXIV
             .
          
           
             BANKAFALET
             ,
             a
             Game
             on
             the
             Cards
             so
             called
             .
          
           
             THe
             Cards
             must
             be
             cut
             into
             as
             many
             heaps
             as
             there
             are
             Players
             ,
             or
             more
             if
             you
             please
             ,
             and
             every
             man
             lays
             as
             much
             money
             on
             his
             own
             Card
             as
             he
             thinks
             fit
             ,
             or
             on
             the
             supernumerary
             heaps
             .
             So
             many
             as
             the
             Dealers
             Card
             is
             inferior
             to
             ,
             so
             many
             he
             pays
             ;
             so
             many
             as
             his
             Card
             is
             superior
             to
             ,
             so
             many
             he
             wins
             from
             .
          
           
             The
             best
             Card
             is
             the
             Ace
             of
             Diamonds
             ,
             the
             next
             to
             that
             the
             Ace
             of
             Hearts
             ,
             thirdly
             the
             Ace
             of
             Clubs
             ,
             and
             lastly
             the
             Ace
             of
             Spades
             ,
             and
             so
             the
             rest
             of
             these
             suits
             in
             order
             ,
             according
             to
             their
             degree
             .
             The
             Cheat
             lies
             in
             securing
             an
             Ace
             or
             any
             other
             good
             sure
             winning
             Card
             ;
             and
             if
             you
             mark
             the
             Cards
             aforehand
             ,
             so
             as
             to
             know
             them
             by
             the
             backside
             ,
             you
             know
             how
             to
             make
             your
             advantage
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXV
             .
          
           
             BEAST
             .
          
           
             IT
             is
             called
             by
             the
             
               French
               ,
               La
               Bett
            
             ,
             and
             is
             play'd
             by
             them
             after
             this
             manner
             .
             The
             best
             Cards
             are
             King
             ,
             Queen
             ,
             and
             so
             forwards
             .
             They
             make
             three
             heaps
             ,
             the
             King
             ,
             the
             Play
             ,
             and
             the
             Triolet
             .
          
           
             To
             every
             one
             is
             dealt
             five
             Cards
             ,
             (
             there
             may
             play
             three
             ,
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             or
             more
             )
             as
             at
             
               French
               Ruff
            
             ,
             with
             the
             same
             rigour
             ;
             before
             the
             Cards
             are
             dealt
             ,
             every
             one
             stakes
             to
             the
             three
             heaps
             .
             He
             that
             wins
             most
             tricks
             takes
             up
             the
             heap
             that
             is
             called
             the
             Play
             ;
             he
             that
             hath
             the
             King
             takes
             up
             the
             heap
             so
             called
             ;
             and
             he
             that
             hath
             three
             of
             any
             sort
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             three
             fours
             ,
             three
             fives
             ,
             three
             sixes
             ,
             and
             so
             forth
             takes
             up
             the
             Triolet
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Games
           within
           the
           Tables
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             IRISH.
             
          
           
             IRish
             is
             an
             ingenious
             Game
             ,
             and
             requires
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             skill
             to
             play
             it
             well
             ,
             especially
             the
             After-game
             .
             It
             is
             not
             to
             be
             learn'd
             otherwise
             than
             by
             observation
             and
             practice
             ,
             however
             I
             shall
             lightly
             touch
             hereon
             .
          
           
             The
             men
             which
             are
             thirty
             in
             number
             are
             equally
             divided
             between
             you
             and
             your
             Adversary
             ,
             and
             are
             thus
             places
             ,
             two
             on
             the
             Ace
             point
             ,
             and
             five
             on
             the
             sice
             of
             your
             left
             hand
             Table
             ,
             and
             three
             on
             the
             cinque
             ,
             and
             five
             on
             the
             Ace
             point
             of
             your
             right
             hand
             Table
             ,
             answer'd
             on
             the
             like
             points
             by
             your
             Adversaries
             men
             with
             the
             same
             number
             ;
             or
             thus
             ,
             two
             of
             your
             men
             on
             the
             Ace
             point
             ,
             five
             on
             the
             double
             sice
             ,
             or
             sice
             Cinque
             point
             ,
             three
             on
             the
             Cinque
             point
             in
             your
             own
             Tables
             ,
             and
             five
             on
             the
             sice
             point
             at
             home
             ,
             and
             all
             these
             
             pointed
             alike
             by
             your
             Adversary
             .
          
           
             In
             your
             play
             have
             a
             care
             of
             being
             too
             forwards
             ,
             and
             be
             not
             too
             rash
             in
             hitting
             every
             blot
             ,
             but
             with
             discretion
             and
             consideration
             move
             slowly
             but
             securely
             ;
             by
             which
             means
             though
             your
             Adversary
             have
             fill'd
             his
             Tables
             ,
             but
             withal
             blots
             ,
             and
             you
             by
             hitting
             him
             enter
             ,
             you
             may
             win
             the
             Game
             ;
             nay
             sometimes
             though
             he
             hath
             born
             his
             men
             all
             to
             a
             very
             few
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             the
             part
             of
             a
             prudent
             commander
             as
             he
             leads
             out
             his
             men
             to
             bring
             them
             home
             as
             safe
             as
             he
             may
             ;
             so
             must
             you
             have
             a
             care
             of
             your
             men
             as
             you
             are
             bringing
             them
             home
             that
             they
             are
             not
             pickt
             up
             by
             the
             way
             .
          
           
             Have
             a
             special
             care
             that
             your
             Adversary
             double
             not
             the
             Trey
             ,
             Ace-point
             with
             his
             men
             ,
             and
             so
             make
             what
             convenient
             haste
             you
             can
             to
             fill
             up
             your
             own
             Tables
             ,
             and
             beware
             of
             blotting
             ;
             that
             done
             ,
             bear
             as
             fast
             as
             you
             can
             .
          
           
             For
             an
             After-game
             I
             know
             not
             what
             instructions
             to
             give
             you
             ,
             you
             must
             herein
             trust
             to
             your
             own
             judgment
             and
             the
             chance
             of
             the
             Dice
             ,
             and
             if
             they
             run
             low
             for
             some
             time
             it
             will
             be
             so
             much
             the
             better
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Back-Gammon
             .
          
           
             YOur
             men
             are
             placed
             as
             at
             Irish
             ,
             and
             Back-Gammon
             differs
             but
             very
             little
             from
             it
             ,
             but
             in
             Doublets
             which
             at
             this
             Game
             is
             plaid
             fourfold
             ,
             which
             makes
             a
             quicker
             dispatch
             of
             the
             Game
             than
             Irish.
             
          
           
             Be
             sure
             to
             make
             good
             your
             Trey
             ,
             Ace-points
             ,
             hit
             boldly
             and
             come
             away
             as
             fast
             as
             you
             can
             ,
             to
             which
             end
             if
             your
             Dice
             run
             high
             ,
             you
             will
             make
             the
             quicker
             dispatch
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             come
             to
             bearing
             have
             a
             care
             of
             making
             when
             you
             need
             not
             ,
             and
             Doublets
             now
             will
             stand
             you
             most
             in
             stead
             .
          
           
             If
             both
             bear
             together
             he
             that
             is
             first
             off
             without
             Doublets
             wins
             one
             .
          
           
             If
             both
             bear
             and
             one
             goes
             off
             with
             Doublets
             he
             wins
             two
             .
          
           
             If
             your
             Tables
             be
             clear
             before
             your
             Adversaries
             men
             be
             come
             in
             ,
             that
             's
             a
             Back-Gammon
             ,
             which
             is
             three
             ;
             but
             if
             
             you
             thus
             go
             off
             with
             Doublets
             it
             is
             four
             .
          
           
             False
             Dice
             are
             much
             used
             at
             Irish
             and
             Back-Gammon
             for
             the
             benefit
             of
             entring
             ,
             wherefore
             have
             a
             special
             care
             that
             you
             have
             not
             Cinque-Deuces
             ,
             and
             Quater-Treys
             put
             upon
             you
             ,
             you
             may
             quickly
             perceive
             it
             by
             the
             running
             of
             the
             Dice
             .
          
           
             The
             person
             that
             is
             cunning
             at
             play
             has
             great
             advantage
             of
             a
             novice
             or
             innocent
             man
             ;
             which
             is
             commonly
             by
             toping
             or
             knaping
             ,
             which
             by
             its
             often
             practice
             may
             be
             suspected
             by
             his
             Adversary
             ;
             then
             he
             has
             recourse
             to
             Dice
             ,
             which
             runs
             particular
             chances
             for
             his
             purpose
             ,
             which
             the
             other
             being
             ignorant
             of
             ,
             is
             almost
             an
             equal
             advantage
             with
             the
             former
             .
             For
             example
             ,
             he
             provides
             Dice
             that
             runs
             6
             ,
             5
             ,
             4
             ,
             't
             is
             his
             business
             to
             secure
             those
             points
             ,
             so
             that
             if
             he
             happens
             to
             surprize
             any
             of
             your
             men
             coming
             home
             ,
             as
             't
             is
             two
             to
             one
             but
             he
             does
             ,
             he
             does
             without
             a
             kind
             of
             Miracle
             win
             the
             set
             .
          
           
             'T
             is
             possible
             sometimes
             they
             may
             make
             use
             of
             3
             ,
             2
             ,
             which
             are
             the
             low
             Chances
             ;
             but
             that
             they
             seldom
             do
             for
             
             this
             reason
             ,
             the
             high
             or
             forward
             points
             being
             supplied
             ,
             you
             must
             enter
             if
             at
             all
             upon
             the
             low
             points
             which
             keeps
             you
             backwards
             and
             gives
             him
             advantage
             .
             The
             advantage
             of
             this
             Game
             is
             to
             be
             forward
             if
             possible
             upon
             safe
             terms
             ,
             and
             to
             point
             his
             men
             ,
             at
             that
             rate
             that
             it
             shall
             not
             be
             possible
             for
             you
             to
             pass
             ,
             though
             you
             have
             entred
             your
             men
             ,
             till
             he
             gives
             you
             liberty
             ,
             having
             two
             to
             one
             the
             advantage
             of
             the
             Game
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             TICK-TACK
             .
          
           
             ALL
             your
             men
             must
             stand
             on
             the
             Ace-point
             ,
             and
             from
             thence
             play
             forward
             ,
             but
             have
             a
             care
             of
             being
             too
             forward
             ,
             or
             so
             at
             leastwise
             that
             Doublets
             reach
             you
             not
             .
          
           
             Secure
             your
             Sice
             and
             Cinque-point
             whatever
             you
             do
             ,
             and
             break
             them
             not
             unless
             it
             be
             when
             you
             have
             the
             advantage
             of
             going
             in
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             greatest
             advantage
             you
             can
             have
             next
             to
             a
             hit
             ;
             for
             your
             Adversaries
             eleventh
             point
             
             standing
             open
             you
             have
             it
             may
             be
             the
             opportunity
             of
             going
             in
             with
             two
             of
             your
             men
             ,
             and
             then
             you
             win
             a
             double
             Game
             .
             A
             hit
             is
             but
             one
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             ,
             when
             you
             throw
             such
             a
             cast
             that
             some
             one
             of
             your
             men
             will
             reach
             your
             Adversaries
             unbound
             ,
             but
             sometimes
             though
             it
             hits
             it
             will
             not
             pass
             by
             reason
             of
             a
             stop
             in
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             then
             it
             is
             nothing
             .
             Sometimes
             it
             is
             good
             going
             over
             into
             your
             Adversaries
             Tables
             ,
             but
             it
             is
             best
             for
             an
             After-game
             .
          
           
             Playing
             close
             at
             home
             is
             the
             securest
             way
             ,
             playing
             at
             length
             is
             both
             rash
             and
             unsafe
             ,
             and
             be
             careful
             of
             binding
             your
             men
             when
             you
             lie
             in
             danger
             of
             the
             enemy
             .
             Moreover
             ,
             if
             you
             see
             you
             are
             in
             danger
             of
             losing
             a
             double
             Game
             give
             your
             Adversary
             one
             ;
             if
             you
             can
             it
             is
             better
             doing
             so
             than
             losing
             two
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             if
             you
             fill
             up
             all
             the
             points
             of
             your
             second
             Table
             with
             your
             own
             men
             you
             win
             two
             ,
             and
             that
             you
             may
             prevent
             your
             Adversary
             from
             doing
             so
             (
             if
             you
             are
             in
             danger
             thereof
             )
             if
             you
             can
             ,
             make
             a
             vacant
             point
             in
             his
             Tables
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             impossible
             for
             him
             to
             do
             it
             .
          
           
           
             This
             is
             the
             plain
             Game
             of
             Tick-Tack
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             so
             from
             Touch
             ,
             and
             take
             ,
             for
             if
             you
             touch
             a
             man
             you
             must
             play
             him
             though
             to
             your
             loss
             ;
             and
             if
             you
             hit
             your
             Adversary
             and
             neglect
             the
             advantage
             ,
             you
             are
             taken
             with
             a
             Why
             not
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             loss
             of
             one
             :
             likewise
             if
             you
             are
             in
             ,
             and
             your
             cast
             is
             such
             that
             you
             may
             also
             go
             into
             your
             Adversaries
             eleventh
             point
             by
             two
             other
             men
             ,
             and
             you
             see
             it
             not
             ,
             either
             by
             carelesness
             or
             eager
             prosecution
             of
             a
             hit
             which
             is
             apparent
             before
             your
             eyes
             ,
             you
             lose
             two
             irrecoverably
             .
             Besides
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             very
             great
             oversight
             as
             your
             men
             may
             stand
             not
             to
             take
             a
             point
             when
             you
             may
             do
             it
             .
          
           
             Now
             some
             play
             this
             Game
             with
             Toots
             ,
             Boveries
             ,
             and
             Flyers
             ;
             Toots
             is
             ,
             when
             you
             fill
             up
             your
             Table
             at
             home
             and
             then
             there
             is
             required
             small
             throws
             ;
             for
             if
             you
             get
             over
             with
             a
             Sice
             you
             have
             no
             benefit
             of
             Toots
             .
          
           
             Boveries
             is
             when
             you
             have
             a
             man
             in
             t●e
             eleventh
             point
             of
             your
             own
             Tables
             ,
             and
             another
             in
             the
             same
             point
             of
             your
             Adversaries
             directly
             answering
             .
          
           
             Flyers
             is
             ,
             when
             you
             bring
             a
             man
             
             round
             the
             Tables
             before
             your
             Adversary
             hath
             got
             over
             his
             first
             Table
             ,
             to
             the
             effecting
             of
             which
             there
             is
             required
             very
             high
             throwing
             of
             your
             side
             ,
             and
             very
             low
             throwing
             of
             his
             .
          
           
             Much
             more
             might
             be
             said
             as
             to
             the
             craft
             of
             the
             play
             ,
             which
             cannot
             be
             so
             well
             discovered
             as
             from
             observation
             in
             your
             own
             or
             others
             playing
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             several
             foolish
             pastims
             to
             be
             plaid
             in
             the
             Tables
             which
             are
             ridiculous
             to
             treat
             of
             ,
             wherefore
             I
             shall
             only
             mention
             these
             three
             .
             Viz.
             
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXIX
             .
          
           
             DVBBLETS
             .
          
           
             AT
             Dubblets
             the
             fifteen
             men
             are
             thus
             placed
             ;
             upon
             sice
             ,
             Cinque
             and
             Quater
             there
             are
             three
             men
             apiece
             ,
             upon
             Trey
             ,
             Deuce
             ,
             Ace
             ,
             but
             two
             apiece
             .
          
           
             He
             that
             throws
             most
             hath
             the
             benefit
             of
             throwing
             first
             ,
             and
             what
             he
             throws
             he
             lays
             down
             ;
             and
             so
             doth
             the
             other
             what
             the
             one
             throws
             and
             hath
             
             not
             the
             other
             lays
             down
             for
             him
             to
             his
             own
             advantage
             ;
             and
             thus
             they
             do
             till
             all
             the
             men
             are
             down
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             bear
             ,
             but
             not
             till
             they
             are
             down
             ;
             he
             that
             is
             down
             first
             bears
             first
             ,
             and
             will
             doubtlesly
             win
             the
             Game
             if
             the
             other
             throws
             not
             Dubblets
             to
             overtake
             him
             ;
             now
             he
             that
             throws
             Dubblets
             apace
             is
             certain
             to
             win
             ,
             for
             as
             many
             as
             the
             Dubblets
             are
             ,
             so
             many
             he
             lays
             down
             ,
             or
             bears
             ;
             for
             example
             ,
             if
             two
             fours
             ,
             he
             lays
             down
             ,
             or
             bears
             eight
             ,
             and
             so
             for
             the
             other
             Dubblets
             ;
             and
             therefore
             he
             that
             can
             either
             nap
             ,
             top
             ,
             or
             hath
             high
             runners
             about
             him
             hath
             a
             great
             advantage
             herein
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXX
             .
          
           
             SICE-ACE
             .
          
           
             FIve
             may
             play
             at
             Sice-Ace
             with
             six
             men
             apiece
             ,
             they
             one
             load
             another
             with
             Aces
             ,
             sixes
             bears
             only
             ,
             and
             Dubbl●●s
             drinks
             and
             throws
             again
             ,
             so
             often
             some
             I
             have
             seen
             that
             for
             the
             lucre
             of
             a
             little
             money
             have
             resolved
             rather
             to
             
             lose
             themselves
             than
             a
             penny
             .
             It
             is
             commonly
             agreed
             the
             last
             two
             ,
             or
             the
             last
             out
             shall
             lose
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             go
             free
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXI
             .
          
           
             KETCH-DOLT
             .
          
           
             AT
             Ketch-Dolt
             the
             first
             throws
             and
             lays
             down
             from
             the
             heap
             of
             men
             without
             the
             Tables
             ,
             what
             is
             thrown
             at
             it
             may
             be
             Sice
             Deuce
             ,
             if
             the
             other
             throw
             either
             Sice
             or
             Deuce
             ,
             and
             draw
             them
             not
             from
             his
             Adversaries
             Tables
             to
             the
             same
             point
             in
             his
             own
             ,
             but
             takes
             them
             from
             the
             heap
             ,
             and
             lays
             the
             Ace
             down
             ,
             he
             is
             dolted
             &
             loseth
             the
             Game
             ,
             or
             if
             he
             but
             touch
             a
             man
             of
             the
             heap
             and
             then
             recall
             himself
             ,
             the
             loss
             is
             the
             same
             .
             Some
             by
             frequent
             practice
             will
             never
             be
             Dolted
             ,
             and
             then
             they
             strive
             who
             shall
             fill
             up
             their
             Tables
             first
             ;
             which
             done
             ,
             he
             that
             bears
             them
             off
             first
             hath
             won
             the
             game
             .
             And
             so
             much
             for
             play
             within
             the
             Tables
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Games
           without
           the
           Tables
           .
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Inn
             and
             Inn.
             
          
           
             
               INn
               and
               Inn
            
             is
             a
             Game
             very
             much
             used
             in
             an
             Ordinary
             ,
             and
             may
             be
             play'd
             by
             two
             or
             three
             ,
             each
             having
             a
             Box
             in
             his
             hand
             .
             It
             is
             play'd
             with
             four
             Dice
             .
             You
             may
             drop
             what
             you
             will
             ,
             Six-pences
             ,
             Shillings
             ▪
             or
             Guinneys
             ;
             every
             Inn
             you
             drop
             ,
             and
             every
             
               Inn
               and
               Inn
            
             you
             sweep
             all
             ;
             but
             if
             you
             throw
             out
             ,
             if
             but
             two
             plays
             ,
             your
             Adversary
             wins
             all
             ;
             if
             three
             play
             ,
             that
             Out
             is
             a
             Bye
             between
             the
             two
             other
             Gamesters
             ,
             which
             they
             may
             either
             divide
             or
             throw
             out
             for
             it
             .
             Here
             you
             are
             to
             observe
             that
             Out
             is
             when
             you
             have
             thrown
             no
             Dubbl●ts
             on
             the
             four
             Dice
             ;
             Inn
             is
             when
             you
             have
             thrown
             〈◊〉
             Dubblets
             of
             any
             sort
             ,
             as
             two
             Aces
             ,
             two
             Deuces
             ,
             two
             Kings
             ▪
             
               &c.
               
               Inn
            
             and
             Inn
             is
             ,
             when
             you
             throw
             all
             D●bb●●●s
             ,
             wh●ther
             all
             of
             a
             sort
             or
             otherwise
             ,
             viz.
             four
             Aces
             ,
             
             four
             Deuces
             ,
             or
             four
             Cinques
             ,
             or
             two
             Aces
             ,
             two
             Deuces
             ,
             two
             Treys
             ,
             two
             Quaters
             ,
             or
             two
             Cinques
             ,
             two
             Sixes
             ,
             and
             so
             forth
             .
          
           
             Your
             Battail
             may
             be
             as
             much
             and
             as
             little
             as
             you
             will
             ,
             from
             twenty
             Shillings
             to
             twenty
             Pounds
             ,
             and
             so
             onward
             to
             a
             thousand
             ,
             which
             Battail
             is
             not
             ended
             till
             every
             penny
             of
             that
             money
             agreed
             upon
             for
             the
             Battail
             be
             won
             ;
             and
             it
             is
             but
             requisite
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             frequently
             seen
             that
             in
             a
             Battail
             of
             ten
             pound
             〈◊〉
             Gentleman
             hath
             been
             reduced
             to
             five
             Shillings
             ,
             and
             yet
             hath
             won
             at
             last
             the
             Battail
             .
          
           
             For
             a
             Gamester
             that
             would
             win
             without
             hazarding
             much
             his
             money
             ,
             Dice
             that
             will
             run
             very
             seldom
             otherwise
             but
             Sixes
             ,
             Cinques
             ,
             Quaters
             ,
             &c.
             are
             very
             necessary
             ;
             If
             those
             instruments
             are
             not
             to
             be
             had
             ,
             a
             Taper-box
             will
             not
             be
             amiss
             ,
             that
             as
             the
             Dice
             are
             thrown
             in
             may
             stick
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             so
             thrown
             in
             may
             stick
             by
             the
             way
             ,
             and
             so
             thrown
             to
             advantage
             .
             I
             have
             heard
             of
             one
             ,
             who
             having
             spent
             the
             major
             part
             of
             his
             Patrimony
             in
             good
             fellowship
             ,
             a●d
             such
             pastims
             as
             the
             heat
             of
             blood
             with
             vigorous
             youth
             most
             prosecute
             ;
             at
             length
             consider'd
             how
             he
             should
             live
             hereafter
             ,
             
             and
             finding
             but
             small
             encouragements
             at
             home
             ,
             and
             lesser
             abroad
             ,
             thought
             if
             he
             could
             contrive
             a
             way
             to
             win
             a
             considerable
             sum
             at
             play
             (
             having
             been
             a
             great
             loser
             himself
             )
             that
             should
             be
             the
             basis
             of
             his
             future
             settlement
             ;
             after
             various
             consultations
             within
             himself
             he
             at
             length
             contrived
             this
             stratagem
             ;
             He
             caused
             a
             Box
             to
             be
             made
             ,
             not
             as
             they
             are
             usual
             screwed
             within
             ,
             but
             smooth
             ,
             and
             procured
             it
             to
             be
             so
             well
             painted
             and
             shadowed
             within
             that
             it
             lookt
             like
             a
             screw'd
             Box
             ;
             now
             this
             Box
             was
             but
             half
             board
             wide
             at
             top
             ,
             and
             narrow
             at
             bottom
             ,
             that
             the
             Dice
             as
             aforesaid
             might
             stick
             ,
             and
             the
             Box
             being
             smooth
             would
             come
             out
             without
             tumbling
             .
             With
             this
             Box
             he
             went
             and
             play'd
             at
             
               Inn
               and
               Inn
            
             ,
             by
             vertue
             whereof
             and
             his
             art
             of
             taking
             up
             and
             throwing
             in
             his
             Dice
             into
             the
             Box
             ,
             he
             got
             the
             first
             night
             a
             Thousand
             pound
             ,
             and
             the
             next
             night
             Two
             hundred
             a
             year
             ,
             with
             a
             Coach
             and
             six
             Horses
             ,
             which
             Coach
             and
             Horses
             (
             being
             very
             valuable
             )
             he
             sold
             ,
             but
             the
             Estate
             he
             lives
             on
             to
             this
             day
             with
             great
             improvements
             ,
             and
             never
             would
             handle
             a
             Dye
             since
             ,
             well
             
             knowing
             how
             many
             worthy
             Families
             it
             hath
             ruin'd
             .
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             PASSAGE
             .
          
           
             PAssage
             is
             a
             Game
             at
             Dice
             to
             be
             play'd
             at
             but
             by
             two
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             performed
             with
             three
             Dice
             .
             The
             Caster
             throws
             continually
             till
             he
             hath
             thrown
             Doublets
             under
             ten
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             is
             out
             and
             loseth
             ,
             or
             doublets
             above
             ten
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             passeth
             and
             wins
             ;
             high
             runners
             are
             most
             requisite
             for
             this
             Game
             ,
             such
             as
             will
             rarely
             run
             any
             other
             chance
             than
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             or
             six
             ,
             by
             which
             means
             if
             the
             Caster
             throws
             Doublets
             he
             scarcely
             can
             throw
             out
             .
             There
             is
             the
             same
             advantage
             of
             the
             Smooth-taper-box
             aforesaid
             in
             this
             Game
             ,
             as
             at
             
               Inn
               and
               Inn
            
             ;
             with
             the
             like
             benefit
             of
             the
             D●ce
             ,
             whether
             by
             
               palming
               ,
               topping
               ,
               slurring
            
             ,
             or
             knapping
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXX
             .
          
           
             Of
             HAZZARD
             .
          
           
             HAzzard
             is
             a
             proper
             name
             for
             this
             Game
             ;
             for
             it
             speedily
             makes
             a
             man
             or
             undoes
             him
             ;
             in
             the
             twinkling
             of
             an
             eye
             either
             a
             Man
             or
             a
             Mouse
             .
          
           
             This
             Game
             is
             play'd
             but
             with
             two
             Dice
             ,
             but
             there
             may
             play
             at
             it
             as
             many
             as
             can
             stand
             round
             the
             largest
             round
             Table
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             two
             things
             chiefly
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             that
             is
             ,
             Main
             and
             Chance
             ;
             the
             Chance
             is
             the
             Casters
             ,
             and
             the
             Main
             theirs
             who
             are
             concerned
             in
             play
             with
             him
             .
             There
             can
             be
             no
             Main
             thrown
             above
             nine
             and
             under
             five
             ;
             so
             that
             five
             ,
             six
             ,
             seven
             ,
             eight
             and
             nine
             are
             the
             only
             Mains
             and
             no
             more
             which
             are
             flung
             at
             Hazzard
             ;
             Chances
             and
             Nicks
             are
             from
             four
             to
             ten
             ,
             thus
             four
             is
             a
             chance
             to
             nine
             ,
             five
             to
             eight
             ,
             six
             to
             seven
             ,
             seven
             to
             six
             ,
             eight
             to
             five
             ;
             and
             nine
             and
             ten
             a
             chance
             to
             five
             ,
             six
             ,
             seven
             and
             eight
             :
             in
             short
             ,
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             six
             ,
             seven
             ,
             
             eight
             ,
             nine
             and
             ten
             are
             chances
             to
             any
             Main
             ,
             if
             any
             of
             these
             Nick
             it
             not
             :
             now
             Nicks
             are
             either
             when
             the
             chance
             is
             the
             same
             with
             the
             Main
             ,
             as
             five
             and
             five
             ,
             six
             and
             six
             ,
             seven
             and
             seven
             ,
             and
             so
             on
             ,
             or
             six
             and
             twelve
             ,
             seven
             and
             eleven
             ,
             eight
             and
             twelve
             ;
             where
             note
             ,
             that
             twelve
             is
             out
             to
             nine
             ,
             seven
             ,
             and
             five
             ;
             and
             eleven
             is
             out
             to
             nine
             ,
             eight
             ,
             six
             ,
             and
             five
             ;
             Ames-Ace
             ,
             and
             Deuce-Ace
             ,
             are
             out
             to
             all
             Mains
             what
             ever
             .
          
           
             That
             I
             may
             the
             better
             illustrate
             this
             Game
             ,
             it
             will
             not
             be
             amiss
             to
             give
             one
             example
             for
             your
             better
             information
             ;
             Seven's
             the
             Main
             ,
             the
             Caster
             throws
             five
             ,
             and
             that
             's
             his
             chance
             ,
             and
             so
             hath
             five
             to
             seven
             ;
             if
             the
             Caster
             throw
             his
             own
             chance
             he
             wins
             all
             the
             money-was
             set
             him
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             throw
             Seven
             which
             was
             the
             Main
             ,
             he
             must
             pay
             as
             much
             money
             as
             is
             on
             the
             Board
             ;
             if
             again
             Seven
             be
             the
             Main
             ,
             and
             the
             Caster
             throws
             eleven
             ,
             that
             is
             a
             Nick
             ,
             and
             sweeps
             away
             all
             the
             money
             on
             the
             Table
             ;
             but
             if
             he
             throw
             a
             chance
             ,
             he
             must
             wait
             which
             will
             come
             first
             ;
             Lastly
             ,
             if
             Seven
             be
             the
             Main
             ,
             and
             the
             Caster
             throws
             Ames-Ace
             ,
             Deuce-Ace
             or
             twelve
             ,
             he
             
             is
             out
             ,
             but
             if
             he
             throw
             from
             four
             to
             ten
             he
             hath
             a
             chance
             ,
             though
             they
             are
             accounted
             the
             worst
             chances
             on
             the
             Dice
             ,
             as
             seven
             is
             reputed
             the
             best
             and
             easiest
             Main
             to
             be
             flung
             ;
             thus
             it
             is
             in
             eight
             or
             six
             ,
             if
             either
             of
             them
             be
             the
             Main
             ,
             and
             the
             Caster
             throw
             either
             four
             ,
             five
             ,
             seven
             ,
             nine
             ,
             or
             ten
             ,
             this
             is
             his
             chance
             ,
             which
             if
             he
             throw
             first
             ,
             he
             wins
             ,
             otherwise
             loseth
             ;
             if
             he
             throw
             twelve
             to
             eight
             ,
             or
             six
             or
             the
             same
             Cast
             with
             the
             Main
             ,
             he
             wins
             ;
             but
             if
             Ames-Ace
             or
             Deuce-Ace
             to
             all
             he
             loseth
             ;
             or
             if
             twelve
             when
             the
             Main
             is
             either
             five
             or
             nine
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             that
             nothing
             Nicks
             five
             but
             five
             ,
             nor
             nothing
             nine
             but
             nine
             .
          
           
             Four
             and
             Five
             to
             Seven
             is
             judged
             to
             have
             the
             worst
             on
             't
             ,
             because
             Four
             (
             called
             by
             the
             Tribe
             of
             Nickers
             little
             Dick-Fisher
             )
             and
             Five
             have
             but
             two
             chances
             ,
             Trey
             Ace
             and
             two
             Deuces
             ,
             or
             Trey
             Deuce
             and
             Quater
             Ace
             ,
             whereas
             Seven
             hath
             three
             Chances
             ,
             Cinque
             Deuce
             ,
             Six
             Ace
             ,
             and
             Quater
             Trey
             ;
             in
             like
             condition
             is
             nine
             and
             ten
             ,
             having
             but
             two
             chances
             ,
             six
             trey
             ,
             cinque
             and
             quater
             ,
             or
             six
             quater
             and
             two
             cinques
             .
          
           
           
             Now
             six
             and
             eight
             one
             would
             think
             should
             admit
             of
             no
             difference
             in
             advantage
             with
             seven
             ,
             but
             if
             you
             will
             rightly
             consider
             the
             case
             ,
             and
             be
             so
             vain
             to
             make
             trial
             thereof
             ,
             you
             will
             find
             a
             great
             advantage
             in
             seven
             over
             six
             and
             eight
             .
             How
             can
             that
             be
             you
             will
             say
             ,
             hath
             not
             six
             ,
             seven
             and
             eight
             eight
             equal
             chances
             ?
             For
             example
             ,
             in
             six
             ,
             quater
             deuce
             ,
             cinque
             Ace
             ,
             and
             two
             Treys
             ;
             in
             eight
             ,
             six
             deuce
             ,
             cinque
             trey
             ,
             and
             two
             quaters
             ,
             and
             hath
             not
             seven
             three
             as
             aforesaid
             ?
             It
             is
             confest
             ;
             but
             pray
             consider
             the
             disadvantage
             in
             the
             doublets
             ,
             two
             treys
             and
             two
             quaters
             ,
             and
             you
             will
             find
             that
             six
             deuce
             is
             sooner
             thrown
             than
             two
             quaters
             ,
             and
             so
             consequently
             cinque
             Ace
             or
             quater
             deuce
             sooner
             than
             two
             treys
             :
             I
             saw
             an
             old
             Rook
             once
             take
             up
             a
             young
             fellow
             in
             a
             Tavern
             ,
             upon
             this
             very
             score
             :
             the
             bargain
             was
             made
             that
             the
             Rook
             should
             have
             seven
             always
             and
             the
             young
             Gentleman
             six
             ,
             and
             throw
             continually
             ;
             agreed
             to
             play
             they
             went
             ,
             the
             Rook
             got
             the
             first
             day
             ten
             pound
             ,
             the
             next
             day
             the
             like
             sum
             ;
             and
             so
             for
             six
             days
             together
             losing
             in
             all
             threescore
             pounds
             ;
             notwithstanding
             
             the
             Gentleman
             ,
             I
             am
             confident
             ,
             had
             square
             Dice
             ,
             and
             threw
             them
             always
             himself
             .
             And
             farther
             to
             confirm
             what
             I
             alledg'd
             before
             ,
             not
             only
             this
             Rook
             ,
             but
             many
             more
             have
             told
             me
             that
             they
             desir'd
             no
             greater
             advantage
             than
             to
             have
             seven
             always
             and
             the
             Caster
             to
             have
             six
             .
             Here
             note
             ,
             it
             is
             the
             opinion
             of
             most
             that
             at
             the
             first
             throw
             the
             Gaster
             hath
             the
             worst
             on
             't
             .
          
           
             Certainly
             Hazzard
             is
             the
             most
             bewitching
             Game
             that
             is
             plaid
             on
             the
             Dice
             ;
             for
             when
             a
             man
             begins
             to
             play
             he
             knows
             not
             when
             to
             leave
             off
             ;
             and
             having
             once
             accustom'd
             himself
             to
             play
             at
             Hazzard
             he
             hardly
             ever
             after
             minds
             any
             thing
             else
             .
             I
             have
             seen
             an
             old
             man
             about
             the
             Age
             of
             Seventy
             play
             at
             an
             Ordinary
             when
             his
             own
             eyes
             were
             so
             defective
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             forced
             to
             help
             them
             with
             a
             pair
             of
             Spectacles
             ;
             and
             having
             an
             opportunity
             one
             day
             to
             speak
             to
             him
             ,
             How
             a
             man
             of
             his
             years
             could
             be
             so
             vain
             and
             boyish
             still
             to
             mind
             play
             ;
             insisting
             withall
             upon
             the
             folly
             of
             that
             action
             to
             hazzard
             his
             money
             when
             he
             had
             not
             sight
             enough
             remaining
             to
             discern
             whether
             he
             had
             won
             or
             
             lost
             ;
             besides
             Sir
             ,
             said
             I
             ,
             you
             cannot
             but
             hear
             how
             you
             are
             derided
             every
             time
             you
             come
             to
             the
             Ordinary
             ;
             one
             says
             ,
             here
             comes
             he
             that
             cannot
             rest
             quiet
             ,
             but
             will
             cry
             without
             the
             rattle
             of
             the
             Dice
             ;
             another
             cries
             ,
             certainly
             such
             a
             one
             plays
             by
             the
             ear
             ;
             for
             he
             cannot
             see
             to
             play
             .
             Let
             them
             talk
             what
             they
             will
             ,
             said
             the
             Gentleman
             ,
             I
             cannot
             help
             it
             ,
             I
             have
             been
             for
             above
             forty
             years
             so
             us'd
             to
             play
             ,
             that
             should
             I
             leave
             it
             off
             now
             ,
             I
             were
             as
             good
             stop
             those
             Issues
             about
             me
             ,
             which
             have
             been
             instrumental
             in
             the
             preservation
             of
             my
             life
             to
             this
             length
             of
             time
             .
          
           
             To
             conclude
             ,
             happy
             is
             he
             that
             having
             been
             much
             inclined
             to
             this
             time-spending
             -
             money-wasting
             Game
             ,
             hath
             took
             up
             in
             time
             ,
             and
             resolved
             for
             the
             future
             never
             to
             be
             concerned
             with
             it
             more
             ;
             but
             more
             happy
             is
             he
             that
             hath
             never
             heard
             the
             name
             therof
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXII
             .
          
           
             The
             Art
             and
             Mystery
             of
             RIDING
             ,
             Whether
             the
             Great-Horse
             or
             any
             other
             .
          
           
             AS
             an
             Introduction
             to
             the
             Art
             of
             Riding
             ,
             I
             think
             it
             requisite
             to
             treat
             of
             the
             taming
             of
             a
             young
             Colt
             :
             In
             order
             thereunto
             ,
             observe
             ,
             that
             after
             your
             Colt
             hath
             been
             eight
             or
             ten
             days
             at
             home
             ,
             and
             is
             reduced
             to
             that
             familiarity
             that
             he
             will
             indure
             currying
             without
             showing
             aversion
             thereunto
             ,
             and
             will
             suffer
             his
             Keeper
             to
             handle
             and
             stroke
             him
             in
             what
             part
             of
             the
             body
             he
             thinketh
             best
             ,
             then
             it
             is
             time
             to
             offer
             him
             the
             Saddle
             ;
             first
             laying
             it
             in
             the
             Manger
             that
             he
             may
             smell
             to
             it
             ,
             and
             thereby
             grow
             acquainted
             with
             it
             ,
             using
             all
             other
             means
             that
             he
             may
             not
             be
             afraid
             either
             at
             the
             sight
             thereof
             or
             at
             the
             noise
             of
             the
             Stirrops
             .
             Having
             gently
             put
             on
             the
             Saddle
             ,
             take
             a
             sweet
             watring
             Trench
             washt
             and
             anointed
             with
             Honey
             and
             Salt
             ,
             and
             so
             place
             it
             in
             his
             mouth
             ,
             that
             it
             may
             hang
             directly
             about
             his
             
             Tush
             ,
             somewhat
             leaning
             thereon
             :
             having
             so
             done
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             in
             a
             morning
             after
             dressing
             ,
             then
             lead
             him
             out
             in
             your
             hand
             and
             water
             him
             abroad
             ,
             then
             bring
             him
             in
             ,
             and
             after
             he
             hath
             stood
             rein'd
             a
             little
             upon
             his
             Trench
             an
             hour
             or
             thereabout
             ,
             then
             unbridle
             and
             unsaddle
             him
             ,
             and
             give
             him
             liberty
             to
             feed
             till
             Evening
             ,
             and
             then
             do
             as
             before
             ;
             having
             cherished
             him
             ,
             dress
             and
             cloath
             him
             for
             the
             night
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             day
             do
             as
             you
             did
             before
             ,
             and
             after
             that
             put
             on
             him
             a
             strong
             Musrole
             ,
             or
             sharp
             Cavezan
             and
             Martingal
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             buckle
             at
             that
             length
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             only
             feel
             it
             when
             he
             jerketh
             up
             his
             head
             ;
             then
             lead
             him
             forth
             into
             some
             new
             plow'd
             land
             or
             soft
             ground
             ,
             and
             there
             having
             made
             him
             trot
             a
             good
             while
             about
             in
             your
             hand
             to
             take
             him
             off
             from
             wantonness
             and
             wild
             tricks
             ,
             offer
             to
             mount
             ,
             which
             if
             he
             refuse
             ,
             then
             trot
             him
             again
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             then
             put
             your
             foot
             in
             the
             Stirrup
             ,
             and
             mount
             half
             way
             and
             dismount
             again
             ;
             if
             he
             seem
             distasted
             at
             it
             ,
             about
             with
             him
             again
             ,
             and
             let
             him
             not
             want
             correction
             ;
             but
             if
             he
             
             take
             it
             patiently
             ,
             cherish
             him
             ,
             and
             place
             your self
             in
             the
             Saddle
             ,
             but
             stay
             there
             a
             very
             little
             while
             ,
             then
             cherish
             him
             again
             and
             give
             him
             bread
             or
             grass
             to
             feed
             on
             ;
             then
             having
             seen
             all
             things
             fit
             and
             strong
             without
             offence
             to
             your self
             and
             Horse
             ,
             remount
             him
             ,
             placing
             your self
             even
             in
             the
             Saddle
             ,
             carrying
             your
             Rod
             inoffensively
             to
             his
             eye
             ,
             then
             let
             some
             person
             having
             in
             his
             hand
             the
             Chaff-halter
             ,
             lead
             him
             a
             little
             way
             ,
             then
             make
             him
             stand
             ,
             and
             having
             cherisht
             him
             ,
             let
             him
             forward
             again
             ,
             do
             this
             seven
             or
             eight
             times
             ,
             or
             so
             often
             till
             you
             have
             brought
             him
             of
             his
             own
             accord
             to
             go
             forward
             ,
             then
             must
             you
             stay
             and
             cherish
             him
             ,
             and
             having
             brought
             him
             home
             ,
             alight
             gently
             ,
             then
             dress
             and
             feed
             him
             well
             .
          
           
             Observe
             this
             course
             every
             day
             till
             you
             have
             brought
             him
             to
             trot
             ,
             which
             will
             be
             but
             three
             at
             the
             most
             ,
             if
             you
             observe
             to
             make
             him
             follow
             some
             other
             Horsman
             ,
             stopping
             him
             now
             and
             then
             gently
             ,
             and
             then
             making
             him
             go
             forward
             ,
             remembring
             his
             seasonable
             cherishings
             ,
             and
             not
             forgetting
             his
             due
             corrections
             as
             often
             as
             you
             find
             him
             froward
             
             and
             rebellious
             ;
             and
             when
             you
             ride
             him
             abroad
             ,
             return
             not
             the
             same
             way
             home
             ,
             that
             you
             may
             make
             him
             take
             all
             ways
             indifferently
             :
             and
             by
             these
             observations
             you
             will
             bring
             him
             to
             understand
             your
             will
             and
             purpose
             in
             less
             than
             a
             fortnights
             time
             .
          
           
             Having
             brought
             your
             Horse
             to
             receive
             you
             to
             his
             back
             ,
             trot
             foreright
             ,
             stop
             and
             tetire
             with
             patience
             and
             obedience
             ,
             be
             never
             unmindful
             of
             your
             
               Helps
               ,
               corrections
            
             and
             cherishings
             ,
             which
             consist
             in
             the
             
               Voice
               ,
               Bridle
               ,
               Rod
               ,
               Calves
               of
               the
               Legs
               ,
            
             and
             Spurs
             ;
             the
             last
             of
             which
             is
             chief
             for
             correction
             ,
             which
             must
             not
             be
             done
             faintly
             but
             sharply
             when
             occasion
             shall
             require
             it
             .
          
           
             Cherishings
             may
             be
             comprehended
             within
             three
             heads
             ,
             the
             Voice
             delivered
             smoothly
             and
             lovingly
             ,
             as
             
               so
               ,
               so
               boy
               ,
               so
            
             ;
             then
             the
             hand
             by
             clapping
             him
             gently
             on
             the
             neck
             or
             buttock
             :
             lastly
             the
             Rod
             by
             rubbing
             him
             therewith
             upon
             the
             Withers
             or
             the
             Main
             ,
             in
             which
             he
             very
             much
             delights
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             that
             you
             are
             to
             regard
             ,
             is
             the
             Musrole
             or
             Cavezan
             and
             Martingale
             ;
             this
             is
             an
             excellent
             Guide
             to
             a
             
             well-disposed
             Horse
             for
             setting
             of
             his
             head
             in
             due
             place
             ,
             forming
             of
             his
             Rein
             ,
             and
             making
             him
             appear
             lovely
             to
             the
             eye
             of
             the
             Spectator
             ;
             and
             withall
             this
             is
             a
             sharp
             correction
             when
             a
             Horse
             yerketh
             out
             his
             Nose
             ,
             disorders
             his
             head
             ,
             or
             endeavours
             to
             run
             away
             with
             his
             Rider
             .
          
           
             The
             manner
             of
             placing
             it
             ,
             is
             thus
             :
             let
             it
             hang
             somewhat
             low
             ,
             and
             rest
             upon
             the
             tender
             grissel
             of
             the
             Horses
             nose
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             be
             the
             more
             sensible
             of
             correction
             ;
             and
             let
             it
             not
             be
             strait
             ,
             but
             loose
             ,
             whereby
             the
             Horse
             may
             feel
             ,
             upon
             the
             yeelding
             in
             of
             his
             head
             ,
             how
             the
             offence
             goeth
             ;
             from
             and
             by
             that
             means
             be
             made
             sensible
             ,
             that
             his
             own
             disorder
             was
             his
             only
             punishment
             .
          
           
             You
             must
             carefully
             observe
             how
             you
             win
             your
             Horses
             head
             ,
             and
             by
             those
             degrees
             bring
             his
             Martingale
             straighter
             and
             straighter
             ,
             so
             as
             the
             horse
             may
             ever
             have
             a
             gentle
             feeling
             of
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             no
             more
             ,
             till
             his
             head
             be
             brought
             to
             its
             true
             perfection
             ,
             and
             there
             stay
             .
          
           
             When
             you
             have
             brought
             your
             horse
             
             to
             some
             certainty
             of
             Rein
             ,
             and
             will
             Trot
             forth-right
             ,
             then
             bring
             him
             to
             the
             treading
             forth
             of
             the
             large
             rings
             .
             If
             your
             horses
             nature
             be
             sloathful
             and
             dull
             ,
             yet
             strong-trot
             him
             first
             in
             some
             new
             plow'd
             field
             ;
             but
             if
             agil
             ,
             and
             of
             a
             fiery
             spirit
             ,
             then
             trot
             him
             in
             some
             sandy
             ground
             ,
             and
             there
             mark
             out
             a
             spacious
             large
             ring
             ,
             about
             a
             hundred
             paces
             in
             circumference
             .
             Having
             walkt
             him
             about
             it
             on
             the
             right
             seven
             or
             eight
             times
             ,
             you
             must
             then
             by
             a
             little
             straitning
             of
             your
             right
             Rein
             ,
             and
             laying
             the
             calf
             of
             your
             left
             leg
             to
             his
             side
             ,
             making
             a
             half
             circle
             within
             your
             ring
             ,
             upon
             your
             right
             hand
             down
             to
             the
             center
             thereof
             ,
             and
             then
             by
             straitning
             a
             little
             your
             left
             Rein
             ,
             and
             laying
             the
             calf
             of
             your
             right
             leg
             to
             his
             side
             ,
             making
             another
             semi-circle
             to
             your
             left
             hand
             from
             the
             center
             to
             the
             outmost
             verge
             ;
             which
             two
             Semicircles
             contrary
             turned
             ,
             will
             make
             a
             perfect
             Roman
             S
             within
             the
             ring
             ;
             then
             keeping
             your
             first
             large
             circumference
             ,
             walk
             your
             horse
             about
             in
             your
             left
             hand
             ,
             as
             oft
             as
             you
             did
             on
             your
             right
             ;
             and
             then
             change
             within
             your
             
             ring
             as
             you
             did
             before
             ,
             to
             your
             right
             hand
             again
             ;
             and
             then
             trot
             him
             first
             on
             the
             right
             hand
             ,
             then
             on
             the
             left
             ,
             as
             long
             as
             you
             shall
             think
             convenient
             ,
             either
             one
             ,
             two
             ,
             or
             three
             hours
             ,
             to
             perfect
             him
             in
             this
             lesson
             ;
             and
             this
             must
             be
             done
             every
             morning
             and
             evening
             too
             ,
             if
             you
             ●nd
             your
             horse
             sloathful
             and
             dull
             ;
             other●ise
             you
             need
             not
             take
             so
             much
             pains
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             Having
             taught
             him
             to
             trot
             the
             large
             rings
             perfectly
             ,
             which
             will
             not
             require
             above
             four
             or
             five
             days
             ;
             then
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             and
             changes
             make
             him
             gallop
             the
             same
             rings
             ,
             making
             him
             take
             up
             his
             feet
             so
             truly
             and
             loftily
             ,
             that
             no
             falshood
             may
             be
             perceived
             in
             his
             stroke
             ,
             but
             that
             his
             inward
             feet
             play
             before
             his
             outward
             ,
             and
             each
             of
             a
             side
             follow
             the
             other
             so
             exactly
             ,
             that
             his
             gallop
             may
             appear
             the
             best
             grace
             of
             all
             his
             motions
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             :
             You
             must
             not
             enter
             him
             all
             at
             once
             to
             gallop
             this
             great
             ring
             ,
             but
             by
             degrees
             ;
             first
             a
             quarter
             ,
             then
             a
             half
             quarter
             ,
             &c.
             ever
             remembring
             ,
             not
             to
             force
             him
             into
             it
             with
             the
             
             spur
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             lightness
             and
             cheerfulness
             of
             your
             body
             let
             him
             pass
             of
             his
             own
             accord
             into
             a
             gallop
             .
          
           
             Helps
             ,
             corrections
             ,
             and
             cherishings
             in
             the
             ring-turn
             ,
             are
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             the
             elevation
             of
             the
             voice
             ,
             and
             the
             threatning
             of
             the
             rod
             ,
             and
             straitning
             of
             the
             bridle
             ,
             are
             good
             helps
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             use
             as
             you
             must
             the
             spur
             ,
             rod
             and
             leg
             ,
             for
             timely
             due
             corrections
             :
             neither
             must
             you
             ever
             cherish
             without
             desert
             .
          
           
             Having
             made
             your
             horse
             gallop
             as
             well
             as
             trot
             the
             large
             ring
             ,
             then
             teach
             him
             to
             stop
             fair
             ,
             comely
             ,
             and
             without
             danger
             ,
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             First
             ,
             having
             cherisht
             him
             ,
             bring
             him
             into
             a
             swift
             trot
             forward
             about
             fifty
             paces
             ▪
             then
             draw
             in
             your
             bridle-hand
             straightly
             and
             suddenly
             ,
             which
             will
             make
             him
             gather
             up
             his
             hinder
             and
             fore-legs
             together
             ,
             and
             thereby
             stand
             still
             :
             then
             ease
             your
             hand
             a
             little
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             give
             backward
             :
             which
             if
             he
             doth
             ,
             give
             him
             more
             liberty
             ,
             and
             cherish
             him
             :
             having
             given
             a
             little
             respit
             ,
             draw
             in
             your
             bridle-hand
             ,
             and
             make
             him
             go
             back
             three
             or
             four
             
             paces
             ,
             at
             which
             if
             he
             strike
             ,
             instantly
             ease
             your
             hand
             ,
             and
             draw
             it
             up
             again
             ,
             letting
             him
             come
             and
             go
             till
             he
             yeeld
             and
             go
             backward
             :
             but
             if
             he
             refuse
             it
             ,
             let
             some
             person
             standing
             by
             ,
             put
             him
             back
             ,
             and
             then
             cherish
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             know
             your
             intention
             .
             Thus
             every
             time
             you
             stop
             ,
             make
             him
             retire
             ,
             till
             you
             have
             perfected
             him
             in
             these
             two
             lessons
             at
             one
             time
             .
          
           
             Have
             a
             care
             that
             the
             ground
             be
             not
             slippery
             where
             you
             stop
             ▪
             but
             firm
             and
             hard
             ,
             lest
             the
             horse
             apprehensive
             of
             the
             danger
             of
             falling
             ,
             refuse
             to
             stop
             as
             you
             would
             have
             him
             .
          
           
             When
             your
             horse
             can
             stop
             well
             ,
             and
             retire
             ,
             you
             must
             then
             teach
             him
             to
             advance
             before
             ,
             when
             he
             stoppeth
             ;
             a
             lesson
             that
             carrieth
             much
             grace
             and
             comeliness
             therein
             ;
             it
             is
             performed
             in
             this
             manner
             :
             After
             you
             have
             stopped
             your
             horse
             without
             giving
             your
             hand
             any
             ease
             ,
             lay
             the
             calves
             of
             both
             your
             legs
             hard
             to
             his
             sides
             ,
             shaking
             your
             Rod
             ,
             and
             crying
             ,
             
               Vp
               ,
               up
            
             ;
             which
             though
             he
             understand
             not
             at
             first
             ,
             yet
             by
             frequent
             practice
             ,
             with
             helps
             ,
             cherishings
             ,
             and
             corrections
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             
             he
             will
             come
             to
             understand
             your
             meaning
             .
             But
             be
             sure
             you
             look
             narrowly
             to
             the
             comeliness
             of
             the
             advancing
             ,
             which
             consists
             in
             taking
             up
             his
             legs
             both
             even
             together
             ,
             bending
             them
             inward
             to
             his
             body
             ;
             next
             ,
             his
             advance
             must
             not
             be
             too
             high
             ,
             for
             fear
             of
             his
             coming
             over
             upon
             you
             ;
             but
             let
             him
             couch
             his
             hinder-loins
             close
             to
             the
             ground
             ,
             but
             by
             no
             means
             suffer
             him
             to
             sprawl
             or
             paw
             with
             his
             feet
             forward
             .
             Lastly
             ,
             he
             must
             not
             advance
             for
             his
             own
             pleasure
             (
             for
             that
             is
             a
             great
             fault
             )
             but
             for
             yours
             ,
             according
             to
             your
             will
             and
             command
             .
          
           
             If
             in
             advancing
             he
             rise
             too
             high
             ,
             ready
             to
             come
             over
             ,
             or
             sprawl
             ,
             or
             paw
             ;
             give
             him
             not
             only
             your
             spurrs
             both
             together
             ,
             but
             lash
             him
             twice
             or
             thrice
             with
             your
             Rod
             between
             his
             ears
             ,
             and
             if
             he
             advanceth
             of
             his
             own
             accord
             ,
             then
             jerk
             him
             over
             the
             knees
             ,
             doing
             so
             as
             often
             as
             he
             commits
             those
             faults
             .
          
           
             Now
             the
             use
             of
             advancing
             is
             this
             ;
             it
             not
             only
             graceth
             all
             his
             other
             lessons
             ,
             but
             makes
             his
             body
             agil
             and
             nimble
             ,
             and
             fits
             him
             for
             ready
             turning
             ;
             
             it
             is
             most
             used
             at
             stopping
             ,
             and
             then
             very
             gracefully
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             next
             place
             you
             must
             teach
             your
             horse
             to
             yerk
             out
             behind
             ,
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             As
             soon
             as
             you
             have
             made
             him
             stop
             ,
             ●presently
             give
             him
             a
             good
             jerk
             under
             his
             belly
             ,
             near
             his
             flank
             ,
             which
             will
             make
             him
             understand
             you
             in
             time
             ,
             though
             not
             presently
             .
             At
             first
             doing
             ,
             cherish
             him
             much
             ,
             and
             having
             let
             him
             pawse
             ,
             make
             him
             do
             it
             again
             ,
             till
             he
             will
             do
             it
             as
             often
             as
             you
             will
             have
             him
             :
             but
             withall
             ,
             look
             to
             the
             comeliness
             of
             his
             yerking
             ,
             for
             it
             is
             not
             graceful
             for
             him
             to
             yerk
             out
             his
             hinder-legs
             till
             his
             fore-legs
             be
             above
             the
             ground
             ;
             and
             see
             that
             he
             yerk
             not
             one
             leg
             farther
             out
             than
             the
             other
             ,
             but
             both
             even
             together
             ,
             and
             not
             too
             high
             ,
             or
             one
             leg
             out
             whilst
             the
             other
             is
             on
             the
             ground
             .
          
           
             Helps
             in
             yerking
             ,
             are
             the
             constant
             staying
             of
             his
             mouth
             on
             the
             bridle
             ,
             the
             stroke
             of
             the
             Rod
             under
             his
             belly
             ,
             or
             a
             gentle
             touch
             thereof
             on
             his
             Rump
             .
          
           
             If
             he
             refuse
             to
             yerk
             ,
             or
             doth
             it
             
             disorderly
             ,
             then
             a
             single
             spur
             on
             that
             side
             that
             is
             faulty
             ;
             and
             lastly
             ,
             continual
             diseasing
             him
             till
             he
             hath
             done
             it
             .
          
           
             Now
             to
             teach
             him
             to
             turn
             readily
             on
             both
             hands
             ,
             is
             first
             to
             bring
             his
             large
             rings
             into
             a
             narrower
             compass
             ,
             that
             is
             about
             four
             yards
             in
             circumference
             ,
             walking
             your
             horse
             therein
             with
             all
             gentleness
             ,
             and
             at
             his
             own
             pleasure
             ,
             till
             he
             is
             acquainted
             therewith
             :
             After
             this
             ,
             carry
             your
             bridle-hand
             constant
             ,
             and
             somewhat
             straight
             ,
             the
             outmost
             Rein
             straighter
             than
             the
             inmost
             ,
             making
             the
             horse
             rather
             look
             from
             the
             ring
             ,
             than
             into
             it
             ;
             and
             thus
             trot
             him
             about
             ,
             first
             on
             the
             one
             side
             ,
             than
             on
             the
             other
             ,
             making
             your
             changes
             as
             aforesaid
             .
             Thus
             exercise
             him
             an
             hour
             and
             half
             ,
             then
             stop
             and
             make
             him
             advance
             three
             or
             four
             times
             together
             ,
             then
             retire
             in
             an
             even
             line
             ,
             afterwards
             stand
             still
             and
             cherish
             him
             :
             Having
             pawsed
             a
             while
             to
             recover
             breath
             ,
             exercise
             him
             as
             aforesaid
             ,
             still
             endeavouring
             to
             bring
             his
             trot
             to
             all
             the
             swiftness
             and
             loftiness
             possible
             ,
             making
             him
             do
             his
             changes
             roundly
             and
             
             readily
             ,
             and
             causing
             him
             to
             lap
             his
             outmost
             leg
             so
             much
             over
             his
             inmost
             leg
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             cover
             it
             more
             than
             a
             foot
             over
             :
             and
             thus
             exercise
             him
             seven
             or
             eight
             days
             ,
             every
             morning
             at
             least
             three
             hours
             ,
             and
             suffer
             him
             only
             to
             practice
             his
             former
             lessons
             once
             in
             a
             morning
             ;
             in
             this
             manner
             you
             teach
             your
             horse
             three
             lessons
             together
             ,
             the
             
               Terra
               a
               Terra
            
             ,
             the
             Incavalere
             ,
             and
             the
             Chambletta
             .
          
           
             The
             turn
             
               Terra
               a
               Terra
            
             in
             the
             outmost
             circle
             of
             the
             straight
             ring
             ,
             and
             the
             Incavalere
             and
             Chambletta
             in
             the
             changes
             ,
             wherein
             he
             is
             forced
             to
             lap
             one
             leg
             over
             another
             ,
             or
             else
             to
             lift
             up
             the
             inmost
             leg
             from
             the
             ground
             ,
             whilst
             he
             brings
             the
             outmost
             over
             it
             :
             This
             lesson
             is
             so
             difficult
             ,
             that
             a
             compleat
             Horseman
             should
             think
             his
             horse
             hath
             never
             perfectly
             learn'd
             it
             ;
             and
             therefore
             he
             must
             continually
             practice
             his
             horse
             in
             trading
             ,
             trotting
             ,
             and
             galloping
             these
             narrow
             rings
             ;
             and
             from
             thence
             to
             pass
             them
             about
             in
             ground-salts
             ,
             as
             from
             taking
             up
             his
             fore-legs
             from
             the
             ground
             both
             together
             ,
             and
             bringing
             his
             hinder
             feet
             in
             their
             place
             ,
             
             and
             so
             passing
             the
             Ring
             as
             often
             as
             the
             strength
             of
             your
             horse
             and
             your
             own
             reason
             will
             allow
             of
             .
          
           
             Thus
             you
             see
             the
             perfecting
             your
             horse
             in
             the
             large
             Ring
             will
             easily
             introduce
             him
             into
             the
             knowledg
             of
             the
             straight
             Ring
             ,
             and
             that
             brings
             him
             to
             turn
             perfectly
             ,
             and
             stopping
             begets
             retiring
             ,
             and
             retiring
             advancing
             .
          
           
             Having
             brought
             your
             horse
             to
             this
             perfection
             ,
             take
             off
             his
             Musrole
             and
             Trench
             ,
             and
             in
             their
             stead
             put
             on
             his
             head
             a
             gentle
             Cavezan
             ,
             in
             such
             manner
             that
             it
             lye
             on
             the
             tender
             grissel
             of
             his
             nose
             somewhat
             near
             the
             upper
             part
             of
             his
             nostrils
             ;
             put
             in
             his
             mouth
             a
             sweet
             smooth
             cannon-bit
             ,
             with
             a
             plain
             watering
             chain
             ,
             the
             cheek
             being
             of
             a
             large
             size
             ,
             let
             the
             Kirble
             be
             thick
             ,
             round
             and
             large
             ,
             hanging
             loosly
             upon
             his
             neather
             lip
             ,
             so
             that
             it
             may
             entice
             him
             to
             play
             therewith
             .
          
           
             Having
             so
             done
             ,
             mount
             ,
             casting
             the
             left
             rein
             of
             your
             Cavezan
             over
             the
             horses
             right
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             bear
             it
             with
             your
             thumb
             with
             the
             reins
             of
             the
             Bit
             in
             your
             left
             hand
             ;
             let
             the
             right
             reins
             of
             the
             Cavezan
             be
             cast
             over
             his
             left
             
             shoulder
             ,
             and
             bear
             it
             with
             your
             Rod
             in
             your
             hand
             ,
             and
             so
             trot
             him
             forth
             the
             first
             morning
             about
             two
             miles
             in
             the
             high-way
             ,
             making
             him
             now
             and
             then
             stop
             and
             retire
             ,
             and
             gather
             up
             his
             head
             in
             its
             due
             place
             ;
             the
             next
             day
             bring
             him
             to
             his
             former
             large
             Rings
             ,
             and
             perfect
             him
             therein
             with
             the
             Bit
             as
             you
             did
             with
             the
             Sanffle
             in
             all
             the
             foregoing
             lessons
             ,
             which
             is
             more
             easily
             done
             by
             reason
             the
             Bit
             is
             of
             better
             command
             and
             of
             sharper
             correction
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             thing
             we
             shall
             speak
             of
             (
             to
             avoid
             every
             thing
             that
             is
             not
             very
             pertinent
             to
             our
             purpose
             )
             is
             the
             Turning-Post
             ,
             which
             must
             be
             smooth
             and
             strong
             ,
             and
             very
             well
             fixt
             in
             the
             center
             of
             the
             straight
             Ring
             ,
             then
             causing
             some
             person
             to
             stand
             at
             the
             Post
             ,
             give
             him
             the
             right
             rein
             of
             your
             Cavezan
             to
             hold
             about
             the
             Post
             ,
             and
             so
             walk
             or
             trot
             your
             horse
             about
             the
             same
             as
             oft
             as
             you
             think
             fit
             on
             your
             right
             hand
             ;
             then
             change
             your
             right
             rein
             for
             your
             left
             ,
             and
             do
             as
             before
             ;
             continue
             thus
             doing
             till
             your
             horse
             be
             perfect
             in
             every
             turn
             .
             Having
             so
             done
             ,
             teach
             him
             to
             manage
             (
             the
             proper
             posture
             for
             a
             
             sword
             )
             which
             is
             thus
             performed
             :
             Cause
             two
             Rods
             to
             be
             prickt
             in
             the
             earth
             ,
             at
             what
             distance
             as
             you
             shall
             think
             fit
             from
             one
             another
             ;
             then
             walk
             your
             horse
             in
             a
             straight
             ring
             about
             the
             first
             on
             your
             right
             hand
             ,
             passing
             him
             in
             an
             even
             furrow
             down
             to
             the
             other
             Rod
             ,
             and
             walk
             about
             that
             also
             in
             a
             narrow
             Ring
             on
             your
             left
             hand
             ,
             then
             thrust
             him
             into
             a
             gentle
             gallop
             down
             the
             even
             furrow
             ,
             till
             you
             come
             to
             the
             first
             Rod
             ,
             and
             there
             make
             him
             stop
             (
             as
             it
             were
             )
             and
             advance
             without
             pawse
             or
             intermission
             of
             time
             ;
             thrust
             him
             forward
             again
             ,
             beat
             the
             turn
             
               Terra
               a
               Terra
            
             about
             on
             your
             right
             hand
             ;
             then
             gallop
             forth
             right
             to
             the
             other
             Rod
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             same
             manner
             beat
             the
             turn
             about
             on
             the
             left
             hand
             ;
             do
             this
             as
             often
             as
             you
             shall
             think
             convenient
             :
             Though
             there
             are
             many
             sorts
             of
             Manages
             ,
             yet
             I
             hold
             but
             two
             necessary
             and
             useful
             ,
             and
             that
             is
             this
             already
             described
             ,
             called
             
               Terra
               a
               Terra
            
             ,
             and
             Incavalere
             or
             Chambletta
             ,
             discoursed
             afore-going
             .
             As
             for
             the
             Career
             ,
             I
             need
             not
             speak
             much
             thereof
             ;
             only
             this
             ,
             when
             you
             run
             him
             forth-right
             at
             full
             
             speed
             ,
             stop
             him
             quickly
             ,
             suddenly
             ,
             firm
             and
             close
             on
             his
             buttock
             ,
             and
             mark
             that
             you
             make
             not
             your
             Career
             too
             long
             ,
             nor
             too
             short
             ;
             the
             one
             weakens
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             hinders
             the
             discovery
             of
             his
             true
             wind
             and
             courage
             ;
             therefore
             let
             not
             the
             length
             of
             your
             Career
             extend
             above
             six-score
             yards
             ;
             and
             be
             sure
             you
             give
             him
             some
             little
             warning
             by
             your
             bridle-hand
             ,
             before
             you
             start
             him
             ,
             and
             then
             stop
             him
             firmly
             and
             strongly
             .
          
           
             Thus
             much
             for
             the
             War-Horse
             or
             great
             Saddle
             .
          
           
             
             
               Of
               the
               Horse
               of
               Pleasure
               .
            
             
               IF
               you
               will
               make
               your
               Horse
               to
               bound
               aloft
               ,
               you
               must
               first
               trot
               him
               about
               sixteen
               yards
               ,
               then
               stop
               him
               ,
               and
               when
               he
               hath
               advanced
               twice
               ,
               streigthen
               a
               little
               your
               Bridle-hand
               ,
               and
               then
               give
               him
               the
               even
               stroke
               of
               both
               your
               spurs
               together
               hard
               ,
               which
               at
               first
               will
               only
               amaze
               him
               ,
               but
               if
               he
               have
               good
               mettle
               and
               courage
               ,
               he
               will
               at
               length
               rise
               from
               the
               ground
               by
               often
               doing
               it
               ;
               if
               he
               doth
               it
               ,
               though
               but
               little
               ,
               cherish
               him
               very
               much
               ,
               then
               let
               him
               pause
               and
               give
               him
               your
               spurs
               again
               ,
               and
               if
               he
               acts
               according
               to
               your
               desire
               ,
               cherish
               him
               again
               ,
               make
               him
               do
               thus
               three
               or
               four
               times
               a
               day
               ,
               till
               he
               is
               so
               perfect
               that
               he
               will
               do
               it
               at
               any
               time
               at
               your
               spurs
               command
               .
            
             
               Next
               ,
               teach
               him
               to
               corvet
               thus
               ;
               hollow
               the
               ground
               a
               Horse's
               length
               ,
               where
               two
               walls
               join
               together
               ,
               then
               place
               a
               strong
               smooth
               Post
               by
               the
               side
               of
               the
               
               hollowness
               of
               a
               Horse's
               length
               likewise
               from
               the
               wall
               ,
               then
               over
               against
               the
               Post
               fasten
               an
               iron
               ring
               at
               the
               wall
               ;
               this
               done
               ,
               ride
               your
               Horse
               into
               the
               hollow
               place
               ,
               and
               fasten
               one
               of
               the
               Reins
               of
               the
               Cavezan
               to
               the
               Ring
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               about
               the
               Post
               ;
               then
               having
               first
               cherished
               your
               Horse
               )
               make
               him
               advance
               by
               the
               help
               of
               the
               calves
               of
               your
               legs
               ,
               twice
               or
               thrice
               together
               ,
               then
               let
               him
               pause
               ;
               after
               this
               (
               cherisning
               him
               again
               )
               advance
               him
               half
               a
               score
               times
               together
               ,
               and
               daily
               encrease
               his
               advancings
               ,
               till
               you
               perceive
               he
               hath
               got
               such
               a
               habit
               therein
               ,
               that
               he
               will
               by
               no
               means
               go
               forward
               ,
               but
               keeping
               his
               ground
               certain
               ,
               advance
               both
               before
               and
               behind
               of
               an
               equal
               height
               ,
               and
               keep
               just
               and
               certian
               time
               with
               the
               motions
               of
               your
               legs
               ;
               and
               if
               he
               raise
               his
               hinder
               legs
               not
               high
               enough
               ,
               you
               must
               have
               some
               body
               behind
               ,
               who
               having
               a
               rod
               ,
               must
               gently
               jerk
               him
               on
               the
               fillets
               ,
               to
               make
               him
               raise
               his
               hinder
               parts
               .
               By
               taking
               this
               course
               ,
               in
               a
               few
               days
               you
               will
               so
               teach
               your
               Horse
               to
               corvet
               ,
               that
               without
               any
               helps
               at
               any
               time
               and
               place
               ,
               you
               may
               make
               him
               corvet
               at
               your
               pleasure
               .
            
             
             
               I
               need
               not
               speak
               of
               the
               Capriole
               ,
               since
               it
               is
               the
               same
               manner
               of
               motion
               as
               the
               Corvet
               ,
               only
               it
               is
               done
               forward
               ,
               gaining
               ground
               in
               the
               salt
               ,
               raising
               his
               hinder
               parts
               as
               high
               or
               higher
               then
               the
               foremost
               .
            
             
               If
               you
               would
               have
               your
               Horse
               go
               side-long
               on
               any
               hand
               ,
               you
               must
               draw
               up
               your
               bridle-hand
               straight
               ,
               and
               if
               you
               would
               have
               him
               go
               on
               the
               right
               hand
               ,
               lay
               your
               left
               rein
               close
               to
               his
               neck
               ,
               and
               the
               calf
               of
               your
               leg
               close
               to
               his
               side
               ,
               making
               him
               put
               his
               left
               leg
               over
               his
               right
               ,
               then
               turning
               your
               rod
               back
               ward
               ,
               gently
               jerking
               him
               on
               the
               left
               hinder
               thigh
               ,
               make
               him
               bring
               his
               hinder
               parts
               to
               the
               right
               side
               also
               ,
               and
               stand
               in
               an
               even
               line
               as
               at
               the
               first
               ,
               then
               make
               him
               remove
               his
               fore-parts
               more
               than
               before
               ,
               so
               that
               he
               may
               as
               it
               were
               cross
               over
               the
               even
               line
               ,
               aud
               then
               make
               him
               bring
               his
               hinder
               part
               after
               ,
               and
               ●tand
               in
               an
               even
               line
               again
               ,
               and
               this
               do
               till
               by
               practice
               he
               will
               move
               his
               fore-parts
               an●
               hinder
               parts
               both
               together
               ,
               and
               go
               ●idelong
               as
               far
               as
               you
               please
               ;
               and
               if
               you
               would
               have
               him
               go
               on
               the
               left
               hand
               ,
               do
               as
               before
               .
            
             
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               these
               are
               the
               most
               material
               Lessons
               requisite
               to
               be
               taught
               any
               Horse
               whatever
               ,
               either
               for
               service
               or
               pleasure
               ,
               which
               if
               taught
               your
               Horse
               with
               care
               and
               patience
               ,
               you
               may
               conclude
               your
               Horse
               perfect
               and
               compleat
               .
               But
               be
               sure
               you
               observe
               this
               ,
               that
               whatsoever
               Lesson
               your
               Horse
               is
               most
               imperfect
               in
               ,
               with
               that
               Lesson
               ever
               when
               you
               ride
               begin
               and
               end
               with
               it
               ;
               repeating
               every
               one
               over
               ,
               more
               or
               less
               ,
               lest
               want
               of
               use
               breed
               forgetfulness
               ,
               and
               forgetfulness
               absolute
               ignorance
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVI
             .
          
           
             Of
             RACING
             .
          
           
             FOR
             the
             compleating
             a
             Gentlemans
             delight
             in
             the
             Art
             of
             Racing
             ,
             he
             is
             to
             take
             special
             cognizance
             of
             these
             subsequent
             Rules
             and
             Orders
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             He
             is
             to
             consider
             what
             is
             the
             most
             convenient
             time
             to
             take
             his
             Horse
             from
             grass
             ,
             which
             is
             about
             Bartholomew-tide
             ,
             the
             day
             being
             dry
             ,
             fair
             ,
             and
             pleasant
             ;
             as
             soon
             as
             he
             is
             taken
             up
             ,
             let
             him
             let
             him
             
             stand
             all
             that
             night
             in
             some
             convenient
             dry
             place
             to
             empty
             his
             body
             ;
             the
             next
             day
             put
             him
             into
             a
             stable
             ,
             and
             feed
             him
             with
             wheat-straw
             ,
             but
             no
             longer
             ;
             for
             though
             the
             Rule
             be
             good
             in
             taking
             up
             Horses
             bellies
             after
             this
             manner
             ,
             yet
             if
             you
             exceed
             your
             time
             in
             so
             doing
             ,
             this
             straw
             will
             straigthen
             his
             guts
             ,
             heat
             his
             liver
             ,
             and
             hurt
             his
             blood
             ;
             therefore
             what
             you
             want
             in
             straw
             let
             it
             be
             supplied
             by
             riding
             him
             forth
             to
             water
             morning
             and
             evening
             ,
             airings
             ,
             and
             other
             moderate
             exercise
             .
             And
             for
             his
             food
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             good
             old
             sweet
             Hay
             ,
             and
             clothe
             him
             according
             to
             the
             weather
             and
             temper
             of
             his
             body
             ;
             for
             as
             the
             year
             grows
             colder
             ,
             and
             thereby
             you
             find
             his
             hair
             rise
             and
             stare
             about
             his
             neck
             ,
             flanks
             ,
             or
             other
             parts
             ,
             then
             add
             a
             woollen
             cloth
             ,
             or
             more
             if
             need
             require
             ,
             till
             his
             hair
             fall
             smooth
             .
             Where
             note
             ,
             
               That
               a
               rough
               coat
               shews
               want
               of
               cloth
               ,
               and
               a
               smooth
               coat
               cloth
               enough
               .
            
          
           
             A
             Race-horse
             ought
             to
             be
             drest
             in
             his
             resting
             days
             twice
             a
             day
             ,
             before
             his
             morning
             and
             evening
             waterings
             ;
             and
             must
             be
             done
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             Curry
             him
             
             from
             the
             tips
             of
             his
             ears
             to
             the
             setting
             on
             of
             his
             tail
             ,
             all
             his
             body
             entirely
             over
             with
             an
             Iron-Comb
             ,
             his
             legs
             under
             the
             knees
             and
             gambrels
             excepted
             ;
             then
             dust
             him
             and
             curry
             him
             high
             again
             all
             over
             with
             a
             round
             brush
             of
             bristles
             ,
             then
             dust
             him
             the
             second
             time
             ,
             and
             rub
             all
             the
             loose
             hair
             off
             with
             your
             hands
             dipt
             in
             fair
             water
             ,
             and
             continue
             rubbing
             till
             he
             is
             as
             dry
             as
             at
             first
             ,
             then
             rub
             every
             part
             of
             him
             with
             a
             hair-cloth
             ,
             and
             lastly
             rub
             him
             all
             over
             with
             a
             white
             Iinnen
             cloth
             ;
             then
             pick
             his
             eyes
             ,
             nostrils
             ,
             sheath
             ,
             cods
             ,
             tuel
             ,
             and
             feet
             very
             clean
             ,
             then
             cloa●h
             him
             and
             stop
             him
             round
             with
             wisps
             .
          
           
             There
             is
             no
             better
             water
             for
             a
             Race-horse
             ,
             then
             a
             running
             River
             or
             clear
             Spring
             ,
             about
             a
             mile
             and
             half
             from
             the
             stable
             ,
             near
             some
             level
             ground
             ,
             where
             you
             may
             gallop
             him
             afterwards
             ,
             having
             scop'd
             him
             a
             little
             ,
             bring
             him
             to
             the
             water
             again
             ,
             then
             scope
             him
             and
             bring
             him
             again
             ,
             so
             often
             till
             he
             refuse
             to
             drink
             more
             for
             that
             time
             ;
             after
             this
             ,
             walk
             him
             home
             ,
             clothe
             and
             stop
             him
             up
             round
             with
             great
             so●t
             wisps
             ,
             and
             having
             stood
             an
             hour
             upon
             the
             bridle
             ,
             feed
             him
             with
             
             sweet
             sound
             Oats
             ,
             either
             dryed
             by
             age
             or
             art
             :
             If
             your
             horse
             be
             low
             of
             flesh
             ,
             or
             hath
             a
             bad
             stomach
             ,
             add
             one
             third
             of
             〈◊〉
             to
             two
             parts
             of
             Oats
             ,
             and
             that
             will
             recover
             both
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             food
             you
             shall
             give
             him
             shall
             be
             better
             and
             stronger
             ,
             and
             it
             is
             bread
             ,
             which
             you
             must
             make
             after
             this
             manner
             :
             take
             two
             bushels
             of
             beans
             ,
             and
             one
             of
             wheat
             ,
             and
             grind
             them
             together
             ,
             then
             boult
             through
             a
             fine
             Range
             the
             quantity
             of
             half
             a
             bushel
             of
             pure
             meal
             ,
             and
             bake
             it
             in
             three
             loaves
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             sift
             through
             a
             Meal-sieve
             ,
             and
             knead
             it
             with
             water
             and
             good
             store
             of
             barm
             ,
             and
             bake
             it
             in
             great
             loaves
             ;
             with
             the
             courser
             bread
             feed
             your
             Runner
             in
             his
             resting
             days
             ,
             and
             with
             the
             finer
             against
             the
             days
             of
             his
             exercise
             and
             greatest
             labour
             .
          
           
             The
             times
             of
             his
             feeding
             ,
             upon
             the
             days
             of
             his
             rest
             ,
             must
             be
             after
             his
             comming
             from
             water
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             an
             hour
             after
             mid-day
             ,
             after
             his
             evening
             watering
             ,
             and
             at
             ten
             a
             clock
             at
             night
             ;
             but
             upon
             his
             labouring
             days
             ,
             two
             hours
             after
             he
             is
             throughly
             cold
             ,
             outwardly
             and
             inwardly
             ,
             afterwards
             as
             aforesaid
             .
          
           
           
             Let
             his
             Hay
             be
             dry
             and
             short
             ;
             if
             it
             be
             sweet
             no
             matter
             how
             course
             it
             is
             ,
             for
             if
             it
             be
             rough
             it
             will
             scowre
             his
             teeth
             .
             As
             for
             the
             proportion
             of
             his
             food
             ,
             I
             need
             not
             prescribe
             a
             quantity
             ,
             since
             you
             must
             allow
             him
             according
             to
             the
             goodness
             and
             badness
             of
             his
             stomach
             .
          
           
             His
             exercise
             ought
             to
             be
             thrice
             a
             week
             ,
             and
             it
             must
             be
             more
             or
             less
             according
             to
             the
             condition
             of
             his
             body
             ;
             for
             if
             it
             be
             foul
             ,
             exercise
             him
             moderately
             to
             break
             his
             grease
             ;
             if
             clean
             ,
             you
             may
             do
             as
             you
             think
             fit
             ,
             having
             a
             care
             that
             you
             discourage
             him
             not
             ,
             nor
             abate
             his
             mettle
             ;
             and
             after
             every
             exercise
             give
             him
             that
             night
             ,
             or
             the
             next
             morning
             ,
             a
             scouring
             ;
             the
             best
             I
             know
             to
             purge
             a
             Horse
             from
             all
             grease
             ,
             glut
             ,
             or
             filth
             whatever
             ,
             is
             this
             ,
             take
             three
             ounces
             of
             Anniseeds
             ,
             six
             drams
             of
             Cumminseeds
             ,
             a
             dram
             and
             half
             of
             Cathamus
             ,
             two
             drams
             of
             Fen-greek-seed
             ,
             and
             of
             Brimstone
             an
             ounce
             and
             half
             ;
             beat
             all
             these
             to
             a
             fine
             powder
             ,
             and
             searse
             them
             ,
             then
             take
             of
             Sallet-oyl
             somewhat
             more
             than
             a
             pint
             ,
             a
             pound
             an●
             half
             of
             Honey
             ,
             and
             a
             pottle
             of
             white
             Wine
             ,
             then
             with
             fine
             white
             Meal
             knead
             it
             well
             into
             a
             strong
             paste
             ,
             
             and
             keep
             it
             by
             you
             ,
             it
             will
             last
             a
             long
             time
             ;
             when
             you
             use
             it
             ,
             dissolve
             a
             ball
             thereof
             in
             a
             Pail
             of
             fair
             water
             ,
             and
             give
             it
             him
             to
             drink
             after
             exercise
             ,
             in
             the
             dark
             ,
             lest
             discolouring
             the
             water
             ,
             the
             Horse
             refuse
             to
             drink
             .
             This
             is
             an
             excellent
             scouring
             ,
             and
             a
             remedy
             for
             all
             internal
             distempers
             .
          
           
             Now
             after
             exercise
             ,
             cool
             him
             a
             little
             abroad
             before
             you
             bring
             him
             home
             ,
             then
             house
             him
             and
             litter
             him
             well
             ,
             rubbing
             him
             with
             dry
             clothes
             till
             there
             be
             never
             a
             wet
             hair
             about
             him
             ,
             then
             clothe
             and
             wisp
             him
             round
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             ,
             before
             you
             air
             your
             Horse
             ,
             it
             will
             be
             requisite
             ,
             to
             break
             a
             raw
             Egg
             into
             his
             mouth
             ,
             for
             it
             will
             add
             to
             his
             wind
             .
             If
             he
             be
             fat
             ,
             air
             him
             before
             Sun-rise
             and
             after
             Sun-set
             ;
             but
             if
             lean
             ,
             let
             him
             have
             as
             much
             comfort
             of
             the
             Sun
             as
             you
             can
             ,
             Coursing
             in
             his
             clothes
             sometimes
             to
             make
             him
             sweat
             is
             not
             irrequisite
             ,
             so
             it
             be
             moderately
             done
             ;
             but
             when
             without
             his
             clothes
             ,
             let
             it
             be
             sharp
             and
             swift
             .
             Let
             his
             body
             be
             empty
             before
             he
             course
             ;
             and
             to
             wash
             his
             tongue
             and
             nostrils
             with
             Vinegar
             ,
             or
             to
             piss
             in
             his
             mouth
             e're
             you
             back
             him
             ,
             is
             wholesom
             ;
             
             having
             courst
             him
             ,
             clothe
             him
             ,
             after
             he
             hath
             taken
             breath
             ,
             and
             ride
             him
             home
             gently
             .
          
           
             To
             be
             short
             ,
             what
             is
             here
             defective
             in
             the
             right
             ordering
             of
             a
             Race-horse
             ,
             your
             own
             judgments
             may
             easily
             supply
             .
             All
             that
             you
             have
             to
             do
             ,
             is
             to
             be
             careful
             when
             to
             take
             him
             up
             ,
             how
             to
             clothe
             him
             and
             dress
             him
             ,
             when
             and
             how
             to
             feed
             and
             water
             ,
             what
             and
             how
             much
             exercise
             is
             requisite
             either
             by
             airing
             or
             by
             coursing
             ,
             and
             his
             ordering
             after
             exercise
             ,
             and
             what
             scowrings
             are
             most
             requisite
             ;
             and
             that
             I
             may
             add
             a
             little
             more
             to
             your
             knowledg
             ,
             and
             conclude
             this
             subject
             ,
             take
             these
             general
             Rules
             and
             Instructions
             .
          
           
             
               1.
               
               Course
               not
               your
               Horse
               hard
               at
               least
               four
               or
               five
               days
               before
               you
               run
               your
               match
               ,
               lest
               the
               soarness
               of
               his
               li●bs
               abate
               his
               speed
               .
            
             
               2.
               
               Except
               your
               Horse
               be
               a
               foul
               feeder
               muzzle
               him
               not
               above
               two
               or
               three
               〈◊〉
               before
               his
               match
               ,
               and
               the
               night
               〈◊〉
               his
               bloody
               courses
               .
            
             
               3.
               
               As
               you
               give
               your
               Horse
               gentle
               courses
               ,
               give
               him
               sharp
               ones
               too
               ,
               that
               h●
               may
               as
               well
               find
               comfort
               as
               displesure
               thereon
               .
            
             
             
               4.
               
               Upon
               the
               ▪
               match-day
               let
               your
               Horse
               be
               empty
               ,
               and
               that
               he
               take
               his
               rest
               undisturbed
               till
               you
               lead
               him
               out
               .
            
             
               5.
               
               Shoo
               your
               Horse
               ever
               a
               day
               before
               you
               run
               him
               ,
               then
               the
               pain
               of
               the
               Hammers
               knocks
               may
               be
               out
               of
               his
               feet
               .
            
             
               6.
               
               Saddle
               your
               Horse
               on
               the
               Race-day
               in
               the
               stable
               before
               you
               lead
               him
               forth
               ,
               and
               fix
               both
               the
               Pannel
               and
               the
               Girths
               to
               his
               back
               and
               sides
               with
               Shoo-makers
               wax
               ,
               to
               prevent
               all
               dangers
               .
            
             
               7.
               
               Lead
               your
               horse
               to
               his
               course
               with
               all
               gentleness
               ,
               and
               give
               him
               leave
               to
               smell
               to
               other
               horses
               dung
               ,
               that
               thereby
               he
               may
               be
               enticed
               to
               stole
               and
               empty
               his
               body
               as
               he
               goes
               .
            
             
               8.
               
               Lastly
               ,
               When
               you
               come
               to
               the
               place
               where
               you
               must
               start
               ,
               first
               rub
               his
               limbs
               well
               ,
               then
               uncloath
               him
               ,
               then
               take
               his
               back
               ,
               and
               the
               word
               given
               ,
               start
               him
               with
               all
               gentleness
               and
               quietness
               that
               may
               ,
               lest
               doing
               any
               thing
               rashly
               ,
               you
               choak
               him
               in
               his
               own
               wind
               .
            
             
               A
               Race-horse
               ought
               to
               have
               all
               the
               finest
               shapes
               that
               may
               be
               ,
               but
               above
               all
               things
               he
               must
               be
               nimble
               ,
               quick
               ,
               and
               fiery
               ,
               apt
               to
               fly
               with
               the
               least
               motion
               .
               Long
               shapes
               are
               tolerably
               good
               ,
               for
               
               though
               they
               shew
               weakness
               ,
               yet
               they
               assure
               sudden
               speed
               .
               The
               best
               horse
               for
               this
               use
               is
               the
               
                 Arabian
                 Barbary
              
               ,
               or
               his
               Bastard
               ;
               not
               but
               Gennets
               are
               good
               ,
               but
               the
               Turks
               much
               better
               .
            
             
               Having
               laid
               you
               down
               all
               these
               advantages
               for
               ordering
               your
               Racer
               ,
               from
               his
               taking
               up
               ,
               to
               the
               day
               of
               his
               running
               ,
               I
               hope
               you
               will
               make
               such
               good
               use
               of
               them
               ,
               that
               if
               upon
               an
               equal
               match
               you
               should
               lay
               your
               money
               on
               the
               heels
               of
               your
               horse
               thus
               ordered
               ,
               he
               shall
               be
               so
               far
               from
               kicking
               away
               his
               masters
               stake
               ,
               that
               the
               nimbleness
               of
               his
               feet
               shall
               make
               it
               double
               .
            
             
               I
               might
               here
               insert
               the
               many
               subtilties
               and
               tricks
               there
               are
               used
               in
               making
               a
               Match
               ,
               the
               craft
               of
               the
               Betters
               ,
               with
               the
               knavery
               of
               the
               Riders
               ,
               but
               that
               they
               are
               now
               too
               generally
               known
               by
               the
               woful
               experience
               of
               too
               many
               Racing-losers
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVII
             .
          
           
             Of
             ARCHERY
             .
          
           
             ARchery
             ,
             as
             it
             is
             a
             recreation
             ,
             so
             it
             hath
             been
             heretofore
             ,
             and
             is
             still
             in
             some
             parts
             of
             the
             world
             very
             useful
             in
             military
             affairs
             ,
             but
             now
             quite
             laid
             aside
             by
             English
             men
             for
             fighting
             ,
             there
             being
             found
             out
             more
             dextrous
             and
             speedy
             ways
             to
             kill
             and
             destroy
             one
             another
             .
          
           
             Yet
             it
             is
             not
             so
             laid
             aside
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             is
             used
             by
             some
             for
             pastime
             ,
             either
             at
             Buts
             or
             Rovers
             ,
             and
             should
             not
             be
             forgotten
             by
             Citizens
             ,
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             continuance
             of
             that
             ancient
             custom
             for
             every
             Lord
             Mayor
             to
             see
             the
             prize
             performed
             by
             shooting
             annually
             with
             the
             pound
             Arrow
             .
          
           
             Certainly
             this
             shooting
             in
             the
             long
             Bow
             is
             very
             healthful
             for
             the
             body
             ,
             by
             extending
             the
             limbs
             ,
             and
             making
             them
             pliant
             ;
             and
             it
             hath
             been
             necessary
             for
             a
             Commonwealth
             ,
             in
             the
             defence
             and
             preservation
             of
             the
             Conntry
             ;
             but
             since
             
             it
             is
             so
             little
             used
             now
             adays
             ,
             I
             shall
             abreviate
             my
             discourse
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             these
             Rules
             to
             be
             observed
             for
             shooting
             in
             the
             Long-bow
             .
          
           
             First
             ,
             He
             must
             have
             a
             good
             eye
             to
             behold
             and
             discern
             his
             mark
             ;
             and
             knowing-judgment
             to
             understand
             the
             distance
             of
             ground
             ,
             to
             take
             the
             true
             advantage
             of
             a
             side-wind
             ,
             and
             to
             know
             in
             what
             compass
             his
             Arrow
             must
             fly
             ;
             and
             a
             quick
             dexterity
             ,
             to
             give
             his
             shaft
             a
             strong
             ,
             sharp
             ,
             and
             sudden
             loose
             .
          
           
             Secondly
             ,
             He
             must
             in
             the
             action
             it self
             stand
             fair
             and
             upright
             with
             his
             body
             ;
             his
             left
             foot
             a
             convenient
             stride
             before
             his
             right
             ,
             both
             his
             hams
             stiff
             ,
             his
             left
             arm
             holding
             his
             bow
             in
             the
             midst
             ,
             stretcht
             strait
             out
             ,
             and
             his
             right
             arm
             with
             his
             first
             three
             fingers
             and
             his
             thumb
             drawing
             the
             string
             to
             his
             right
             ear
             ,
             the
             notch
             of
             his
             Arrow
             resting
             between
             his
             fore-finger
             and
             middle-finger
             of
             his
             right
             hand
             ,
             and
             the
             steel
             of
             his
             Arrow
             below
             the
             feathers
             upon
             the
             middle
             knuckle
             of
             his
             fore-finger
             on
             his
             left
             hand
             ;
             he
             shall
             draw
             his
             Arrow
             close
             up
             to
             the
             head
             ,
             and
             deliver
             on
             
             the
             instant
             ,
             without
             hanging
             on
             the
             string
             .
          
           
             The
             best
             Bow
             is
             either
             Spanish
             or
             English
             Yew
             ;
             the
             best
             Shaft
             is
             of
             Burch
             ,
             Suger-chest
             ,
             or
             Brazel
             ,
             and
             the
             best
             feathers
             gray
             or
             white
             .
          
           
             There
             are
             three
             Marks
             to
             shoot
             at
             ,
             
               Buts
               ,
               Pricks
            
             ,
             or
             Rovers
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             is
             a
             level
             mark
             ,
             and
             therefore
             you
             must
             have
             strong
             Arrow
             with
             a
             broad
             feather
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             is
             a
             mark
             of
             some
             compass
             ,
             yet
             most
             certain
             in
             the
             distance
             ,
             therefore
             you
             must
             have
             nimble
             strong
             Arrows
             ,
             with
             a
             middle
             feather
             ,
             all
             of
             one
             weight
             and
             flying
             .
          
           
             The
             last
             ,
             which
             is
             the
             Rover
             ,
             is
             uncertain
             ,
             sometimes
             longer
             ,
             sometimes
             sharper
             ,
             and
             therefore
             requires
             Arrows
             lighter
             or
             heavier
             ,
             according
             to
             the
             distance
             of
             shooting
             .
          
           
             If
             you
             want
             strength
             ,
             by
             debilitation
             in
             the
             Arm
             or
             Back
             ,
             you
             may
             reap
             the
             same
             pleasure
             by
             using
             the
             Cross-bow
             ,
             with
             which
             you
             may
             shoot
             at
             
               Buts
               ,
               Pricks
            
             ,
             or
             Rovers
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             CHAP.
             XXXVIII
             .
          
           
             Of
             Cock-Fighting
             .
          
           
             COcking
             is
             a
             sport
             or
             pastime
             so
             full
             of
             delight
             and
             pleasure
             ,
             that
             I
             know
             not
             any
             Game
             in
             that
             respect
             is
             to
             be
             preferred
             before
             it
             ,
             and
             since
             the
             Fighting-Cock
             hath
             gain'd
             so
             great
             an
             estimation
             among
             the
             Gentry
             ,
             in
             respect
             to
             this
             noble
             recreation
             I
             shall
             here
             propose
             it
             before
             all
             the
             other
             Games
             of
             which
             I
             have
             afore
             succinctly
             discoursed
             ;
             that
             therefore
             I
             may
             methodically
             give
             instructions
             to
             such
             as
             are
             unexperienced
             ,
             and
             add
             more
             knowledg
             to
             such
             who
             have
             already
             gain'd
             a
             competent
             proficiency
             in
             this
             pleasing
             Art
             ,
             I
             shall
             as
             briefly
             as
             I
             can
             give
             you
             information
             how
             you
             shall
             chuse
             ,
             breed
             ,
             and
             diet
             the
             Fighting-Cock
             ,
             with
             what
             choice
             secrets
             are
             thereunto
             belonging
             ,
             in
             order
             thus
             .
          
           
             
             
               Of
               the
               Choice
               of
               the
               Fighting-Cock
               .
            
             
               IN
               the
               election
               of
               a
               Fighting-Cock
               there
               are
               four
               things
               principally
               to
               be
               considered
               ,
               and
               they
               are
               
                 Shape
                 ,
                 Colour
                 ,
                 Courage
              
               ,
               and
               Sharp-heel
               .
            
             
               First
               ,
               as
               to
               his
               shape
               ,
               you
               must
               not
               chuse
               him
               neither
               too
               small
               ,
               nor
               too
               large
               ;
               the
               first
               is
               weak
               and
               tedious
               in
               his
               fighting
               ,
               and
               the
               other
               unweildy
               and
               not
               active
               ,
               and
               both
               very
               difficult
               to
               be
               matched
               ;
               wherefore
               the
               middle-siz'd
               Cock
               is
               the
               proper
               choice
               for
               your
               purpose
               ,
               being
               easily
               matcht
               ,
               and
               is
               both
               strong
               and
               nimble
               .
            
             
               His
               head
               ought
               to
               be
               small
               ,
               with
               a
               quick
               large
               eye
               ,
               and
               a
               strong
               back
               ,
               and
               (
               as
               Mr.
               Markham
               observes
               )
               must
               be
               crookt
               and
               big
               at
               the
               setting
               on
               ,
               and
               in
               colour
               suitable
               to
               the
               plume
               of
               his
               Feathers
               ,
               whether
               black
               ,
               yellow
               or
               reddish
               ,
               &c.
               
               The
               beam
               of
               his
               leg
               must
               be
               very
               strong
               ,
               and
               according
               to
               his
               plume
               ,
               blew
               ,
               gray
               ,
               or
               yellow
               ,
               his
               Spurs
               rough
               ,
               long
               ,
               and
               sharp
               ,
               a
               little
               
               bending
               and
               looking
               inward
               .
            
             
               Secondly
               ,
               his
               Colour
               ought
               to
               be
               either
               gray
               ,
               yellow
               ,
               or
               red
               ,
               with
               a
               black
               breast
               ;
               not
               but
               that
               there
               are
               many
               other
               colour'd
               pyles
               very
               excellent
               good
               ,
               which
               you
               must
               find
               out
               by
               practice
               and
               observation
               ,
               but
               the
               three
               former
               by
               the
               experience
               of
               most
               found
               ever
               the
               best
               ,
               the
               pide
               pyle
               may
               pass
               indifferently
               ,
               but
               the
               white
               and
               dun
               are
               rarely
               found
               good
               for
               any
               thing
               .
            
             
               Here
               note
               ,
               That
               if
               your
               Cocks
               neck
               be
               invested
               with
               a
               scarlet
               complexion
               it
               is
               a
               sign
               he
               is
               strong
               ,
               lusty
               and
               couragious
               ;
               but
               on
               the
               contrary
               ,
               if
               pale
               and
               wan
               ,
               it
               denotes
               the
               Cock
               to
               be
               faint
               ,
               and
               in
               health
               defective
               .
            
             
               Thirdly
               ,
               you
               may
               know
               his
               courage
               by
               his
               proud
               upright
               standing
               ,
               and
               stately
               tread
               in
               walking
               ,
               and
               if
               he
               croweth
               very
               frequently
               in
               the
               Pen
               ,
               it
               is
               a
               couragious
               demonstration
               .
            
             
               Fourthly
               and
               lastly
               ,
               his
               narrow-heel
               or
               sharpness
               of
               heel
               is
               known
               no
               otherways
               than
               by
               observation
               in
               fighting
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               ,
               when
               upon
               every
               rising
               he
               so
               hits
               that
               he
               extracts
               blood
               from
               his
               opponent
               ,
               gilding
               his
               Spurs
               continually
               
               and
               every
               blow
               threatning
               immediate
               death
               to
               his
               adversary
               .
            
             
               Here
               note
               ,
               That
               it
               is
               the
               opinion
               of
               the
               best
               Cock-Masters
               ,
               that
               a
               sharp-heel'd
               Cock
               though
               he
               be
               somewhat
               false
               ,
               is
               better
               than
               a
               true
               Cock
               with
               a
               dull
               heel
               ;
               and
               the
               reason
               is
               this
               ,
               the
               one
               fights
               long
               but
               seldom
               wounds
               ,
               the
               other
               carrieth
               a
               heel
               so
               fatal
               that
               every
               moment
               produceth
               an
               expectation
               of
               the
               Battails
               conclusion
               ;
               and
               though
               he
               is
               not
               so
               hardy
               as
               to
               endure
               the
               utmost
               hewing
               ,
               so
               commonly
               there
               is
               little
               occasion
               for
               it
               ,
               being
               a
               quick
               dispatcher
               of
               his
               business
               ;
               now
               should
               your
               Cock
               prove
               both
               hardy
               and
               narrow-heel'd
               ,
               he
               is
               then
               the
               best
               Cock
               you
               can
               make
               choice
               of
               .
            
             
               To
               conclude
               ,
               make
               your
               choice
               of
               such
               a
               one
               that
               is
               of
               Shape
               strong
               ,
               of
               Colour
               good
               ,
               of
               Valour
               true
               ,
               and
               of
               Heel
               sharp
               and
               ready
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               How
               to
               breed
               a
               Cock
               of
               the
               Game
               .
            
             
               VVHatever
               you
               do
               ,
               let
               your
               Hen
               be
               of
               a
               good
               complexion
               ,
               that
               is
               to
               say
               ,
               rightly
               plumed
               ,
               as
               black
               ,
               brown
               ,
               speckt
               ,
               gray
               ,
               grissel
               ,
               or
               yellowish
               ;
               these
               are
               the
               right
               and
               proper
               colours
               for
               a
               Hen
               of
               the
               Game
               ;
               and
               if
               she
               be
               tufted
               on
               the
               crown
               it
               is
               so
               much
               the
               better
               ,
               for
               that
               argues
               courage
               and
               resolution
               ,
               and
               if
               she
               have
               the
               addition
               of
               weapons
               they
               conduce
               very
               much
               to
               her
               excellency
               .
            
             
               Let
               her
               body
               be
               large
               and
               well
               poked
               behind
               for
               the
               production
               of
               large
               Eggs
               ;
               you
               will
               do
               well
               to
               observe
               how
               she
               behaveth
               her self
               to
               her
               Chickens
               ,
               whether
               friendly
               or
               frowardly
               ,
               and
               take
               especial
               notice
               of
               her
               carriage
               and
               deportment
               among
               other
               Hens
               ,
               if
               she
               will
               receive
               abuses
               from
               them
               without
               revenge
               ,
               or
               show
               any
               thing
               of
               Cowardice
               ,
               value
               her
               not
               ,
               for
               you
               may
               assure
               your self
               her
               Chickens
               will
               be
               good
               for
               nothing
               .
            
             
             
               By
               the
               way
               take
               this
               observation
               ,
               confirmed
               by
               the
               opinions
               of
               the
               best
               Cock-Masters
               both
               ancient
               and
               modern
               ,
               that
               a
               right
               Hen
               of
               the
               Game
               from
               a
               Dunghill-Cock
               will
               bring
               forth
               very
               good
               Chickens
               ,
               but
               the
               best
               Cock
               from
               a
               Dunghill-Hen
               will
               never
               get
               a
               bird
               that
               's
               fit
               for
               the
               Game
               ,
               where
               if
               you
               intend
               to
               have
               a
               good
               breed
               get
               perfect
               Cocks
               for
               your
               perfect
               Hens
               .
            
             
               The
               best
               season
               for
               breeding
               is
               from
               the
               encrease
               of
               the
               Moon
               in
               February
               ,
               to
               the
               encrease
               of
               the
               same
               in
               March.
               Let
               her
               nest
               be
               so
               placed
               that
               she
               may
               not
               be
               disturbed
               by
               the
               sight
               of
               any
               other
               fowl
               ,
               which
               frequently
               so
               raiseth
               her
               choler
               that
               the
               Eggs
               are
               in
               greater
               danger
               ;
               let
               the
               composure
               of
               her
               nest
               be
               made
               of
               soft
               sweet
               straw
               ,
               and
               let
               it
               stand
               in
               some
               warm
               place
               ,
               for
               she
               is
               a
               Bird
               that
               is
               very
               tender
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               thing
               that
               you
               are
               to
               observe
               is
               ,
               whether
               she
               turn
               her
               Eggs
               often
               or
               not
               ,
               if
               she
               is
               remiss
               therein
               ,
               you
               must
               supply
               her
               duty
               ,
               but
               if
               she
               save
               you
               the
               labour
               ,
               prize
               her
               more
               than
               ordinary
               .
               And
               that
               she
               may
               not
               straggle
               too
               far
               from
               her
               Eggs
               being
               necessitated
               
               to
               seek
               abroad
               for
               food
               ,
               and
               so
               cool
               her
               Eggs
               ,
               it
               will
               be
               altogether
               necessary
               for
               you
               to
               set
               by
               her
               such
               necessary
               food
               as
               you
               shall
               think
               fit
               with
               some
               fair
               water
               ;
               and
               that
               she
               may
               bathe
               and
               trim
               her self
               at
               her
               pleasure
               :
               in
               the
               place
               where
               she
               siteth
               let
               there
               be
               sand
               ,
               gravel
               and
               ashes
               finely
               sifted
               .
            
             
               The
               Hen
               hatcheth
               her
               Chickens
               commonly
               after
               one
               and
               twenty
               days
               ;
               observe
               in
               the
               hatching
               to
               take
               those
               newly
               hatched
               ,
               and
               wrapping
               them
               in
               wool
               keep
               them
               warm
               by
               a
               fire
               side
               till
               the
               rest
               are
               disclosed
               ;
               being
               all
               hatcht
               put
               them
               under
               the
               Hen
               ,
               and
               be
               sure
               to
               keep
               her
               warm
               ,
               and
               suffer
               not
               your
               Hen
               and
               Chickens
               to
               straggle
               abroad
               till
               they
               are
               above
               three
               weeks
               old
               ;
               and
               let
               the
               room
               wherein
               they
               walk
               be
               boarded
               ,
               for
               all
               other
               Flours
               are
               either
               too
               moist
               or
               too
               cold
               .
            
             
               Let
               their
               Walk
               be
               in
               some
               Grass-court
               or
               Green-place
               ,
               after
               they
               are
               a
               month
               old
               ,
               that
               they
               may
               have
               the
               benefit
               of
               feeding
               on
               Worms
               ,
               and
               now
               and
               then
               to
               scowre
               themselves
               with
               Grass
               and
               Chick-weed
               ,
               but
               be
               careful
               they
               come
               not
               near
               Puddles
               or
               
               filthy
               places
               ,
               for
               they
               engender
               in
               birds
               of
               this
               nature
               venemous
               distempers
               ,
               which
               commonly
               prove
               fatal
               ;
               for
               the
               prevention
               of
               such
               maladies
               by
               way
               of
               antidote
               give
               them
               every
               morning
               before
               they
               range
               abroad
               ,
               the
               blades
               of
               Leeks
               chopt
               or
               minced
               small
               and
               mingled
               among
               their
               usual
               diet
               ;
               also
               it
               will
               be
               requisite
               to
               perfume
               their
               room
               with
               burnt
               Penyroyal
               or
               Rosemary
               .
            
             
               Observe
               to
               take
               this
               course
               till
               their
               Sexes
               are
               distinguishable
               ;
               as
               soon
               as
               the
               Comb
               or
               Wattels
               are
               discernable
               ,
               or
               plainly
               visible
               to
               the
               eye
               ,
               cut
               them
               away
               ,
               and
               anoint
               the
               sore
               place
               with
               sweet
               butter
               ,
               till
               it
               be
               whole
               .
               The
               reasons
               why
               their
               Combs
               or
               Wattles
               should
               be
               cut
               so
               soon
               ,
               are
               these
               ,
               First
               if
               you
               let
               them
               grow
               till
               they
               arrive
               to
               their
               full
               bigness
               ,
               and
               then
               cut
               them
               ,
               there
               will
               follow
               a
               great
               flux
               of
               blood
               ,
               and
               the
               least
               loss
               of
               blood
               in
               feather'd
               fowl
               is
               very
               dangerous
               ;
               if
               much
               ,
               frequently
               mortal
               ;
               moreover
               to
               let
               them
               grow
               thus
               causeth
               gouty
               thick
               heads
               ,
               with
               great
               lumps
               ;
               whereas
               if
               you
               take
               them
               off
               betime
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               
               they
               will
               have
               heads
               finely
               small
               ,
               smooth
               and
               slender
               .
            
             
               The
               time
               of
               the
               separation
               of
               the
               Cock-Chickens
               is
               when
               they
               begin
               to
               fight
               with
               and
               peck
               one
               another
               ,
               till
               which
               time
               you
               may
               let
               them
               walk
               with
               the
               Hen
               promiscuously
               together
               ,
               but
               afterwards
               let
               their
               Walks
               be
               apart
               ,
               and
               that
               Walk
               is
               best
               where
               he
               may
               securely
               and
               privately
               enjoy
               his
               Hens
               without
               the
               disturbance
               and
               annoyance
               of
               other
               Cocks
               ,
               for
               which
               purpose
               walks
               at
               Wind-mills
               ,
               Water-mills
               ,
               Grange-houses
               ,
               Lodges
               in
               Parks
               ,
               and
               Coney-Warrens
               ,
               are
               very
               good
               Walks
               ,
               but
               that
               the
               later
               is
               somewhat
               dangerous
               ,
               being
               too
               frequently
               haunted
               with
               Polecats
               ,
               and
               other
               vermin
               .
            
             
               Let
               the
               place
               of
               feeding
               be
               as
               near
               as
               you
               can
               on
               soft
               dry
               ground
               ,
               or
               on
               boards
               if
               the
               place
               be
               harder
               ,
               as
               on
               paved
               earth
               ,
               or
               floors
               plaister'd
               ,
               it
               will
               so
               weaken
               and
               blunt
               their
               beaks
               ,
               that
               they
               will
               be
               unable
               to
               hold
               fast
               .
            
             
               Here
               note
               ,
               That
               any
               white
               Corn
               is
               good
               for
               a
               Cock
               in
               his
               Walk
               ,
               and
               
               so
               are
               white-bread
               tosts
               steeped
               in
               drink
               ,
               or
               man's
               urine
               ,
               which
               will
               both
               scowre
               and
               cool
               them
               inwardly
               .
            
             
               Let
               not
               above
               three
               Hens
               walk
               with
               your
               Cock
               ,
               for
               should
               you
               suffer
               more
               they
               will
               tread
               too
               much
               by
               reason
               of
               the
               heat
               of
               their
               nature
               ,
               and
               by
               often
               treading
               they
               will
               cons●me
               their
               strength
               ,
               and
               become
               so
               debilitated
               ,
               that
               though
               they
               have
               courage
               enough
               ,
               yet
               they
               have
               not
               strength
               to
               perform
               their
               parts
               as
               they
               ought
               to
               do
               in
               a
               battel
               .
            
             
               Observe
               the
               crowing
               of
               your
               Chickens
               ;
               if
               you
               find
               them
               crow
               too
               soon
               ,
               that
               is
               before
               six
               months
               old
               ,
               or
               unseasonably
               ,
               and
               that
               their
               crowing
               is
               clear
               and
               loud
               ,
               fit
               them
               as
               soon
               as
               you
               can
               for
               the
               Pot
               or
               Spit
               ,
               for
               they
               are
               infallible
               signs
               of
               cowardise
               and
               falshood
               ;
               on
               the
               contrary
               the
               true
               and
               perfect
               Cock
               is
               long
               before
               he
               obtains
               his
               voice
               ,
               and
               when
               he
               hath
               got
               it
               observes
               his
               hours
               with
               the
               best
               judgment
               .
            
             
               Suffer
               not
               your
               Cock
               to
               fight
               a
               battel
               till
               he
               is
               compleat
               and
               perfect
               in
               every
               member
               ,
               and
               that
               is
               
               when
               he
               is
               two
               years
               old
               ;
               for
               to
               fight
               him
               when
               his
               Spurs
               are
               but
               warts
               comparatively
               ,
               is
               no
               sign
               of
               discretion
               ,
               for
               you
               may
               then
               probably
               know
               his
               valour
               and
               courage
               ,
               but
               you
               cannot
               know
               his
               worth
               and
               goodness
               .
            
             
               In
               especial
               manner
               take
               care
               that
               your
               Cocks
               roosting-Perch
               be
               not
               too
               small
               in
               the
               gripe
               ,
               or
               so
               ill
               placed
               that
               he
               cannot
               sit
               without
               stradling
               ,
               or
               if
               it
               be
               crooked
               it
               is
               bad
               ,
               for
               by
               these
               means
               ,
               a
               Cock
               will
               be
               uneven
               heel'd
               ,
               and
               consequently
               no
               good
               striker
               ;
               and
               know
               that
               a
               Perch
               either
               maketh
               or
               marreth
               a
               Cock
               ;
               to
               remedy
               or
               prevent
               such
               faults
               ,
               is
               to
               have
               in
               your
               roost
               a
               row
               of
               little
               Perches
               about
               eight
               inches
               in
               length
               ,
               and
               ten
               inches
               from
               the
               ground
               ,
               that
               the
               Cock
               may
               with
               more
               facility
               ascend
               ,
               and
               being
               up
               ,
               is
               forced
               to
               keep
               his
               legs
               near
               together
               ;
               and
               here
               take
               notice
               of
               this
               maxim
               amongst
               the
               best
               
                 Cock-breeders
                 ,
                 That
                 the
                 Cock
                 which
                 is
                 a
                 close
                 sitter
                 ,
                 is
                 ever
                 a
                 narrow
                 striker
                 .
              
            
             
               Let
               the
               footstool
               of
               the
               Perch
               be
               round
               and
               smooth
               about
               the
               thickness
               
               of
               a
               mans
               arm
               ,
               or
               if
               you
               will
               have
               the
               best
               form
               for
               a
               Perch
               ,
               go
               visit
               the
               houses
               of
               the
               most
               skilful
               Cock-masters
               ,
               and
               from
               them
               all
               gather
               what
               is
               most
               necessary
               for
               your
               purpose
               by
               making
               inspection
               into
               their
               feeding-pens
               and
               other
               places
               ;
               and
               let
               the
               ground
               underneath
               the
               Perch
               be
               soft
               ,
               for
               otherwise
               when
               he
               leaps
               down
               ,
               he
               will
               be
               apt
               on
               a
               rough
               and
               hard
               ground
               to
               hurt
               his
               feet
               ,
               insomuch
               that
               they
               will
               grow
               knotty
               and
               gouty
               .
            
          
           
             
               Of
               dieting
               and
               ordering
               a
               Cock
               for
               Battel
               .
            
             
               IN
               the
               dieting
               and
               ordering
               of
               a
               Cock
               for
               Battail
               confisteth
               all
               the
               substance
               of
               profit
               and
               pleasure
               ;
               and
               therefore
               your
               cunning
               Cock-merchants
               are
               very
               cautious
               of
               divulging
               the
               secrets
               (
               as
               they
               call
               them
               )
               of
               dieting
               ,
               for
               on
               that
               depends
               the
               winning
               or
               losing
               of
               the
               Battel
               ,
               they
               knowing
               very
               well
               that
               the
               best
               Cock
               undieted
               is
               unable
               to
               encounter
               the
               
               worst
               that
               is
               dyeted
               ;
               let
               others
               be
               as
               niggardly
               as
               they
               please
               of
               their
               experience
               and
               observations
               ,
               for
               my
               part
               I
               shall
               be
               free
               and
               scorn
               to
               conceal
               any
               thing
               that
               may
               tend
               to
               the
               propagation
               of
               the
               art
               and
               mystery
               of
               Cock-fighting
               ;
               wherefore
               as
               to
               the
               dyeting
               and
               ordering
               of
               fighting
               Cocks
               take
               these
               instructions
               following
               .
            
             
               The
               time
               of
               taking
               up
               your
               Cocks
               is
               about
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               August
               ,
               for
               from
               that
               time
               till
               the
               latter
               end
               of
               May
               Cocking
               is
               seasonable
               and
               in
               request
               ,
               the
               Summer
               season
               being
               improper
               by
               reason
               of
               its
               great
               heat
               .
            
             
               Having
               taken
               them
               up
               ,
               view
               them
               well
               ,
               and
               see
               that
               they
               are
               sound
               ,
               hard
               feather'd
               ,
               and
               full
               summ'd
               ,
               that
               is
               having
               all
               their
               feathers
               compleat
               ,
               then
               put
               them
               into
               several
               pens
               ,
               having
               a
               moving
               Perch
               therein
               ,
               to
               set
               it
               at
               which
               corner
               of
               the
               Perch
               you
               think
               most
               convenient
               ;
               the
               fashion
               and
               form
               of
               these
               pens
               you
               may
               have
               at
               the
               house
               of
               any
               Cocker
               ,
               and
               therefore
               I
               shall
               give
               you
               no
               directions
               how
               to
               make
               them
               ;
               only
               be
               advised
               to
               keep
               
               your
               Pens
               clean
               ,
               and
               let
               not
               your
               Cocks
               want
               either
               meat
               or
               water
               .
            
             
               For
               the
               first
               four
               days
               after
               your
               Cock
               is
               pend
               feed
               him
               with
               the
               crumb
               of
               old
               Manchet
               cut
               into
               square
               bits
               about
               a
               handful
               at
               a
               time
               ,
               and
               feed
               him
               thrice
               a
               day
               therewith
               ,
               that
               is
               at
               Sun-rising
               ,
               when
               the
               Sun
               is
               in
               his
               Meridian
               ,
               and
               at
               Sun-setting
               ,
               and
               let
               his
               water
               be
               from
               the
               coldest
               spring
               you
               can
               get
               it
               .
            
             
               Having
               fed
               your
               Cock
               thus
               four
               days
               ,
               or
               so
               long
               till
               you
               think
               he
               hath
               purg'd
               himself
               of
               his
               corn
               ,
               worms
               ,
               gravel
               ,
               and
               other
               coarse
               feeding
               ,
               then
               in
               the
               morning
               take
               him
               out
               of
               the
               Pen
               aud
               let
               him
               Sparr
               a
               while
               with
               another
               Cock.
               Sparring
               is
               after
               this
               manner
               :
               Cover
               each
               of
               your
               Cocks
               heels
               with
               a
               pair
               of
               Hots
               made
               of
               bombasted
               rolls
               of
               Leather
               ,
               so
               covering
               the
               Spurs
               that
               they
               cannot
               bruise
               or
               wound
               one
               another
               ,
               and
               so
               setting
               them
               down
               on
               straw
               in
               a
               room
               ,
               or
               green-grass
               abroad
               ,
               let
               them
               fight
               a
               good
               while
               ,
               but
               by
               no
               means
               suffer
               them
               to
               draw
               blood
               of
               one
               another
               ;
               the
               benefit
               that
               accrues
               hereby
               
               is
               this
               ,
               it
               heateth
               and
               chafeth
               their
               bodies
               ,
               and
               it
               breaketh
               the
               fat
               and
               the
               glut
               that
               is
               within
               them
               ,
               and
               adapts
               it
               for
               purgation
               .
            
             
               Having
               sparred
               as
               much
               as
               is
               sufficient
               ,
               which
               you
               may
               know
               when
               you
               see
               them
               pant
               and
               grow
               weary
               ,
               then
               take
               them
               up
               ,
               and
               taking
               off
               their
               Hots
               give
               them
               a
               Diaphoretick
               or
               sweating
               after
               this
               manner
               :
               You
               must
               put
               them
               in
               deep
               straw-baskets
               made
               for
               the
               purpose
               ,
               or
               for
               want
               of
               them
               take
               a
               couple
               of
               Cocking-bags
               and
               fill
               these
               with
               straw
               half
               ways
               ,
               then
               put
               in
               your
               Cokcs
               severally
               ,
               and
               cover
               them
               over
               with
               straw
               to
               the
               top
               ,
               then
               shut
               down
               the
               lids
               and
               let
               them
               sweat
               ;
               but
               do
               not
               forget
               to
               give
               them
               first
               some
               white
               Suger-candy
               ,
               chopt
               Rosemary
               ,
               and
               Butter
               mingled
               and
               incorporated
               together
               ,
               let
               the
               quantity
               be
               about
               the
               bigness
               of
               a
               Walnut
               ,
               by
               so
               doing
               you
               will
               cleanse
               him
               of
               his
               grease
               ,
               increase
               his
               strength
               ,
               and
               prolong
               his
               breath
               .
            
             
               Towards
               four
               or
               five
               a
               clock
               in
               the
               evening
               take
               them
               out
               of
               their
               Stoves
               ,
               and
               having
               lickt
               their
               eyes
               and
               head
               
               with
               your
               tongue
               ,
               put
               them
               into
               their
               Pens
               ,
               and
               having
               filled
               their
               Troughs
               with
               square-cut-manchet
               ,
               piss
               therein
               ,
               and
               let
               them
               feed
               whilst
               the
               Urine
               is
               hot
               ;
               for
               this
               will
               cause
               their
               scouring
               to
               work
               ,
               and
               will
               wonderfully
               cleanse
               both
               head
               and
               body
               .
            
             
               After
               this
               ,
               diet
               your
               Cocks
               with
               a
               Bread
               made
               after
               this
               manner
               :
               Of
               Wheat-meal
               ,
               and
               Oat-meal
               Flower
               ,
               take
               of
               each
               a
               Gallon
               ,
               and
               knead
               them
               into
               a
               stiff
               paste
               ,
               with
               Ale
               ,
               the
               whites
               of
               half
               a
               score
               Eggs
               ,
               and
               some
               Butter
               ;
               having
               wrought
               the
               Dow
               very
               well
               ,
               make
               it
               into
               broad
               thick
               Cakes
               ,
               and
               when
               they
               are
               four
               days
               old
               ,
               cut
               them
               into
               square
               pieces
               ;
               I
               will
               not
               advise
               you
               to
               use
               (
               as
               some
               imprudently
               do
               )
               Liquorish
               ,
               Anniseeds
               ,
               or
               rather
               hot
               Spices
               among
               your
               foresaid
               Ingredients
               ;
               for
               they
               will
               make
               a
               Cork
               so
               hot
               at
               the
               heart
               ,
               that
               upon
               the
               concluding
               of
               the
               Battel
               ,
               he
               will
               be
               suffocated
               and
               overcome
               with
               his
               own
               heat
               .
               In
               short
               ,
               that
               food
               is
               best
               which
               is
               most
               consentaneous
               to
               his
               own
               natural
               feeding
               .
            
             
               The
               second
               day
               after
               his
               sparring
               ,
               
               take
               your
               Cock
               into
               a
               fair
               green
               close
               ,
               and
               having
               a
               Dunghil-Cock
               in
               your
               arms
               ,
               show
               it
               him
               ,
               and
               then
               run
               from
               him
               ,
               that
               thereby
               you
               may
               intice
               him
               to
               follow
               ,
               you
               permitting
               him
               to
               have
               now
               and
               then
               a
               blow
               ,
               and
               thus
               chace
               him
               up
               and
               down
               abont
               half
               an
               honr
               ;
               when
               he
               begins
               to
               pant
               ,
               being
               well
               heated
               ,
               take
               him
               up
               and
               carry
               him
               home
               ,
               and
               give
               him
               this
               scouring
               ;
               take
               half
               a
               pound
               of
               fresh
               Butter
               ,
               and
               beat
               it
               in
               a
               Mortar
               with
               the
               leaves
               of
               
                 Herb
                 of
                 Grace
                 ,
                 Hysop
              
               and
               Rosemary
               ,
               till
               they
               all
               look
               like
               a
               green
               Salve
               ,
               give
               him
               thereof
               a
               piece
               as
               big
               as
               a
               Walnut
               ,
               and
               then
               stove
               him
               as
               aforesaid
               till
               evening
               ,
               and
               then
               feed
               him
               according
               to
               former
               prescription
               .
            
             
               The
               next
               day
               let
               him
               feed
               and
               rest
               ,
               and
               spar
               him
               the
               next
               day
               after
               ;
               thus
               do
               every
               other
               day
               for
               the
               first
               fortnight
               ,
               either
               sparring
               or
               chasing
               ,
               and
               after
               every
               heat
               a
               scowring
               ,
               which
               will
               keep
               him
               from
               being
               faint
               and
               pursie
               .
            
             
               Feed
               him
               the
               second
               fortnight
               as
               you
               did
               the
               first
               ,
               but
               you
               must
               not
               spar
               him
               or
               chase
               him
               above
               twice
               a
               week
               ,
               observing
               still
               ,
               that
               if
               you
               heat
               him
               
               much
               ,
               you
               must
               stove
               him
               long
               and
               give
               him
               a
               greater
               quantity
               of
               scowring
               .
               When
               well
               in
               breath
               ,
               slight
               heats
               ,
               small
               scowrings
               ,
               and
               little
               stoving
               will
               serve
               the
               turn
               .
            
             
               The
               third
               fortnight
               (
               which
               is
               a
               time
               sufficient
               for
               ordering
               a
               Cock
               for
               the
               Battel
               )
               you
               must
               feed
               him
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               but
               you
               must
               not
               spar
               him
               at
               all
               for
               fear
               of
               making
               his
               head
               sore
               ,
               but
               you
               may
               moderately
               chase
               him
               twice
               or
               thrice
               in
               that
               time
               as
               aforesaid
               ,
               then
               give
               him
               his
               scowring
               rolled
               well
               in
               brown
               Sugar-Candy
               which
               will
               prevent
               the
               scowring
               from
               making
               the
               Cock
               sick
               ;
               now
               may
               you
               let
               him
               fight
               ,
               having
               first
               let
               him
               rest
               four
               days
               ,
               observing
               that
               he
               come
               empty
               into
               the
               Pit.
               
            
          
           
             
               The
               right
               way
               of
               Cock-matching
               .
            
             
               OF
               all
               things
               have
               a
               special
               care
               how
               you
               match
               your
               Cock
               ;
               for
               should
               you
               feed
               your
               Cock
               with
               ever
               so
               much
               circumspect
               care
               and
               prudence
               ,
               it
               will
               avail
               nothing
               if
               your
               Cock
               be
               over-matcht
               .
            
             
               In
               matching
               ,
               take
               notice
               of
               these
               two
               things
               ;
               first
               ,
               the
               length
               of
               Cocks
               ,
               
               secondly
               ,
               the
               strength
               of
               Cocks
               ;
               for
               the
               length
               ,
               if
               your
               Adversaries
               Cock
               be
               too
               long
               ,
               yours
               shall
               hardly
               catch
               his
               head
               ,
               and
               so
               be
               incapable
               of
               indangering
               eye
               or
               life
               ;
               and
               if
               he
               be
               the
               stronger
               ,
               he
               will
               overbear
               your
               Cock
               ,
               and
               not
               suffer
               him
               to
               rise
               or
               strike
               with
               any
               advantage
               .
            
             
               The
               length
               you
               may
               judg
               of
               by
               the
               eye
               ,
               when
               you
               gripe
               the
               Cock
               by
               the
               waste
               ,
               and
               make
               him
               shoot
               out
               his
               legs
               ,
               in
               which
               posture
               you
               shall
               see
               the
               utmost
               of
               his
               height
               ,
               and
               so
               compare
               them
               together
               ,
               being
               herein
               governed
               by
               your
               judgment
               ,
               his
               strength
               is
               known
               by
               the
               thickness
               of
               his
               body
               .
               Take
               this
               for
               a
               Rule
               ,
               
                 That
                 a
                 Cock
                 is
                 ever
                 held
                 the
                 strongest
                 ,
                 which
                 is
                 the
                 largest
                 in
                 the
                 garth
                 .
              
            
             
               You
               shall
               know
               the
               dimension
               of
               the
               garth
               by
               the
               measure
               of
               your
               hands
               ,
               griping
               the
               Cock
               about
               from
               the
               points
               of
               your
               great
               finger
               to
               the
               joynts
               of
               your
               thumbs
               ,
               and
               either
               of
               these
               advantages
               by
               no
               means
               give
               your
               Adversary
               ;
               if
               you
               doubt
               loss
               in
               the
               one
               ,
               be
               sure
               to
               gain
               in
               the
               other
               :
               for
               the
               week
               long
               Cock
               will
               rise
               at
               more
               ease
               ,
               
               and
               the
               short
               strong
               Cock
               will
               give
               the
               surer
               blow
               .
            
          
           
             
               How
               to
               prepare
               Cocks
               for
               Fight
               .
            
             
               SInce
               all
               Cocks
               are
               not
               cast
               in
               one
               mould
               ,
               the
               advantages
               on
               either
               side
               must
               be
               reconciled
               by
               matching
               ;
               and
               having
               made
               an
               equal
               Match
               as
               near
               as
               you
               can
               ,
               you
               must
               thus
               prepare
               him
               to
               fight
               :
            
             
               First
               ,
               with
               a
               pair
               of
               fine
               Cock-shears
               cut
               all
               his
               main
               off
               close
               unto
               his
               neck
               ,
               from
               the
               head
               to
               the
               setting
               on
               of
               the
               shoulders
               ;
               Secondly
               ,
               clip
               off
               all
               the
               feathers
               from
               the
               tail
               close
               to
               his
               rump
               ,
               the
               redder
               it
               appears
               the
               better
               is
               the
               Cock
               in
               condition
               .
               Thirdly
               ,
               take
               his
               wings
               and
               spread
               them
               forth
               by
               the
               length
               of
               the
               first
               rising
               feather
               ,
               and
               clip
               the
               rest
               slope-wise
               with
               sharp
               points
               ,
               that
               in
               his
               rising
               he
               may
               therewith
               endanger
               an
               eye
               of
               his
               adversary
               .
               Fourthly
               ,
               scrape
               ,
               smooth
               ,
               and
               sharpen
               his
               Spurs
               with
               a
               Pen-knife
               .
               Fifthly
               and
               lastly
               ,
               see
               that
               there
               be
               no
               feathers
               on
               the
               Crown
               of
               his
               head
               for
               his
               adversary
               to
               take
               hold
               of
               ;
               then
               with
               your
               spittle
               ,
               moistning
               his
               head
               all
               over
               ,
               turn
               him
               into
               the
               pit
               to
               move
               his
               fortune
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               How
               to
               order
               Cocks
               after
               battel
               ,
               and
               how
               to
               cure
               wounds
               .
            
             
               THe
               battel
               being
               ended
               ,
               immediately
               search
               your
               Cocks
               wounds
               ,
               as
               many
               as
               you
               can
               find
               ,
               suck
               the
               blood
               out
               of
               them
               ,
               then
               wash
               them
               well
               with
               warm
               urine
               ,
               and
               that
               will
               keep
               them
               from
               ranckling
               ;
               after
               this
               give
               him
               a
               roll
               or
               two
               of
               your
               best
               scowring
               ,
               and
               so
               stove
               him
               up
               as
               hot
               as
               you
               can
               for
               that
               night
               ;
               in
               the
               morning
               ,
               if
               you
               find
               his
               head
               swell'd
               ,
               you
               must
               suck
               his
               wounds
               again
               ,
               and
               bathe
               them
               again
               with
               warm
               urine
               ,
               then
               take
               the
               powder
               of
               herb
               Robert
               ,
               and
               put
               it
               into
               a
               fine
               bag
               ,
               and
               pounce
               his
               wounds
               therewith
               ;
               after
               this
               give
               him
               a
               good
               handful
               of
               bread
               to
               eat
               out
               of
               warm
               urine
               ,
               and
               so
               put
               him
               into
               the
               stove
               again
               ,
               and
               let
               him
               not
               feel
               the
               air
               till
               the
               swelling
               be
               fallen
               .
            
             
               If
               he
               hath
               received
               any
               hurt
               in
               his
               eye
               ,
               then
               take
               a
               leaf
               or
               two
               of
               right
               ground
               Ivy
               ,
               that
               which
               grows
               in
               little
               tufts
               in
               the
               bottom
               of
               Hedges
               ,
               and
               hath
               a
               little
               rough
               leaf
               ;
               I
               say
               ,
               take
               this
               Ivy
               and
               chew
               it
               in
               your
               mouth
               ,
               and
               spit
               the
               juice
               into
               the
               eye
               of
               the
               Cock
               ,
               and
               
               this
               will
               not
               only
               cure
               the
               present
               Malady
               ,
               but
               prevent
               the
               growth
               of
               Films
               ,
               Haws
               ,
               Warts
               ,
               or
               the
               like
               ,
               destructive
               to
               the
               eye-sight
               .
            
             
               If
               after
               you
               have
               put
               out
               your
               wounded
               Cocks
               to
               their
               Walks
               ,
               and
               visiting
               them
               a
               month
               or
               two
               after
               ,
               if
               you
               find
               about
               their
               head
               any
               swollen
               bunches
               hard
               and
               blackish
               at
               one
               end
               ,
               you
               may
               then
               conclude
               in
               such
               bunches
               there
               are
               unsound
               cores
               ,
               which
               must
               be
               opened
               and
               crusht
               out
               with
               your
               thumbs
               ;
               and
               after
               this
               ,
               you
               must
               suck
               out
               the
               corruption
               ,
               and
               filling
               the
               holes
               full
               of
               fresh
               Butter
               ,
               you
               need
               not
               doubt
               a
               Cure.
               
            
          
           
             
               Cures
               for
               some
               distempers
               in
               a
               Cock
               ,
               Chick
               ,
               or
               Hen
               o'
               th'
               Game
               .
            
             
               THE
               Pip
               is
               a
               white
               thin
               scale
               growing
               on
               the
               tip
               of
               the
               tongue
               ,
               by
               which
               means
               Poultry
               in
               general
               cannot
               feed
               ,
               it
               is
               very
               visible
               to
               the
               eye
               ,
               and
               proceedeth
               from
               foul
               feeding
               or
               want
               of
               water
               ;
               it
               is
               cured
               by
               pulling
               off
               the
               scales
               with
               your
               nail
               ,
               and
               rubbing
               the
               tongue
               with
               salt
               .
            
             
               The
               Roup
               is
               a
               filthy
               byle
               or
               swelling
               on
               the
               rump
               of
               the
               Cock
               ,
               Hen
               ,
               &c.
               and
               
               will
               corrupt
               the
               whole
               body
               .
               It
               is
               known
               by
               the
               staring
               and
               turning
               back
               of
               the
               feathers
               .
               For
               the
               cure
               ,
               you
               must
               pull
               away
               the
               feathers
               ,
               and
               open
               the
               sore
               to
               thrust
               out
               the
               core
               ,
               then
               wash
               the
               place
               with
               water
               and
               salt
               ,
               the
               Cure
               is
               effected
               .
            
             
               If
               your
               Cock
               or
               Hen
               have
               the
               flux
               which
               hapneth
               by
               eating
               too
               much
               moist
               meat
               ,
               you
               may
               cure
               them
               by
               giving
               them
               scalded
               Pease-bran
               ;
               but
               if
               they
               cannot
               mute
               ,
               anoint
               their
               vents
               ,
               and
               give
               them
               corn
               steept
               in
               mans
               Urine
               .
            
             
               Lice
               is
               a
               common
               infirmity
               among
               them
               ,
               proceeding
               from
               corrupt
               food
               ,
               or
               for
               wanting
               of
               hathing
               in
               Sand-Ashes
               or
               the
               like
               ;
               this
               Malady
               you
               must
               cure
               by
               taking
               Pepper
               beaten
               to
               powder
               ,
               &
               mixing
               it
               with
               warm
               water
               ,
               wash
               them
               therewith
               .
               If
               they
               are
               troubled
               with
               sore
               eyes
               ,
               take
               a
               leaf
               or
               two
               of
               ground-Ivy
               ,
               and
               chawing
               it
               well
               in
               your
               mouth
               ,
               spit
               the
               juice
               thereof
               into
               their
               eyes
               ,
               and
               it
               will
               presently
               heal
               .
               What
               other
               infirmities
               are
               incident
               to
               these
               Birds
               of
               Game
               I
               shall
               leave
               ,
               and
               their
               Cures
               ,
               to
               your
               own
               practice
               and
               observation
               .
            
          
           
             
             
               An
               excellent
               and
               elegant
               Copy
               of
               Verses
               upon
               two
               Cock's-fighting
               ,
               by
               Dr.
               R.
               Wild.
               
            
             
               GO
               you
               tame
               Gallants
               ,
               you
               that
               have
               a
               name
               ,
            
             
               And
               would
               be
               accounted
               Cocks
               of
               the
               Game
               ;
            
             
               That
               have
               brave
               Spurs
               to
               shew
               for
               't
               ,
               and
               can
               crow
               ,
            
             
               And
               count
               all
               Dunghill
               breed
               ,
               that
               cannot
               show
            
             
               Such
               painted
               plumes
               as
               yours
               ,
               which
               think
               on
               't
               vice
            
             
               With
               Cock-like
               lust
               to
               tread
               your
               Cockatrice
               ;
            
             
               Though
               Peacocks
               ,
               Woodcocks
               ▪
               Weathercocks
               you
               be
            
             
               If
               y'
               are
               not
               fighting-Cocks
               ,
               y'
               are
               not
               for
               me
               .
            
             
               I
               of
               two
               feather
               Combatants
               will
               write
               ,
            
             
               And
               he
               that
               means
               to
               th'
               life
               to
               express
               their
               fight
               ,
            
             
               Must
               make
               his
               ink
               the
               blood
               which
               they
               did
               spill
               .
            
             
               And
               from
               their
               dying
               wings
               must
               take
               his
               quill
               ,
            
             
               No
               sooner
               were
               the
               doubtful
               people
               set
               ,
            
             
               The
               match
               made
               up
               ,
               and
               all
               that
               would
               had
               bet
               ,
            
             
               But
               straight
               the
               skilful
               Iudges
               of
               the
               Play
            
             
               Brought
               forth
               their
               sharp
               heel
               '
               d
               Warriors
               ;
               and
               they
            
             
               Were
               both
               in
               linnen
               bags
               ,
               as
               if
               't
               were
               meet
               ,
            
             
               Before
               they
               dy'd
               to
               have
               their
               winding-sh●et
               .
            
             
               Into
               the
               Pit
               th●y're
               brought
               ,
               and
               being
               there
            
             
               Vpon
               the
               St●ge
               ,
               the
               
                 Norfolk
                 Chanticleer
              
            
             
               Looks
               stoutly
               at
               his
               ne're
               before
               seen
               foe
               ,
            
             
               And
               like
               a
               Challenger
               began
               to
               crew
               ,
            
             
               And
               clap
               his
               wings
               as
               if
               he
               would
               display
            
             
               His
               warlike
               colours
               ,
               which
               were
               black
               and
               gray
               .
            
             
               Mean
               time
               the
               wary
               Wisbich
               walks
               and
               breathes
            
             
               His
               active
               body
               ,
               and
               in
               f●ry
               wreathes
            
             
             
               His
               comely
               crest
               ;
               and
               often
               looking
               down
               ,
            
             
               He
               beats
               his
               angry
               beak
               upon
               the
               ground
               .
            
             
               This
               done
               ,
               they
               meet
               ,
               not
               like
               that
               coward-breed
               ,
            
             
               Of
               
               Aesop's
               ;
               these
               can
               better
               fight
               than
               feed
               .
            
             
               They
               scorn
               the
               Dunghil
               ;
               't
               is
               their
               only
               prize
               ,
            
             
               To
               dig
               for
               Pearls
               within
               each
               others
               eyes
               .
            
             
               They
               fought
               so
               nimbly
               that
               't
               was
               hard
               to
               know
            
             
               To
               th'
               skilful
               whether
               they
               did
               fight
               or
               no
               ,
            
             
               If
               that
               the
               blood
               which
               dy'd
               the
               fatal
               floar
            
             
               Had
               not
               born
               witness
               of
               't
               .
               Yet
               fought
               they
               more
               ,
            
             
               As
               if
               each
               wound
               were
               but
               a
               spur
               to
               prick
            
             
               Their
               fury
               forward
               .
               Lightning's
               not
               more
               quick
            
             
               Or
               red
               ,
               than
               were
               their
               eyes
               ;
               't
               was
               hard
               to
               know
            
             
               Whether
               't
               was
               blood
               or
               anger
               made
               them
               so
               .
            
             
               I
               'm
               sure
               they
               had
               been
               out
               ,
               had
               they
               not
               stood
            
             
               More
               safe
               ,
               being
               wall'd
               in
               each
               others
               blood
            
             
               Thus
               they
               vy'd
               blows
               ;
               but
               yet
               ,
               alas
               at
               length
               ,
            
             
               Although
               their
               courage
               were
               full
               try'd
               ,
               their
               strength
            
             
               And
               blood
               began
               to
               ebb
               .
               You
               that
               have
               seen
            
             
               A
               watery
               combat
               on
               the
               Sea
               ,
               between
            
             
               Two
               angry
               roaring
               boiling
               billows
               ,
               how
            
             
               They
               ●arch
               and
               meet
               ,
               and
               dash
               their
               curled
               brow
               ,
            
             
               Swelling
               like
               graves
               ,
               as
               though
               they
               did
               intend
            
             
               T'
               intomb
               each
               other
               ,
               ere
               the
               quarrel
               end
               ;
            
             
               But
               when
               the
               wind
               is
               down
               ,
               and
               blustring
               weather
               ,
            
             
               They
               are
               made
               friends
               ,
               and
               sweetly
               run
               together
               ,
            
             
               May
               think
               these
               Champions
               such
               ;
               their
               blood
               grows
               low
               ,
            
             
               And
               they
               which
               l●apt
               but
               now
               ,
               now
               scarce
               can
               go
               ,
            
             
               For
               having
               left
               th'
               advantage
               of
               the
               heel
               ,
            
             
               Drunk
               with
               each
               others
               blood
               ,
               they
               only
               reel
               ;
            
             
             
               And
               yet
               they
               would
               fain
               fight
               ;
               they
               came
               so
               near
            
             
               Methought
               they
               meant
               into
               each
               others
               ear
            
             
               To
               whisper
               wounds
               ;
               and
               when
               they
               could
               not
               rise
               ,
            
             
               They
               lay
               and
               lookt
               blows
               in
               t
               '
               each
               others
               eyes
               .
            
             
               But
               now
               the
               Tragick
               part
               !
               After
               this
               fit
            
             
               When
               Norfolk
               Cock
               had
               got
               the
               best
               of
               it
               ,
            
             
               And
               Wisbich
               lay
               a
               dying
               ,
               so
               that
               none
               ,
            
             
               Though
               sober
               ,
               but
               might
               venture
               seven
               to
               one
               ▪
            
             
               Contracting
               ,
               like
               a
               dying
               Taper
               ,
               all
            
             
               His
               strength
               ,
               intending
               with
               the
               blow
               to
               fall
               ,
            
             
               He
               struggles
               up
               ,
               and
               having
               taken
               wind
               ,
            
             
               Ventures
               a
               blow
               ,
               and
               strikes
               the
               other
               blind
               .
            
             
               And
               now
               poor
               Norfolk
               having
               lost
               his
               eyes
               ,
            
             
               Fights
               ,
               guided
               only
               by
               antipathies
               .
            
             
               With
               him
               ,
               alas
               ,
               the
               proverb
               is
               not
               true
               ,
            
             
               The
               blows
               his
               eyes
               ne're
               saw
               ,
               his
               heart
               must
               rue
               .
            
             
               At
               last
               by
               chance
               he
               stumbling
               on
               his
               foe
               ,
            
             
               Not
               having
               any
               strength
               to
               give
               a
               blow
               ,
            
             
               He
               falls
               upon
               him
               with
               his
               wounded
               head
               ,
            
             
               And
               makes
               his
               Conquerors
               wings
               his
               feather-bed
               .
            
             
               His
               friends
               ran
               in
               ,
               and
               being
               very
               chary
               ,
            
             
               Sent
               in
               all
               haste
               to
               call
               a
               Pothecary
               ;
            
             
               But
               all
               in
               vain
               ,
               his
               body
               did
               so
               blister
               ,
            
             
               That
               't
               was
               not
               capable
               of
               any
               clister
               .
            
             
               Physick's
               in
               vain
               ,
               and
               't
               will
               not
               him
               restore
               .
            
             
               Alas
               poor
               Cock
               he
               was
               let
               blood
               before
               .
            
             
               Then
               finding
               himself
               weak
               ,
               op'ning
               his
               bill
               ▪
            
             
               He
               calls
               a
               Scrivener
               ,
               and
               thus
               makes
               his
               Will
               :
            
             
               Imp.
               first
               of
               all
               ,
               let
               never
               be
               forgot
               .
            
             
               My
               body
               freely
               I
               bequeath
               to
               the
               pot
               .
            
             
               Decently
               to
               be
               boil'd
               ,
               and
               for
               its
               Tomb
            
             
               Let
               it
               be
               buried
               in
               some
               hungry
               Womb.
            
             
             
               Item
               ,
               For
               Executors
               I'●e
               have
               none
               ,
            
             
               But
               he
               that
               on
               my
               side
               laid
               seven
               to
               one
               ,
            
             
               And
               ,
               like
               a
               Gentleman
               that
               he
               may
               live
               ,
            
             
               To
               him
               and
               to
               his
               heirs
               ,
               my
               Comb
               I
               give
               ,
            
             
               〈◊〉
               with
               my
               brains
               ,
               that
               all
               may
               know
               ,
            
             
               〈◊〉
               oftentim●s
               his
               br●ins
               did
               use
               to
               crow
               .
            
             
               Item
               .
               For
               comfort
               of
               those
               weaker
               ones
               ,
            
             
               Whose
               wives
               complain
               of
               let
               them
               have
               my
               stones
               .
            
             
               Fo●
               Ladies
               that
               are
               ●ight
               ,
               it
               is
               my
               will
               ,
            
             
               My
               Feathers
               make
               a
               Fa●
               .
               And
               for
               my
               Bill
            
             
               I
               'le
               give
               a
               Taylor
               :
               〈◊〉
               faith
               't
               is
               so
               short
            
             
               I
               am
               afraid
               he
               'l
               rather
               curse
               me
               for
               't
               .
            
             
               And
               for
               that
               worthy
               Doctors
               sake
               ,
               who
               meant
            
             
               To
               give
               me
               a
               Clister
               ,
               le●
               my
               Rump
               ●e
               sent
               .
            
             
               Lastly
               ,
               Because
               I
               find
               my self
               decay
               ,
            
             
               I
               yeild
               and
               give
               to
               Wisbich
               Cock
               the
               Day
               .
            
             
               FINIS
               .
            
          
        
      
    
     
  

